diff options
| author | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-06-17 10:51:52 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-06-17 10:51:52 +0000 |
| commit | 4ad94864781f48b1a4b77f9cfb934622bf756ba1 (patch) | |
| tree | 3900955c1886e6d2570fea7125ee1f01bafe876d /upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1 | |
| parent | Adding upstream version 4.22.0. (diff) | |
| download | manpages-l10n-4ad94864781f48b1a4b77f9cfb934622bf756ba1.tar.xz manpages-l10n-4ad94864781f48b1a4b77f9cfb934622bf756ba1.zip | |
Adding upstream version 4.23.0.upstream/4.23.0
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to 'upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1')
275 files changed, 5527 insertions, 1502 deletions
diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/AusweisApp2.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/AusweisApp.1 index cb38aa42..b3e585f9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/AusweisApp2.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/AusweisApp.1 @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -.TH AusweisApp2 1 +.TH AusweisApp 1 .SH NAME -AusweisApp2 \- Official authentication app for German ID cards and residence permits +AusweisApp \- Official authentication app for German ID cards and residence permits .SH SYNOPSIS -AusweisApp2 [-h|--help] +AusweisApp [-h|--help] .br -AusweisApp2 [--help-all] +AusweisApp [--help-all] .br -AusweisApp2 [-v|--version] +AusweisApp [-v|--version] .br -AusweisApp2 [--show] +AusweisApp [--show] .br -AusweisApp2 +AusweisApp [--keep] [--no-logfile] [--no-loghandler] @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ AusweisApp2 [--address \fI\,ADDRESS\/\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION -AusweisApp2 allows you to authenticate yourself against websites via your German +AusweisApp allows you to authenticate yourself against websites via your German ID card and residence permits. You will need: @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ You will need: * A compatible NFC device (most NFC readers should work, NFC-enabled phones can * also be used) .br -* AusweisApp2 +* AusweisApp .br * A browser .br * A website that supports authentication via German ID card -When you visit such a website, AusweisApp2 will be triggered and will ask you if +When you visit such a website, AusweisApp will be triggered and will ask you if you want to authenticate against the website. This program will provide a local webserver for your browser to interface against. @@ -60,13 +60,13 @@ Displays version information. .TP .B --keep .br -By default, AusweisApp2 writes a log to a file matching -${TMP}/AusweisApp2.*.log. When the program terminates, it will be deleted. This +By default, AusweisApp writes a log to a file matching +${TMP}/AusweisApp.*.log. When the program terminates, it will be deleted. This setting prevents deletion. .TP .B --no-logfile -Suppress writing a log file to ${TMP}/AusweisApp2.*.log. Logs will still be +Suppress writing a log file to ${TMP}/AusweisApp.*.log. Logs will still be written to STDOUT. .TP @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ Disable system proxy. This option allows multiple values. - "qml" will start the program with a visible UI. - "websocket" will let it start in the background as an SDK. This is only useful when integrating -AusweisApp2 into other programs. +AusweisApp into other programs. - "webservice" starts listening on given port/address. Default is "qml,webservice,websocket". @@ -94,17 +94,17 @@ Default is "qml,webservice,websocket". .TP .B --port \fI\,PORT\/\fR Change the listening port for the WebSocket. Default is 24727. Selecting "0" is -a special case. AusweisApp2 will then select a random port and write the port -number to a file in ${TMP}/AusweisApp2.<PID>.port. +a special case. AusweisApp will then select a random port and write the port +number to a file in ${TMP}/AusweisApp.<PID>.port. .TP .B --address \fI\,ADDRESS\/\fR -Use given addresses for interface binding. Normally AusweisApp2 is bound to +Use given addresses for interface binding. Normally AusweisApp is bound to localhost only as it is a security requirement. Useful for testing only. This option allows multiple values. .SH "RETURN VALUE" -AusweisApp2 will return 0 when successfully terminated. +AusweisApp will return 0 when successfully terminated. .SH ENVIRONMENT .TP .B QT_QPA_PLATFORM={ wayland|X11 } @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ debugging purposes. XDG_SESSION_TYPE will be ignored on gnome. .SH FILES -\fI~/.config/AusweisApp2_CE/AusweisApp2.conf\fR +\fI~/.config/AusweisApp_CE/AusweisApp2.conf\fR File path where the user config is saved. .SH CAVEATS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/addr2line.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/addr2line.1 index 22271e20..9327a708 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/addr2line.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/addr2line.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1" -.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ADDR2LINE 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/airscan-discover.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/airscan-discover.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..5580e8aa --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/airscan-discover.1 @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +.\" generated with Ronn-NG/v0.9.1 +.\" http://github.com/apjanke/ronn-ng/tree/0.9.1 +.TH "AIRSCAN\-DISCOVER" "1" "January 2024" "" "SANE Scanner Access Now Easy" +.SH "NAME" +\fBairscan\-discover\fR \- Discover sane\-airscan compatible scanners +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +\fBairscan\-discover [options]\fR +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\fBairscan\-discover\fR is a command\-line tool to find eSCL and WSD scanners on a local network +.P +It uses Avahi to discover DNS\-SD devices and its own implementation of WS\-Discovery to discover WSD devices\. +.P +On success, it outputs a fragment of sane\-airscan configuration file, that can be directly added to \fB/etc/sane\.d/airscan\.conf\fR +.SH "OPTIONS" +.TP +\fB\-test\-fast\fR or \fB\-\-test\-fast\fR +Fast discovery mode (see ane\-airscan(5) for details) +.TP +\fB\-test\-auto\fR or \fB\-\-test\-auto\fR +Automatic protocol selection (see ane\-airscan(5) for details) +.TP +\fB\-d\fR +Print debug messages to console +.TP +\fB\-t\fR +Write a very detailed protocol trace to \fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.log\fR and \fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.tar\fR +.TP +\fB\-h\fR +Print help screen +.SH "FILES" +.TP +\fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.log\fR +Protocol trace +.TP +\fBairscan\-discover\-zeroconf\.tar\fR +Non\-textual messages, if any, saved here\. Textual (i\.e\., XML) messages included directly into the \.log file +.SH "SEE ALSO" +\fBsane(7), sane\-airscan(5)\fR +.SH "AUTHOR" +Alexander Pevzner <pzz@apevzner\.com> diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ar.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ar.1 index 788381a8..43602063 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ar.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ar.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AR 1" -.TH AR 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AR 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/arch.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/arch.1 index c416a09c..3d017562 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/arch.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/arch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ARCH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ARCH "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME arch \- print machine hardware name (same as uname -m) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/as.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/as.1 index ac2f2c88..7c6f29a6 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/as.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/as.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "AS 1" -.TH AS 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH AS 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoconf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoconf.1 index dcf6762f..c7ba1d7b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoconf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoconf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.17. -.TH AUTOCONF "1" "January 2021" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH AUTOCONF "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME autoconf \- Generate configuration scripts .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -32,7 +32,8 @@ save output in FILE (stdout is the default) .TP \fB\-W\fR, \fB\-\-warnings\fR=\fI\,CATEGORY\/\fR report the warnings falling in CATEGORY -.SS "Warning categories include:" +(comma\-separated list accepted) +.SS "Warning categories are:" .TP cross cross compilation issues @@ -60,17 +61,19 @@ dubious syntactic constructs (default) .TP unsupported unsupported or incomplete features (default) +.SS "-W also understands:" .TP all -all the warnings +turn on all the warnings +.TP +none +turn off all the warnings .TP no\-CATEGORY turn off warnings in CATEGORY .TP -none -turn off all the warnings -.PP -The environment variables 'M4' and 'WARNINGS' are honored. +error +treat all enabled warnings as errors .SS "Library directories:" .TP \fB\-B\fR, \fB\-\-prepend\-include\fR=\fI\,DIR\/\fR @@ -91,13 +94,14 @@ to '$f:$l:$n:$%'; see 'autom4te \fB\-\-help\fR' for information about FORMAT. .SH AUTHOR Written by David J. MacKenzie and Akim Demaille. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -114,15 +118,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B autoconf -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autoconf -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP .B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoheader.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoheader.1 index d90418b0..f416c436 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoheader.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoheader.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.17. -.TH AUTOHEADER "1" "January 2021" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH AUTOHEADER "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME autoheader \- Create a template header for configure .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -27,7 +27,8 @@ consider all files obsolete .TP \fB\-W\fR, \fB\-\-warnings\fR=\fI\,CATEGORY\/\fR report the warnings falling in CATEGORY -.SS "Warning categories include:" +(comma\-separated list accepted) +.SS "Warning categories are:" .TP cross cross compilation issues @@ -55,18 +56,19 @@ dubious syntactic constructs (default) .TP unsupported unsupported or incomplete features (default) +.SS "-W also understands:" .TP all -all the warnings -.TP -no\-CATEGORY -turn off warnings in CATEGORY +turn on all the warnings .TP none turn off all the warnings .TP +no\-CATEGORY +turn off warnings in CATEGORY +.TP error -treat warnings as errors +treat all enabled warnings as errors .SS "Library directories:" .TP \fB\-B\fR, \fB\-\-prepend\-include\fR=\fI\,DIR\/\fR @@ -77,13 +79,14 @@ append directory DIR to search path .SH AUTHOR Written by Roland McGrath and Akim Demaille. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -100,15 +103,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B autoheader -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autoheader -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP -.B info autoheader +.B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autom4te.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autom4te.1 index c7902d2e..2174ee8a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autom4te.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autom4te.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.17. -.TH AUTOM4TE "1" "January 2021" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH AUTOM4TE "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME autom4te \- Generate files and scripts thanks to M4 .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ don't rely on cached values .TP \fB\-W\fR, \fB\-\-warnings\fR=\fI\,CATEGORY\/\fR report the warnings falling in CATEGORY +(comma\-separated list accepted) .TP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-language\fR=\fI\,LANG\/\fR specify the set of M4 macros to use @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ create M4sh shell scripts .TP \&'M4sugar' create M4sugar output -.SS "Warning categories include:" +.SS "Warning categories are:" .TP cross cross compilation issues @@ -95,18 +96,19 @@ dubious syntactic constructs (default) .TP unsupported unsupported or incomplete features (default) +.SS "-W also understands:" .TP all -all the warnings -.TP -no\-CATEGORY -turn off warnings in CATEGORY +turn on all the warnings .TP none turn off all the warnings .TP +no\-CATEGORY +turn off warnings in CATEGORY +.TP error -treat warnings as errors +treat all enabled warnings as errors .PP The environment variables 'M4' and 'WARNINGS' are honored. .SS "Library directories:" @@ -161,13 +163,14 @@ a single character for that character, or {STRING} to use a string. .SH AUTHOR Written by Akim Demaille. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -184,15 +187,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B autom4te -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autom4te -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP -.B info autom4te +.B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autopoint.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autopoint.1 index c179ea25..5daff008 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autopoint.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autopoint.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH AUTOPOINT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME autopoint \- copies standard gettext infrastructure .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2002\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2002\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoreconf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoreconf.1 index ee84763c..770cc98d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoreconf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoreconf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH AUTORECONF "1" "October 2022" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.TH AUTORECONF "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME autoreconf \- Update generated configuration files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -45,8 +45,9 @@ with \fB\-i\fR, install symbolic links instead of copies when applicable, re\-run ./configure && make .TP \fB\-W\fR, \fB\-\-warnings\fR=\fI\,CATEGORY\/\fR -report the warnings falling in CATEGORY [syntax] -.SS "Warning categories include:" +report the warnings falling in CATEGORY +(comma\-separated list accepted) +.SS "Warning categories are:" .TP cross cross compilation issues @@ -74,21 +75,19 @@ dubious syntactic constructs (default) .TP unsupported unsupported or incomplete features (default) +.SS "-W also understands:" .TP all -all the warnings -.TP -no\-CATEGORY -turn off warnings in CATEGORY +turn on all the warnings .TP none turn off all the warnings .TP +no\-CATEGORY +turn off warnings in CATEGORY +.TP error -treat warnings as errors -.PP -The environment variable 'WARNINGS' is honored. Some subtools might -support other warning types, using 'all' is encouraged. +treat all enabled warnings as errors .SS "Library directories:" .TP \fB\-B\fR, \fB\-\-prepend\-include\fR=\fI\,DIR\/\fR @@ -98,18 +97,19 @@ prepend directory DIR to search path append directory DIR to search path .PP The environment variables AUTOCONF, ACLOCAL, AUTOHEADER, AUTOM4TE, -AUTOMAKE, AUTOPOINT, GTKDOCIZE, INTLTOOLIZE, LIBTOOLIZE, M4, and MAKE -are honored. +AUTOMAKE, AUTOPOINT, GTKDOCIZE, INTLTOOLIZE, LIBTOOLIZE, M4, MAKE, +and WARNINGS are honored. .SH AUTHOR Written by David J. MacKenzie and Akim Demaille. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -126,15 +126,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B autoreconf -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autoreconf -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP -.B info autoreconf +.B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoscan.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoscan.1 index cae64007..3ffc9d39 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoscan.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoscan.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.17. -.TH AUTOSCAN "1" "January 2021" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH AUTOSCAN "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME autoscan \- Generate a preliminary configure.ac .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -33,13 +33,14 @@ append directory DIR to search path .SH AUTHOR Written by David J. MacKenzie and Akim Demaille. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -56,15 +57,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B autoscan -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autoscan -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP -.B info autoscan +.B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoupdate.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoupdate.1 index 0b18ca58..3f5dffc1 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoupdate.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/autoupdate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.17. -.TH AUTOUPDATE "1" "January 2021" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH AUTOUPDATE "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME autoupdate \- Update a configure.ac to a newer Autoconf .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -35,13 +35,14 @@ append directory DIR to search path .SH AUTHOR Written by David J. MacKenzie and Akim Demaille. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -58,15 +59,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B autoupdate -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B autoupdate -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP -.B info autoupdate +.B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/b2sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/b2sum.1 index 3f0366c5..8ca44448 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/b2sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/b2sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH B2SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH B2SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME b2sum \- compute and check BLAKE2 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Padraig Brady and Samuel Neves. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base32.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base32.1 index 3635b4c3..5223335a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base32.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base32.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE32 "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASE32 "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME base32 \- base32 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base64.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base64.1 index c3f68531..75682220 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base64.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/base64.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASE64 "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASE64 "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME base64 \- base64 encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basename.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basename.1 index 81f3f61f..77f0c454 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basename.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basename.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASENAME "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME basename \- strip directory and suffix from filenames .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basenc.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basenc.1 index 1634d39e..c0bb8a78 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basenc.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/basenc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH BASENC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH BASENC "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME basenc \- Encode/decode data and print to standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/busctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/busctl.1 index 61e19839..ed53281e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/busctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/busctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "BUSCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "busctl" +.TH "BUSCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "busctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -39,11 +39,15 @@ Show all peers on the bus, by their service names\&. By default, shows both uniq and \fB\-\-acquired\fR switches\&. This is the default operation if no command is specified\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBstatus\fR [\fISERVICE\fR] .RS 4 Show process information and credentials of a bus service (if one is specified by its unique or well\-known name), a process (if one is specified by its numeric PID), or the owner of the bus (if no parameter is specified)\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBmonitor\fR [\fISERVICE\fR...] @@ -53,6 +57,8 @@ Dump messages being exchanged\&. If is specified, show messages to or from this peer, identified by its well\-known or unique name\&. Otherwise, show all messages on the bus\&. Use Ctrl+C to terminate the dump\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBcapture\fR [\fISERVICE\fR...] @@ -63,6 +69,8 @@ but writes the output in pcapng format (for details, see \m[blue]\fBPCAP Next Generation (pcapng) Capture File Format\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2)\&. Make sure to redirect standard output to a file or pipe\&. Tools like \fBwireshark\fR(1) may be used to dissect and view the resulting files\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBtree\fR [\fISERVICE\fR...] @@ -70,11 +78,15 @@ may be used to dissect and view the resulting files\&. Shows an object tree of one or more services\&. If \fISERVICE\fR is specified, show object tree of the specified services only\&. Otherwise, show all object trees of all services on the bus that acquired at least one well\-known name\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBintrospect\fR \fISERVICE\fR \fIOBJECT\fR [\fIINTERFACE\fR] .RS 4 Show interfaces, methods, properties and signals of the specified object (identified by its path) on the specified service\&. If the interface argument is passed, the output is limited to members of the specified interface\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBcall\fR \fISERVICE\fR \fIOBJECT\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fISIGNATURE\fR\ [\fIARGUMENT\fR...]] @@ -82,6 +94,8 @@ Show interfaces, methods, properties and signals of the specified object (identi Invoke a method and show the response\&. Takes a service name, object path, interface name and method name\&. If parameters shall be passed to the method call, a signature string is required, followed by the arguments, individually formatted as strings\&. For details on the formatting used, see below\&. To suppress output of the returned data, use the \fB\-\-quiet\fR option\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBemit\fR \fIOBJECT\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR \fISIGNAL\fR [\fISIGNATURE\fR\ [\fIARGUMENT\fR...]] @@ -89,6 +103,8 @@ option\&. Emit a signal\&. Takes an object path, interface name and method name\&. If parameters shall be passed, a signature string is required, followed by the arguments, individually formatted as strings\&. For details on the formatting used, see below\&. To specify the destination of the signal, use the \fB\-\-destination=\fR option\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fBget\-property\fR \fISERVICE\fR \fIOBJECT\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR \fIPROPERTY\fR... @@ -96,16 +112,22 @@ option\&. Retrieve the current value of one or more object properties\&. Takes a service name, object path, interface name and property name\&. Multiple properties may be specified at once, in which case their values will be shown one after the other, separated by newlines\&. The output is, by default, in terse format\&. Use \fB\-\-verbose\fR for a more elaborate output format\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-property\fR \fISERVICE\fR \fIOBJECT\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR \fIPROPERTY\fR \fISIGNATURE\fR \fIARGUMENT\fR... .RS 4 Set the current value of an object property\&. Takes a service name, object path, interface name, property name, property signature, followed by a list of parameters formatted as strings\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBhelp\fR .RS 4 Show command syntax help\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -120,18 +142,24 @@ instead of using suitable defaults for either the system or user bus (see and \fB\-\-user\fR options)\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-show\-machine\fR .RS 4 When showing the list of peers, show a column containing the names of containers they belong to\&. See \fBsystemd-machined.service\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-unique\fR .RS 4 When showing the list of peers, show only "unique" names (of the form ":\fInumber\fR\&.\fInumber\fR")\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-acquired\fR @@ -139,11 +167,15 @@ When showing the list of peers, show only "unique" names (of the form The opposite of \fB\-\-unique\fR \(em only "well\-known" names will be shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-activatable\fR .RS 4 When showing the list of peers, show only peers which have actually not been activated yet, but may be started automatically if accessed\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-match=\fR\fB\fIMATCH\fR\fR @@ -151,6 +183,8 @@ When showing the list of peers, show only peers which have actually not been act When showing messages being exchanged, show only the subset matching \fIMATCH\fR\&. See \fBsd_bus_add_match\fR(3)\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-size=\fR @@ -158,6 +192,8 @@ When showing messages being exchanged, show only the subset matching When used with the \fBcapture\fR command, specifies the maximum bus message size to capture ("snaplen")\&. Defaults to 4096 bytes\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-list\fR @@ -165,6 +201,8 @@ command, specifies the maximum bus message size to capture ("snaplen")\&. Defaul When used with the \fBtree\fR command, shows a flat list of object paths instead of a tree\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR @@ -172,6 +210,8 @@ command, shows a flat list of object paths instead of a tree\&. When used with the \fBcall\fR command, suppresses display of the response message payload\&. Note that even if this option is specified, errors returned will still be printed and the tool will indicate success or failure with the process exit code\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-verbose\fR @@ -181,6 +221,8 @@ When used with the or \fBget\-property\fR command, shows output in a more verbose format\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-xml\-interface\fR @@ -190,6 +232,8 @@ When used with the call, dump the XML description received from the D\-Bus \fBorg\&.freedesktop\&.DBus\&.Introspectable\&.Introspect\fR call instead of the normal output\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR @@ -203,6 +247,8 @@ command, shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of (for the shortest possible output without any redundant whitespace or line breaks) or "pretty" (for a pretty version of the same, with indentation and line breaks)\&. Note that transformation from D\-Bus marshalling to JSON is done in a loss\-less way, which means type information is embedded into the JSON object tree\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-j\fR @@ -211,6 +257,8 @@ Equivalent to \fB\-\-json=pretty\fR when invoked interactively from a terminal\&. Otherwise equivalent to \fB\-\-json=short\fR, in particular when the output is piped to some other program\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-expect\-reply=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -224,6 +272,8 @@ shall wait for completion of the method call, output the returned method respons \fB\-\-quiet\fR above\&. Defaults to "yes"\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-auto\-start=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -234,6 +284,8 @@ or \fBemit\fR command, specifies whether the method call should implicitly activate the called service, should it not be running yet but is configured to be auto\-started\&. Defaults to "yes"\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-allow\-interactive\-authorization=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -242,6 +294,8 @@ When used with the \fBcall\fR command, specifies whether the services may enforce interactive authorization while executing the operation, if the security policy is configured for this\&. Defaults to "yes"\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timeout=\fR\fISECS\fR @@ -253,6 +307,8 @@ command, specifies the maximum time to wait for method call completion\&. If no is used, as the tool does not wait for any reply message then\&. When not specified or when set to 0, the default of "25s" is assumed\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-augment\-creds=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -266,6 +322,8 @@ shall be augmented with data from /proc/ might be more recent than the rest of the credential information\&. Defaults to "yes"\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-watch\-bind=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -273,6 +331,8 @@ might be more recent than the rest of the credential information\&. Defaults to Controls whether to wait for the specified \fBAF_UNIX\fR bus socket to appear in the file system before connecting to it\&. Defaults to off\&. When enabled, the tool will watch the file system until the socket is created and then connect to it\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-destination=\fR\fISERVICE\fR @@ -280,6 +340,8 @@ bus socket to appear in the file system before connecting to it\&. Defaults to o Takes a service name\&. When used with the \fBemit\fR command, a signal is emitted to the specified service\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\fR @@ -322,6 +384,8 @@ are implied\&. Do not ellipsize the output in \fBlist\fR command\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR @@ -497,6 +561,7 @@ o "/org/freedesktop/systemd1/job/42684" \fBdbus-daemon\fR(1), \m[blue]\fBD\-Bus\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2, \fBsd-bus\fR(3), +\fBvarlinkctl\fR(1), \fBsystemd\fR(1), \fBmachinectl\fR(1), \fBwireshark\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/c++filt.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/c++filt.1 index 9993957b..1014a746 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/c++filt.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/c++filt.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "C++FILT 1" -.TH C++FILT 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH C++FILT 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/captoinfo.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/captoinfo.1 index 7ee554e6..9614bf65 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/captoinfo.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/captoinfo.1 @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ '\" t .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.58 2023/12/23 16:28:31 tom Exp $ -.TH captoinfo 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: captoinfo.1m,v 1.63 2024/03/23 20:37:25 tom Exp $ +.TH captoinfo 1 2024-03-23 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ and extracts only the entry for the terminal named in the environment variable \fITERM\fP from it. If the environment variable \fI\%TERMCAP\fP is not set, \fB\%captoinfo\fP reads -.I \%/etc/termcap. +.IR \%/etc/termcap . .PP This utility is implemented as a link to \fB\%tic\fP(1), with the latter's @@ -90,9 +90,10 @@ It issues a diagnostic to the standard error stream for each, inviting the user to check that it has not mistakenly translated an unknown or mistyped capability name. .PP +.\" DWB 3.3 tbl requires the two junk "L" specifiers in the first row. .TS center; -Cb S +Cb S L L Cb Cb Cb Cb Cb Cb C Lb. Name @@ -215,7 +216,7 @@ SVr4 systems provide \fB\%captoinfo\fP as a separate application from Its .B \-v option does not accept a trace level argument -.I n; +.IR n ; repeat .B \-v .I n diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cat.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cat.1 index d5d83585..9eda1043 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cat.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CAT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CAT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cat \- concatenate files and print on the standard output .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chcon.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chcon.1 index af89d954..9b37fb8c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chcon.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHCON "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHCON "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chcon \- change file security context .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chgrp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chgrp.1 index 8ab8f0d7..884adc73 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chgrp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chgrp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHGRP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHGRP "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chgrp \- change group ownership .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -32,6 +32,12 @@ affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file (useful only on systems that can change the ownership of a symlink) .TP +\fB\-\-from\fR=\fI\,CURRENT_OWNER\/\fR:CURRENT_GROUP +change the ownership of each file only if +its current owner and/or group match those specified +here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match +is not required for the omitted attribute +.TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\-root\fR do not treat '/' specially (the default) .TP @@ -39,7 +45,7 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's group rather than specifying a GROUP. +use RFILE's ownership rather than specifying values RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR @@ -47,7 +53,7 @@ operate on files and directories recursively .PP The following options modify how a hierarchy is traversed when the \fB\-R\fR option is also specified. If more than one is specified, only the final -one takes effect. +one takes effect. '\-P' is the default. .TP \fB\-H\fR if a command line argument is a symbolic link @@ -58,7 +64,7 @@ traverse every symbolic link to a directory encountered .TP \fB\-P\fR -do not traverse any symbolic links (default) +do not traverse any symbolic links .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -79,7 +85,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chmod.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chmod.1 index c0869f14..14aa4375 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chmod.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chmod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHMOD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHMOD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chmod \- change file mode bits .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -66,17 +66,19 @@ file's group, with the same values; and the fourth for other users not in the file's group, with the same values. .PP .B chmod -never changes the permissions of symbolic links; the +doesn't change the permissions of symbolic links; the .B chmod -system call cannot change their permissions. This is not a problem -since the permissions of symbolic links are never used. +system call cannot change their permissions on most systems, +and most systems ignore permissions of symbolic links. However, for each symbolic link listed on the command line, .B chmod changes the permissions of the pointed-to file. In contrast, .B chmod ignores symbolic links encountered during recursive directory -traversals. +traversals. Options that modify this behavior are described in the +.B OPTIONS +section. .SH "SETUID AND SETGID BITS" .B chmod clears the set-group-ID bit of a @@ -133,6 +135,13 @@ suppress most error messages \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR output a diagnostic for every file processed .TP +\fB\-\-dereference\fR +affect the referent of each symbolic link, +rather than the symbolic link itself +.TP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-no\-dereference\fR +affect each symbolic link, rather than the referent +.TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\-root\fR do not treat '/' specially (the default) .TP @@ -145,6 +154,21 @@ RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR change files and directories recursively +.PP +The following options modify how a hierarchy is traversed when the \fB\-R\fR +option is also specified. If more than one is specified, only the final +one takes effect. '\-H' is the default. +.TP +\fB\-H\fR +if a command line argument is a symbolic link +to a directory, traverse it +.TP +\fB\-L\fR +traverse every symbolic link to a directory +encountered +.TP +\fB\-P\fR +do not traverse any symbolic links .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -160,7 +184,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chown.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chown.1 index aa12977a..ae14bb3e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chown.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chown.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHOWN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHOWN "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chown \- change file owner and group .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ affect symbolic links instead of any referenced file ownership of a symlink) .TP \fB\-\-from\fR=\fI\,CURRENT_OWNER\/\fR:CURRENT_GROUP -change the owner and/or group of each file only if +change the ownership of each file only if its current owner and/or group match those specified -here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match +here. Either may be omitted, in which case a match is not required for the omitted attribute .TP \fB\-\-no\-preserve\-root\fR @@ -64,15 +64,15 @@ do not treat '/' specially (the default) fail to operate recursively on '/' .TP \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,RFILE\/\fR -use RFILE's owner and group rather than specifying -OWNER:GROUP values. RFILE is always dereferenced. +use RFILE's ownership rather than specifying values +RFILE is always dereferenced if a symbolic link. .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR operate on files and directories recursively .PP The following options modify how a hierarchy is traversed when the \fB\-R\fR option is also specified. If more than one is specified, only the final -one takes effect. +one takes effect. '\-P' is the default. .TP \fB\-H\fR if a command line argument is a symbolic link @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ traverse every symbolic link to a directory encountered .TP \fB\-P\fR -do not traverse any symbolic links (default) +do not traverse any symbolic links .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chroot.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chroot.1 index d8484db4..2f871150 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chroot.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/chroot.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CHROOT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CHROOT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME chroot \- run command or interactive shell with special root directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cksum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cksum.1 index 2cd81cc2..bb4e9b2e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cksum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cksum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CKSUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CKSUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cksum \- compute and verify file checksums .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/clear.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/clear.1 index c034b0ea..9301043a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/clear.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/clear.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.46 2023/12/16 20:32:22 tom Exp $ -.TH clear 1 2023-12-16 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: clear.1,v 1.48 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH clear 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/comm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/comm.1 index 92d485ad..a49d7a4c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/comm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/comm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH COMM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH COMM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME comm \- compare two sorted files line by line .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -Note, comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. +Comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. .SH EXAMPLES .TP comm \-12 file1 file2 @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/coredumpctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/coredumpctl.1 index 561be652..fc6d03da 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/coredumpctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/coredumpctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "COREDUMPCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "coredumpctl" +.TH "COREDUMPCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "coredumpctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -42,21 +42,29 @@ The output is designed to be human readable and contains a table with the follow TIME .RS 4 The timestamp of the crash, as reported by the kernel\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP PID .RS 4 The identifier of the process that crashed\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP UID, GID .RS 4 The user and group identifiers of the process that crashed\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP SIGNAL .RS 4 The signal that caused the process to crash, when applicable\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP COREFILE @@ -77,27 +85,37 @@ is the same as one of the previous two, but the core was too large and was not s means that the core file cannot be accessed, most likely because of insufficient permissions, and "missing" means that the core was stored in a file, but this file has since been removed\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP EXE .RS 4 The full path to the executable\&. For backtraces of scripts this is the name of the interpreter\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .sp It\*(Aqs worth noting that different restrictions apply to data saved in the journal and core dump files saved in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, see overview in \fBsystemd-coredump\fR(8)\&. Thus it may very well happen that a particular core dump is still listed in the journal while its corresponding core dump file has already been removed\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fBinfo\fR .RS 4 Show detailed information about the last core dump or core dumps matching specified characteristics captured in the journal\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fBdump\fR .RS 4 Extract the last core dump matching specified characteristics\&. The core dump will be written on standard output, unless an output file is specified with \fB\-\-output=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fBdebug\fR @@ -111,6 +129,8 @@ option or the environment variable\&. Use the \fB\-\-debugger\-arguments=\fR option to pass extra command line arguments to the debugger\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -151,37 +171,51 @@ Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of .RS 4 Show information of the most recent core dump only, instead of listing all known core dumps\&. Equivalent to \fB\-\-reverse \-n 1\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR \fIINT\fR .RS 4 Show at most the specified number of entries\&. The specified parameter must be an integer greater or equal to 1\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-S\fR, \fB\-\-since\fR .RS 4 Only print entries which are since the specified date\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-U\fR, \fB\-\-until\fR .RS 4 Only print entries which are until the specified date\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reverse\fR .RS 4 Reverse output so that the newest entries are displayed first\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-F\fR \fIFIELD\fR, \fB\-\-field=\fR\fIFIELD\fR .RS 4 Print all possible data values the specified field takes in matching core dump entries of the journal\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fB\-o\fR \fIFILE\fR, \fB\-\-output=\fR\fIFILE\fR .RS 4 Write the core to \fBFILE\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-debugger=\fR\fIDEBUGGER\fR @@ -193,6 +227,8 @@ command\&. If not given and is unset, then \fBgdb\fR(1) will be used\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-A\fR \fIARGS\fR, \fB\-\-debugger\-arguments=\fR\fIARGS\fR @@ -202,6 +238,8 @@ Pass the given as extra command line arguments to the debugger\&. Quote as appropriate when \fIARGS\fR contain whitespace\&. (See Examples\&.) +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-file=\fR\fB\fIGLOB\fR\fR @@ -209,12 +247,16 @@ contain whitespace\&. (See Examples\&.) Takes a file glob as an argument\&. If specified, coredumpctl will operate on the specified journal files matching \fIGLOB\fR instead of the default runtime and system journal paths\&. May be specified multiple times, in which case files will be suitably interleaved\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-D\fR \fIDIR\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR\fIDIR\fR .RS 4 Use the journal files in the specified \fBDIR\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 225\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root=\fR\fB\fIROOT\fR\fR @@ -222,6 +264,8 @@ Use the journal files in the specified Use root directory \fBROOT\fR when searching for coredumps\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image=\fR\fB\fIimage\fR\fR @@ -230,6 +274,8 @@ Takes a path to a disk image file or block device node\&. If specified, all oper \fB\-\-root=\fR, but operates on file systems stored in disk images or block devices\&. The disk image should either contain just a file system or a set of file systems within a GPT partition table, following the \m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. For further information on supported disk images, see \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1)\*(Aqs switch of the same name\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR @@ -244,6 +290,8 @@ policy, i\&.e\&. all recognized file systems in the image are used\&. \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR .RS 4 Suppresses informational messages about lack of access to journal files and possible in\-flight coredumps\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -251,6 +299,8 @@ Suppresses informational messages about lack of access to journal files and poss Look at all available journal files in /var/log/journal/ (excluding journal namespaces) instead of only local ones\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .SH "MATCHING" .PP @@ -259,24 +309,32 @@ A match can be: \fIPID\fR .RS 4 Process ID of the process that dumped core\&. An integer\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fICOMM\fR .RS 4 Name of the executable (matches \fBCOREDUMP_COMM=\fR)\&. Must not contain slashes\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fIEXE\fR .RS 4 Path to the executable (matches \fBCOREDUMP_EXE=\fR)\&. Must contain at least one slash\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fIMATCH\fR .RS 4 General journalctl match filter, must contain an equals sign ("=")\&. See \fBjournalctl\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP @@ -290,6 +348,8 @@ Use the given debugger for the command\&. See the \fB\-\-debugger=\fR option\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cp.1 index 0d15e57d..420b59c2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CP "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cp \- copy files and directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ hard link files instead of copying always follow symbolic links in SOURCE .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR -do not overwrite an existing file (overrides a -\fB\-u\fR or previous \fB\-i\fR option). See also \fB\-\-update\fR +(deprecated) silently skip existing files. +See also \fB\-\-update\fR .TP \fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-no\-dereference\fR never follow symbolic links in SOURCE @@ -107,14 +107,17 @@ treat DEST as a normal file .TP \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,UPDATE\/\fR] control which existing files are updated; -UPDATE={all,none,older(default)}. See below +UPDATE={all,none,none\-fail,older(default)}. .TP \fB\-u\fR -equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR] +equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR]. See below .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR explain what is being done .TP +\fB\-\-keep\-directory\-symlink\fR +follow existing symlinks to directories +.TP \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-one\-file\-system\fR stay on this file system .TP @@ -147,8 +150,10 @@ Use \fB\-\-sparse\fR=\fI\,never\/\fR to inhibit creation of sparse files. UPDATE controls which existing files in the destination are replaced. \&'all' is the default operation when an \fB\-\-update\fR option is not specified, and results in all existing files in the destination being replaced. -\&'none' is similar to the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the -destination are replaced, but also skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none' is like the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the +destination are replaced, and skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none\-fail' also ensures no files are replaced in the destination, +but any skipped files are diagnosed and induce a failure. \&'older' is the default operation when \fB\-\-update\fR is specified, and results in files being replaced if they're older than the corresponding source file. .PP @@ -183,7 +188,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/csplit.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/csplit.1 index 6f00320f..629cf94c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/csplit.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/csplit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CSPLIT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CSPLIT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME csplit \- split a file into sections determined by context lines .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cut.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cut.1 index d82378ea..6b1a5867 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cut.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/cut.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH CUT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH CUT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME cut \- remove sections from each line of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/date.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/date.1 index 8081bac0..1c6c553a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/date.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/date.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DATE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DATE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME date \- print or set the system date and time .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dd.1 index 295b2eaf..648f3b8d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dd \- convert and copy a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/df.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/df.1 index 529b6f47..364aea75 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/df.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/df.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DF "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME df \- report file system space usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dir.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dir.1 index 7bea68ae..8188ed0a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dir.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ list directories themselves, not their contents generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode .TP \fB\-f\fR -list all entries in directory order +do not sort, enable \fB\-aU\fR, disable \fB\-ls\fR \fB\-\-color\fR .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-classify\fR[=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR] append indicator (one of */=>@|) to entries WHEN @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dircolors.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dircolors.1 index 214c6490..c95dcec4 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dircolors.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dircolors.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIRCOLORS "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dircolors \- color setup for ls .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dirname.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dirname.1 index 458da15f..ae9322ae 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dirname.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dirname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DIRNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DIRNAME "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME dirname \- strip last component from file name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/du.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/du.1 index 34ff3647..31a70a80 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/du.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/du.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH DU "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH DU "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME du \- estimate file space usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dvipdf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dvipdf.1 index d915638d..8b4b60fd 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dvipdf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/dvipdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVIPDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH DVIPDF 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME dvipdf \- Convert TeX DVI file to PDF using ghostscript and dvips .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ and any options from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), dvips(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/echo.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/echo.1 index d4a06725..69e0f658 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/echo.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/echo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ECHO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ECHO "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME echo \- display a line of text .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -66,12 +66,12 @@ byte with octal value NNN (1 to 3 digits) \exHH byte with hexadecimal value HH (1 to 2 digits) .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of echo, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of echo, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .PP -NOTE: \fBprintf\fP(1) is a preferred alternative, -which does not have issues outputting option\-like strings. +Consider using the 'printf' command instead, +as it avoids problems when outputting option\-like strings. .SH AUTHOR Written by Brian Fox and Chet Ramey. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ed.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ed.1 index dcff01ce..ad371a8d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ed.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ed.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.2. -.TH ED "1" "February 2024" "GNU ed 1.20.1" "User Commands" +.TH ED "1" "April 2024" "GNU ed 1.20.2" "User Commands" .SH NAME ed \- line-oriented text editor .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/elfedit.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/elfedit.1 index 609fc90a..1da7b5c8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/elfedit.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/elfedit.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ELFEDIT 1" -.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH ELFEDIT 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/env.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/env.1 index eb6f3194..5ccae3a5 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/env.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/env.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ENV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ENV "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME env \- run a program in a modified environment .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,6 +12,9 @@ Set each NAME to VALUE in the environment and run COMMAND. .PP Mandatory arguments to long options are mandatory for short options too. .TP +\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-argv0\fR=\fI\,ARG\/\fR +pass ARG as the zeroth argument of COMMAND +.TP \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-ignore\-environment\fR start with an empty environment .TP @@ -128,7 +131,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/envsubst.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/envsubst.1 index 0d5ae21b..93092b32 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/envsubst.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/envsubst.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH ENVSUBST "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH ENVSUBST "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME envsubst \- substitutes environment variables in shell format strings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2003\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2003\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expand.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expand.1 index 09ab207c..4b0b14cc 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expand.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPAND "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH EXPAND "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME expand \- convert tabs to spaces .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expr.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expr.1 index 81acdfc1..41846b84 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expr.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/expr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH EXPR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH EXPR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME expr \- evaluate expressions .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/factor.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/factor.1 index 8269dd99..4f45dcd8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/factor.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/factor.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FACTOR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FACTOR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME factor \- factor numbers .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/false.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/false.1 index 86e83d05..9063ddb7 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/false.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/false.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FALSE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FALSE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME false \- do nothing, unsuccessfully .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of false, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of false, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fmt.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fmt.1 index b17df353..d82a7e41 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fmt.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FMT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FMT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME fmt \- simple optimal text formatter .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fold.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fold.1 index 43b52612..9a3ad185 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fold.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/fold.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH FOLD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH FOLD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME fold \- wrap each input line to fit in specified width .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gcore.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gcore.1 index c643c2cd..694db080 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gcore.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gcore.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GCORE 1" -.TH GCORE 1 2024-02-27 gdb- "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GCORE 1 2024-04-24 gdb- "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb-add-index.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb-add-index.1 index f210ae76..09096426 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb-add-index.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb-add-index.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GDB-ADD-INDEX 1" -.TH GDB-ADD-INDEX 1 2024-02-27 gdb- "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GDB-ADD-INDEX 1 2024-04-24 gdb- "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb.1 index f72f3ba8..42d600c9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gdb.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "GDB 1" -.TH GDB 1 2024-02-27 gdb- "GNU Development Tools" +.TH GDB 1 2024-04-24 gdb- "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/getent.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/getent.1 index 1168fc5f..98032ea4 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/getent.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/getent.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH getent 1 2023-01-07 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH getent 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME getent \- get entries from Name Service Switch libraries .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,12 +25,11 @@ Otherwise, if no .I key is provided, all entries will be displayed (unless the database does not support enumeration). -.PP +.P The .I database may be any of those supported by the GNU C Library, listed below: -.RS 3 -.TP 10 +.TP .B ahosts When no .I key @@ -41,7 +40,7 @@ and .BR endhostent (3) to enumerate the hosts database. This is identical to using -.BR hosts . +.BR hosts (5). When one or more .I key arguments are provided, pass each @@ -324,41 +323,48 @@ arguments are provided, pass each in succession to .BR getspnam (3) and display the result. -.RE .SH OPTIONS .TP -.BR \-s\ \fIservice\fP ", " \-\-service\ \fIservice\fP +.BI \-\-service\~ service +.TQ +.BI \-s\~ service .\" commit 9d0881aa76b399e6a025c5cf44bebe2ae0efa8af (glibc) Override all databases with the specified service. (Since glibc 2.2.5.) .TP -.BR \-s\ \fIdatabase\fP:\fIservice\fP ", "\ -\-\-service\ \fIdatabase\fP:\fIservice\fP +.BI \-\-service\~ database : service +.TQ +.BI \-s\~ database : service .\" commit b4f6f4be85d32b9c03361c38376e36f08100e3e8 (glibc) Override only specified databases with the specified service. The option may be used multiple times, but only the last service for each database will be used. (Since glibc 2.4.) .TP -.BR \-i ", " \-\-no\-idn +.B \-\-no\-idn +.TQ +.B \-i .\" commit a160f8d808cf8020b13bd0ef4a9eaf3c11f964ad (glibc) Disables IDN encoding in lookups for .BR ahosts / getaddrinfo (3) (Since glibc-2.13.) .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Print a usage summary and exit. .TP -.B "\-\-usage" +.B \-\-usage Print a short usage summary and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Print the version number, license, and disclaimer of warranty for .BR getent . .SH EXIT STATUS One of the following exit values can be returned by .BR getent : -.RS 3 .TP .B 0 Command completed successfully. @@ -377,6 +383,5 @@ could not be found in the .B 3 Enumeration not supported on this .IR database . -.RE .SH SEE ALSO .BR nsswitch.conf (5) diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettext.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettext.1 index 005c1eff..bce8e550 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettext.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH GETTEXT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH GETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME gettext \- translate message .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettextize.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettextize.1 index ca63ea81..d81f4cf8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettextize.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gettextize.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH GETTEXTIZE "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME gettextize \- install or upgrade gettext infrastructure .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/groups.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/groups.1 index 661e4ebc..7dc4914a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/groups.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/groups.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH GROUPS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH GROUPS "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME groups \- print the groups a user is in .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-editenv.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-editenv.1 index 304a99ba..fe03b40b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-editenv.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-editenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EDITENV "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-editenv \- edit GRUB environment block .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-emu.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-emu.1 index ab9af8d4..02432268 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-emu.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-emu.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-EMU "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-EMU "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-emu \- GRUB emulator .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-file.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-file.1 index 768b175f..7ed15325 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-file.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-file.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FILE "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-file \- check file type .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-fstest.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-fstest.1 index 056f01cf..2dfcb7e2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-fstest.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-fstest.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-FSTEST "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-fstest \- debug tool for GRUB filesystem drivers .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 index efcff28a..5cf4f5cf 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-glue-efi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-GLUE-EFI "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-glue-efi \- generate a fat binary for EFI .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 index 730e20d3..44175812 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-kbdcomp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "February 2024" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-KBDCOMP "1" "May 2024" "grub-kbdcomp ()" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-kbdcomp \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 index 3acf6992..435dbd61 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-menulst2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "February 2024" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MENULST2CFG "1" "May 2024" "Usage: grub-menulst2cfg [INFILE [OUTFILE]]" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-menulst2cfg \- transform legacy menu.lst into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 index b120aa81..ce2ddfe7 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkfont.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKFONT "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkfont \- make GRUB font files .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 index ace98c8e..08b156fa 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkimage.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKIMAGE "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkimage \- make a bootable image of GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 index 6ad10d41..c3678c64 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mklayout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKLAYOUT "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mklayout \- generate a GRUB keyboard layout file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 index 5237aa81..c3edd41d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mknetdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKNETDIR "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mknetdir \- prepare a GRUB netboot directory. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 index 1fda9750..750a7a87 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkpasswd-pbkdf2.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKPASSWD-PBKDF2 "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkpasswd-pbkdf2 \- generate hashed password for GRUB .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 index 0ff30eed..4321a40f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrelpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRELPATH "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrelpath \- make a system path relative to its root .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 index 204d0dd9..82a32bf8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkrescue.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKRESCUE "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkrescue \- make a GRUB rescue image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 index c640db58..feec2e13 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mkstandalone.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MKSTANDALONE "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mkstandalone \- make a memdisk-based GRUB image .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mount.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mount.1 index d5fe3856..b20e421f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mount.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-mount.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-MOUNT "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-mount \- export GRUB filesystem with FUSE .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-protect.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-protect.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..f4bea4d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-protect.1 @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH GRUB-PROTECT "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.SH NAME +grub-protect \- protect a disk key with a key protector +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B grub-protect +[\fI\,OPTION\/\fR...] +.SH DESCRIPTION +grub-protect helps to pretect a disk encryption key with a specified key protector. +.PP +Protect a cleartext key using a GRUB key protector that can retrieve the key +during boot to unlock fully\-encrypted disks automatically. +.TP +\fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-action\fR=\fI\,add\/\fR|remove +Add or remove a key protector to or from a key. +.TP +\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-protector\fR=\fI\,tpm2\/\fR +Key protector to use (only tpm2 is currently +supported). +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-asymmetric\fR=\fI\,TYPE\/\fR The type of SRK: RSA (RSA2048), RSA3072, RSA4096, +and ECC (ECC_NIST_P256). (default: ECC) +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-bank\fR=\fI\,ALG\/\fR +Bank of PCRs used to authorize key release: SHA1, +SHA256, SHA384, or SHA512. (default: SHA256) +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-device\fR=\fI\,FILE\/\fR +Path to the TPM2 device. (default: \fI\,/dev/tpm0\/\fP) +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-evict\fR +Evict a previously persisted SRK from the TPM, if +any. +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-keyfile\fR=\fI\,FILE\/\fR +Path to a file that contains the cleartext key to +protect. +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-outfile\fR=\fI\,FILE\/\fR +Path to the file that will contain the key after +sealing (must be accessible to GRUB during boot). +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs\fR=\fI\,0[\/\fR,1]... +Comma\-separated list of PCRs used to authorize +key release e.g., '7,11'. Please be aware that +PCR 0~7 are used by the firmware and the +measurement result may change after a firmware +update (for baremetal systems) or a package +(OVMF/SeaBIOS/SLOF) update in the VM host. This +may lead tothe failure of key unsealing. +(default: 7) +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2\-srk\fR=\fI\,NUM\/\fR +The SRK handle if the SRK is to be made +persistent. +.TP +\fB\-\-tpm2key\fR +Use TPM 2.0 Key File format instead of the raw +format. +.TP +\-?, \fB\-\-help\fR +give this help list +.TP +\fB\-\-usage\fR +give a short usage message +.TP +\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR +print program version +.PP +Mandatory or optional arguments to long options are also mandatory or optional +for any corresponding short options. +.SH "REPORTING BUGS" +Report bugs to <bug\-grub@gnu.org>. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +The full documentation for +.B grub-protect +is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the +.B info +and +.B grub-protect +programs are properly installed at your site, the command +.IP +.B info grub-protect +.PP +should give you access to the complete manual. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-render-label.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-render-label.1 index ae18ee93..434d44b0 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-render-label.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-render-label.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-RENDER-LABEL "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-render-label \- generate a .disk_label for Apple Macs. .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-script-check.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-script-check.1 index 9fcc9abc..508b3d44 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-script-check.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-script-check.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SCRIPT-CHECK "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-script-check \- check grub.cfg for syntax errors .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 index 64a1f217..f11c9a76 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/grub2-syslinux2cfg.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. -.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "February 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" +.TH GRUB-SYSLINUX2CFG "1" "May 2024" "GRUB2 2.12" "User Commands" .SH NAME grub-syslinux2cfg \- transform syslinux config into grub.cfg .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gs.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gs.1 index c3897406..779604e6 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gs.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gs.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GS 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gs \- Ghostscript (PostScript and PDF language interpreter and previewer) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ The various Ghostscript document files (above), especially \fBUse.htm\fR. See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gslp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gslp.1 index 9794045c..6e384c0c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gslp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gslp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSLP 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSLP 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gslp \- Format and print text using ghostscript .br @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Also, the string %# in a heading or footing is replaced with the page #. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gsnd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gsnd.1 index 2711357c..7ff97939 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gsnd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/gsnd.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GSND 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH GSND 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME gsnd \- Run ghostscript (PostScript and PDF engine) without display .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ flag, followed by any other arguments from the command-line. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/head.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/head.1 index 35c138e0..6d1f830a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/head.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/head.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HEAD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH HEAD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME head \- output the first part of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/homectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/homectl.1 index 8fef25a2..399258ac 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/homectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/homectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "HOMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "homectl" +.TH "HOMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "homectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -161,6 +161,8 @@ read the user record from standard input\&. The supplied JSON object must follow and \fBupdate\fR commands (see below), where it allows configuring the user record in JSON as\-is, instead of setting the individual user record properties (see below)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR, \fB\-j\fR @@ -184,6 +186,8 @@ option picks when run interactively and "short" otherwise\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-export\-format=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR, \fB\-E\fR, \fB\-EE\fR @@ -209,6 +213,8 @@ to mode will retain the original cryptographic signatures and thus may only be modified when the private key to update them is available on the destination machine\&. When replicating users in "minimal" mode, the signature is removed during the replication and thus the record will be implicitly signed with the key of the destination machine and may be updated there without any private key replication\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -273,11 +279,15 @@ commands for configuring various aspects of the home directory and the user acco \fB\-\-real\-name=\fR\fINAME\fR, \fB\-c\fR \fINAME\fR .RS 4 The real name for the user\&. This corresponds with the GECOS field on classic UNIX NSS records\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-realm=\fR\fIREALM\fR .RS 4 The realm for the user\&. The realm associates a user with a specific organization or installation, and allows distinguishing users of the same name defined in different contexts\&. The realm can be any string that also qualifies as valid DNS domain name, and it is recommended to use the organization\*(Aqs or installation\*(Aqs domain name for this purpose, but this is not enforced nor required\&. On each system only a single user of the same name may exist, and if a user with the same name and realm is seen it is assumed to refer to the same user while a user with the same name but different realm is considered a different user\&. Note that this means that two users sharing the same name but with distinct realms are not allowed on the same system\&. Assigning a realm to a user is optional\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-email\-address=\fR\fIEMAIL\fR @@ -285,6 +295,8 @@ The realm for the user\&. The realm associates a user with a specific organizati Takes an electronic mail address to associate with the user\&. On log\-in the \fI$EMAIL\fR environment variable is initialized from this value\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-location=\fR\fITEXT\fR @@ -293,12 +305,16 @@ Takes location specification for this user\&. This is free\-form text, which mig \fB\-\-location="Berlin, Germany"\fR or \fB\-\-location="Basement, Room 3a"\fR +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-icon\-name=\fR\fIICON\fR .RS 4 Takes an icon name to associate with the user, following the scheme defined by the \m[blue]\fBIcon Naming Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-home\-dir=\fR\fIPATH\fR, \fB\-d\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -307,6 +323,8 @@ Takes a path to use as home directory for the user\&. Note that this is the dire \fB\-\-image\-path=\fR for that\&. If not specified defaults to /home/$USER\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-uid=\fR\fIUID\fR @@ -321,6 +339,8 @@ Note that changing this option for existing home directories generally has no ef Note that users managed by \fBsystemd\-homed\fR always have a matching group associated with the same name as well as a GID matching the UID of the user\&. Thus, configuring the GID separately is not permitted\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-member\-of=\fR\fIGROUP\fR, \fB\-G\fR \fIGROUP\fR @@ -331,6 +351,8 @@ to provide the user with administrator privileges\&. Note that \fBsystemd\-homed\fR does not manage any groups besides a group matching the user in name and numeric UID/GID\&. Thus any groups listed here must be registered independently, for example with \fBgroupadd\fR(8)\&. Any non\-existent groups are ignored\&. This option may be used more than once, in which case all specified group lists are combined\&. If the user is currently a member of a group which is not listed, the user will be removed from the group\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-capability\-bounding\-set=\fR\fICAPABILITIES\fR, \fB\-\-capability\-ambient\-set=\fR\fICAPABILITIES\fR @@ -342,18 +364,24 @@ These options take a space separated list of process capabilities (e\&.g\&. for details on the capabilities concept\&. These options may be used more than once, in which case the specified lists are combined\&. If the parameter begins with a "~" character the effect is inverted: the specified capability is dropped from the specific set\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-skel=\fR\fIPATH\fR .RS 4 Takes a file system path to a directory\&. Specifies the skeleton directory to initialize the home directory with\&. All files and directories in the specified path are copied into any newly create home directory\&. If not specified defaults to /etc/skel/\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-shell=\fR\fISHELL\fR .RS 4 Takes a file system path\&. Specifies the shell binary to execute on terminal logins\&. If not specified defaults to /bin/bash\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fIVARIABLE\fR[=\fIVALUE\fR] @@ -369,6 +397,8 @@ Note that a number of other settings also result in environment variables to be \fB\-\-timezone=\fR and \fB\-\-language=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timezone=\fR\fITIMEZONE\fR @@ -381,6 +411,8 @@ will result in the environment variable "TZ=:Europe/Amsterdam"\&. (":" is used intentionally as part of the timezone specification, see \fBtzset\fR(3)\&.) +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-language=\fR\fILANG\fR @@ -389,6 +421,8 @@ Takes a specifier indicating the preferred language of the user\&. The \fI$LANG\fR environment variable is initialized from this value on login, and thus a value suitable for this environment variable is accepted here, for example \fB\-\-language=de_DE\&.UTF8\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-ssh\-authorized\-keys=\fR\fIKEYS\fR @@ -396,6 +430,8 @@ environment variable is initialized from this value on login, and thus a value s Either takes a SSH authorized key line to associate with the user record or a "@" character followed by a path to a file to read one or more such lines from\&. SSH keys configured this way are made available to SSH to permit access to this home directory and user record\&. This option may be used more than once to configure multiple SSH keys\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pkcs11\-token\-uri=\fR\fIURI\fR @@ -417,6 +453,8 @@ Note that many hardware security tokens implement both PKCS#11/PIV and FIDO2 wit extension (for example: the YubiKey 5 series), as supported with the \fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR option below\&. Both mechanisms are similarly powerful, though FIDO2 is the more modern technology\&. PKCS#11/PIV tokens have the benefit of being recognizable before authentication and hence can be used for implying the user identity to use for logging in, which FIDO2 does not allow\&. PKCS#11/PIV devices generally require initialization (i\&.e\&. storing a private/public key pair on them, see example below) before they can be used; FIDO2 security tokens generally do not required that, and work out of the box\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fido2\-credential\-algorithm=\fR\fISTRING\fR @@ -436,6 +474,8 @@ denotes 2048\-bit RSA with PKCS#1\&.5 padding and SHA\-256\&. denotes EDDSA over Curve25519 with SHA\-512\&. .sp Note that your authenticator may not support some algorithms\&. +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -470,6 +510,8 @@ Note that many hardware security tokens implement both FIDO2 and PKCS#11/PIV (an \fB\-\-fido2\-device=\fR or \fB\-\-pkcs11\-token\-uri=\fR), for a discussion see above\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fido2\-with\-client\-pin=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -480,6 +522,8 @@ feature)\&. Defaults to "yes"\&. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the "clientPin" feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-presence=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -490,6 +534,8 @@ feature) when unlocking the account\&. Defaults to "yes"\&. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the "up" feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fido2\-with\-user\-verification=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -500,16 +546,22 @@ feature)\&. Defaults to "no"\&. (Note: this setting is without effect if the security token does not support the "uv" feature at all, or does not allow enabling or disabling it\&.) +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-recovery\-key=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Accepts a boolean argument\&. If enabled a recovery key is configured for the account\&. A recovery key is a computer generated access key that may be used to regain access to an account if the password has been forgotten or the authentication token lost\&. The key is generated and shown on screen, and should be printed or otherwise transferred to a secure location\&. A recovery key may be entered instead of a regular password to unlock the account\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-locked=\fR\fIBOOLEAN\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. Specifies whether this user account shall be locked\&. If true logins into this account are prohibited, if false (the default) they are permitted (of course, only if authorization otherwise succeeds)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-not\-before=\fR\fITIMESTAMP\fR, \fB\-\-not\-after=\fR\fITIMESTAMP\fR @@ -517,17 +569,23 @@ Takes a boolean argument\&. Specifies whether this user account shall be locked\ These options take a timestamp string, in the format documented in \fBsystemd.time\fR(7) and configures points in time before and after logins into this account are not permitted\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-rate\-limit\-interval=\fR\fISECS\fR, \fB\-\-rate\-limit\-burst=\fR\fINUMBER\fR .RS 4 Configures a rate limit on authentication attempts for this user\&. If the user attempts to authenticate more often than the specified number, on a specific system, within the specified time interval authentication is refused until the time interval passes\&. Defaults to 10 times per 1min\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-password\-hint=\fR\fITEXT\fR .RS 4 Takes a password hint to store alongside the user record\&. This string is stored accessible only to privileged users and the user itself and may not be queried by other users\&. Example: \fB\-\-password\-hint="My first pet\*(Aqs name"\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-enforce\-password\-policy=\fR\fIBOOL\fR, \fB\-P\fR @@ -536,11 +594,15 @@ Takes a boolean argument\&. Configures whether to enforce the system\*(Aqs passw \fB\-P\fR is short for \fB\-\-\-enforce\-password\-policy=no\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-password\-change\-now=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. If true the user is asked to change their password on next login\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-password\-change\-min=\fR\fITIME\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-max=\fR\fITIME\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-warn=\fR\fITIME\fR, \fB\-\-password\-change\-inactive=\fR\fITIME\fR @@ -557,6 +619,8 @@ specifies how much earlier than then the time configured with the user is warned at login to change their password as it will expire soon\&. Finally \fB\-\-password\-change\-inactive=\fR configures the time which has to pass after the password as expired until the user is not permitted to log in or change the password anymore\&. Note that these options only apply to password authentication, and do not apply to other forms of authentication, for example PKCS#11\-based security token authentication\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-disk\-size=\fR\fIBYTES\fR @@ -570,22 +634,30 @@ or assigns the minimal disk space permitted by the constraints of the backing file system and other limits, when specified as "max" assigns the maximum disk space available\&. If the LUKS2 backend is used this configures the size of the loopback file and file system contained therein\&. For the other storage backends configures disk quota using the filesystem\*(Aqs native quota logic, if available\&. If not specified, defaults to 85% of the available disk space for the LUKS2 backend and to no quota for the others\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-access\-mode=\fR\fIMODE\fR .RS 4 Takes a UNIX file access mode written in octal\&. Configures the access mode of the home directory itself\&. Note that this is only used when the directory is first created, and the user may change this any time afterwards\&. Example: \fB\-\-access\-mode=0700\fR +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-umask=\fR\fIMASK\fR .RS 4 Takes the access mode mask (in octal syntax) to apply to newly created files and directories of the user ("umask")\&. If set this controls the initial umask set for all login sessions of the user, possibly overriding the system\*(Aqs defaults\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-nice=\fR\fINICE\fR .RS 4 Takes the numeric scheduling priority ("nice level") to apply to the processes of the user at login time\&. Takes a numeric value in the range \-20 (highest priority) to 19 (lowest priority)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-rlimit=\fR\fILIMIT\fR=\fIVALUE\fR[:\fIVALUE\fR] @@ -594,6 +666,8 @@ Allows configuration of resource limits for processes of this user, see \fBgetrlimit\fR(2) for details\&. Takes a resource limit name (e\&.g\&. "LIMIT_NOFILE") followed by an equal sign, followed by a numeric limit\&. Optionally, separated by colon a second numeric limit may be specified\&. If two are specified this refers to the soft and hard limits, respectively\&. If only one limit is specified the setting sets both limits in one\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tasks\-max=\fR\fITASKS\fR @@ -608,6 +682,8 @@ setting of the per\-user systemd slice unit user\-$UID\&.slice\&. See \fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5) for further details\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-memory\-high=\fR\fIBYTES\fR, \fB\-\-memory\-max=\fR\fIBYTES\fR @@ -620,6 +696,8 @@ settings of the per\-user systemd slice unit user\-$UID\&.slice\&. See \fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5) for further details\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cpu\-weight=\fR\fIWEIGHT\fR, \fB\-\-io\-weight=\fR\fIWEIGHT\fR @@ -632,6 +710,8 @@ settings of the per\-user systemd slice unit user\-$UID\&.slice\&. See \fBsystemd.resource-control\fR(5) for further details\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-storage=\fR\fISTORAGE\fR @@ -644,6 +724,8 @@ Selects the storage mechanism to use for this home directory\&. Takes one of "cifs"\&. For details about these mechanisms, see above\&. If a new home directory is created and the storage type is not specifically specified, \fBhomed.conf\fR(5) defines which default storage to use\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-path=\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -657,11 +739,15 @@ when LUKS storage is used and for the other storage mechanisms\&. Not defined for the "cifs" storage mechanism\&. To use LUKS2 storage on a regular block device (for example a USB stick) pass the path to the block device here\&. Specifying the path to a directory here when using LUKS2 storage is not allowed\&. Similar, specifying the path to a regular file or device node is not allowed if any of the other storage backends are used\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-drop\-caches=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Automatically flush OS file system caches on logout\&. This is useful in combination with the fscrypt storage backend to ensure the OS does not keep decrypted versions of the files and directories in memory (and accessible) after logout\&. This option is also supported on other backends, but should not bring any benefit there\&. Defaults to off, except if the selected storage backend is fscrypt, where it defaults to on\&. Note that flushing OS caches will negatively influence performance of the OS shortly after logout\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fs\-type=\fR\fITYPE\fR @@ -674,6 +760,8 @@ When LUKS2 storage is used configures the file system type to use inside the hom defines which default file system type to use\&. Note that "xfs" is not recommended as its support for file system resizing is too limited\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-luks\-discard=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -681,6 +769,8 @@ is not recommended as its support for file system resizing is too limited\&. When LUKS2 storage is used configures whether to enable the "discard" feature of the file system\&. If enabled the file system on top of the LUKS2 volume will report empty block information to LUKS2 and the loopback file below, ensuring that empty space in the home directory is returned to the backing file system below the LUKS2 volume, resulting in a "sparse" loopback file\&. This option mostly defaults to off, since this permits over\-committing home directories which results in I/O errors if the underlying file system runs full while the upper file system wants to allocate a block\&. Such I/O errors are generally not handled well by file systems nor applications\&. When LUKS2 storage is used on top of regular block devices (instead of on top a loopback file) the discard logic defaults to on\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-luks\-offline\-discard=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -691,11 +781,15 @@ Similar to controls what happens when the home directory is active, \fB\-\-luks\-offline\-discard=\fR controls what happens when it becomes inactive, i\&.e\&. whether to trim/allocate the storage when deactivating the home directory\&. This option defaults to on, to ensure disk space is minimized while a user is not logged in\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-luks\-extra\-mount\-options=\fR\fIOPTIONS\fR .RS 4 Takes a string containing additional mount options to use when mounting the LUKS volume\&. If specified, this string will be appended to the default, built\-in mount options\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-luks\-cipher=\fR\fICIPHER\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-cipher\-mode=\fR\fIMODE\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-volume\-key\-size=\fR\fIBYTES\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-type=\fR\fITYPE\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-hash\-algorithm=\fR\fIALGORITHM\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-force\-iterations=\fR\fIITERATIONS\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-time\-cost=\fR\fISECONDS\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-memory\-cost=\fR\fIBYTES\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-pbkdf\-parallel\-threads=\fR\fITHREADS\fR, \fB\-\-luks\-sector\-size=\fR\fIBYTES\fR @@ -710,6 +804,8 @@ uses bytes for key size, like /proc/crypto, but \fBcryptsetup\fR(8) uses bits\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-auto\-resize\-mode=\fR @@ -727,6 +823,8 @@ the home area is grown to the size configured via should it currently be smaller\&. If it already matches the configured size or is larger no operation is executed\&. If set to "shrink\-and\-grow" the home area is also resized during logout to the minimal size the used disk space and file system constraints permit\&. This mode thus ensures that while a home area is activated it is sized to the configured size, but while deactivated it is compacted taking up only the minimal space possible\&. Note that if the system is powered off abnormally or if the user otherwise not logged out cleanly the shrinking operation will not take place, and the user has to re\-login/logout again before it is executed again\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-rebalance\-weight=\fR @@ -739,6 +837,8 @@ no automatic free space distribution is done for this home area\&. Note that res see below) will implicitly turn off the automatic rebalancing\&. To reenable the automatic rebalancing use \fB\-\-rebalance\-weight=\fR with an empty parameter\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-nosuid=\fR\fIBOOL\fR, \fB\-\-nodev=\fR\fIBOOL\fR, \fB\-\-noexec=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -756,6 +856,8 @@ are on, while "noexec" is off\&. For details about these mount options see \fBmount\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cifs\-domain=\fR\fIDOMAIN\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-user\-name=\fR\fIUSER\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-service=\fR\fISERVICE\fR, \fB\-\-cifs\-extra\-mount\-options=\fR\fIOPTIONS\fR @@ -768,6 +870,8 @@ storage is selected\&. The file share should be specified in format setting allows specifying additional mount options when mounting the share, see \fBmount.cifs\fR(8) for details\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-stop\-delay=\fR\fISECS\fR @@ -775,17 +879,23 @@ for details\&. Configures the time the per\-user service manager shall continue to run after the all sessions of the user ended\&. The default is configured in \fBlogind.conf\fR(5) (for home directories of LUKS2 storage located on removable media this defaults to 0 though)\&. A longer time makes sure quick, repetitive logins are more efficient as the user\*(Aqs service manager doesn\*(Aqt have to be started every time\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-kill\-processes=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Configures whether to kill all processes of the user on logout\&. The default is configured in \fBlogind.conf\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-auto\-login=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. Configures whether the graphical UI of the system should automatically log this user in if possible\&. Defaults to off\&. If less or more than one user is marked this way automatic login is disabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .SH "COMMANDS" .PP @@ -796,6 +906,8 @@ The following commands are understood: List all home directories (along with brief details) currently managed by systemd\-homed\&.service\&. This command is also executed if none is specified on the command line\&. (Note that the list of users shown by this command does not include users managed by other subsystems, such as system users or any traditional users listed in /etc/passwd\&.) +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBactivate\fR \fIUSER\fR [\fIUSER\&...\fR] @@ -805,12 +917,16 @@ Activate one or more home directories\&. The home directories of each listed use \fBdeactivate\fR, see below), or the user logs in and out again and it thus is deactivated due to the automatic deactivation\-on\-logout logic\&. .sp Activation of a home directory involves various operations that depend on the selected storage mechanism\&. If the LUKS2 mechanism is used, this generally involves: inquiring the user for a password, setting up a loopback device, validating and activating the LUKS2 volume, checking the file system, mounting the file system, and potentially changing the ownership of all included files to the correct UID/GID\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBdeactivate\fR \fIUSER\fR [\fIUSER\&...\fR] .RS 4 Deactivate one or more home directories\&. This undoes the effect of \fBactivate\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBinspect\fR \fIUSER\fR [\fIUSER\&...\fR] @@ -820,11 +936,15 @@ Show various details about the specified home directories\&. This shows various to show the detailed JSON user record instead, possibly combined with \fB\-\-export\-format=\fR to suppress certain aspects of the output\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBauthenticate\fR \fIUSER\fR [\fIUSER\&...\fR] .RS 4 Validate authentication credentials of a home directory\&. This queries the caller for a password (or similar) and checks that it correctly unlocks the home directory\&. This leaves the home directory in the state it is in, i\&.e\&. it leaves the home directory in inactive state if it was inactive before, and in active state if it was active before\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBcreate\fR \fIUSER\fR, \fBcreate\fR \fB\-\-identity=\fR\fIPATH\fR [\fIUSER\fR] @@ -833,11 +953,15 @@ Create a new home directory/user account of the specified name\&. Use the variou .sp The specified user name should follow the strict syntax described on \m[blue]\fBUser/Group Name Syntax\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBremove\fR \fIUSER\fR .RS 4 Remove a home directory/user account\&. This will remove both the home directory\*(Aqs user record and the home directory itself, and thus delete all files and directories owned by the user\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBupdate\fR \fIUSER\fR, \fBupdate\fR \fB\-\-identity=\fR\fIPATH\fR [\fIUSER\fR] @@ -849,11 +973,15 @@ option\&. Note that changes to user records not signed by a cryptographic private key available locally are not permitted, unless \fB\-\-identity=\fR is used with a user record that is already correctly signed by a recognized private key\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBpasswd\fR \fIUSER\fR .RS 4 Change the password of the specified home directory/user account\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBresize\fR \fIUSER\fR \fIBYTES\fR @@ -876,11 +1004,15 @@ storage mechanisms are used, resizing will change file system quota\&. The size and "max" may be specified in place of a numeric size value, for minimizing or maximizing disk space assigned to the home area, taking constraints of the file system, disk usage inside the home area and on the backing storage into account\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBlock\fR \fIUSER\fR .RS 4 Temporarily suspend access to the user\*(Aqs home directory and remove any associated cryptographic keys from memory\&. Any attempts to access the user\*(Aqs home directory will stall until the home directory is unlocked again (i\&.e\&. re\-authenticated)\&. This functionality is primarily intended to be used during system suspend to make sure the user\*(Aqs data cannot be accessed until the user re\-authenticates on resume\&. This operation is only defined for home directories that use the LUKS2 storage mechanism\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBunlock\fR \fIUSER\fR @@ -888,6 +1020,8 @@ Temporarily suspend access to the user\*(Aqs home directory and remove any assoc Resume access to the user\*(Aqs home directory again, undoing the effect of \fBlock\fR above\&. This requires authentication of the user, as the cryptographic keys required for access to the home directory need to be reacquired\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBlock\-all\fR @@ -897,6 +1031,8 @@ Execute the command on all suitable home directories at once\&. This operation is generally executed on system suspend (i\&.e\&. by \fBsystemctl suspend\fR and related commands), to ensure all active user\*(Aqs cryptographic keys for accessing their home directories are removed from memory\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBdeactivate\-all\fR @@ -908,11 +1044,15 @@ command on all active home directories at once\&. This operation is generally ex and related commands), to ensure all active user\*(Aqs home directories are fully deactivated before /home/ and related file systems are unmounted\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fBwith\fR \fIUSER\fR \fICOMMAND\&...\fR .RS 4 Activate the specified user\*(Aqs home directory, run the specified command (under the caller\*(Aqs identity, not the specified user\*(Aqs) and deactivate the home directory afterwards again (unless the user is logged in otherwise)\&. This command is useful for running privileged backup scripts and such, but requires authentication with the user\*(Aqs credentials in order to be able to unlock the user\*(Aqs home directory\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBrebalance\fR @@ -920,6 +1060,8 @@ Activate the specified user\*(Aqs home directory, run the specified command (und Rebalance free disk space between active home areas and the backing storage\&. See \fB\-\-rebalance\-weight=\fR above\&. This executes no operation unless there\*(Aqs at least one active LUKS2 home area that has disk space rebalancing enabled\&. This operation is synchronous: it will only complete once disk space is rebalanced according to the rebalancing weights\&. Note that rebalancing also takes place automatically in the background in regular intervals\&. Use this command to synchronously ensure disk space is properly redistributed before initiating an operation requiring large amounts of disk space\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP @@ -1064,6 +1206,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1075,6 +1223,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostid.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostid.1 index 994d0c4b..c4293a3d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostid.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostid.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH HOSTID "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH HOSTID "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME hostid \- print the numeric identifier for the current host .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostnamectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostnamectl.1 index e9171ed8..bba45a7e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostnamectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/hostnamectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "HOSTNAMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "hostnamectl" +.TH "HOSTNAMECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "hostnamectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -44,6 +44,8 @@ The following commands are understood: \fBstatus\fR .RS 4 Show system hostname and related information\&. If no command is specified, this is the implied default\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBhostname\fR [\fINAME\fR] @@ -58,6 +60,8 @@ is provided then the command changes the system hostname to are used, only the selected hostnames are changed\&. If the pretty hostname is being set, and static or transient are being set as well, the specified hostname will be simplified in regards to the character set used before the latter are updated\&. This is done by removing special characters and spaces\&. This ensures that the pretty and the static hostname are always closely related while still following the validity rules of the specific name\&. This simplification of the hostname string is not done if only the transient and/or static hostnames are set, and the pretty hostname is left untouched\&. .sp The static and transient hostnames must each be either a single DNS label (a string composed of 7\-bit ASCII lower\-case characters and no spaces or dots, limited to the format allowed for DNS domain name labels), or a sequence of such labels separated by single dots that forms a valid DNS FQDN\&. The hostname must be at most 64 characters, which is a Linux limitation (DNS allows longer names)\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fBicon\-name\fR [\fINAME\fR] @@ -67,6 +71,8 @@ If no argument is given, print the icon name of the system\&. If an optional arg is provided then the command changes the icon name to \fINAME\fR\&. The icon name is used by some graphical applications to visualize this host\&. The icon name should follow the \m[blue]\fBIcon Naming Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fBchassis\fR [\fITYPE\fR] @@ -87,6 +93,8 @@ is provided then the command changes the chassis type to and "container" for virtualized systems that lack an immediate physical chassis\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fBdeployment\fR [\fIENVIRONMENT\fR] @@ -101,6 +109,8 @@ must be a single word without any control characters\&. One of the following is "integration", "staging", "production"\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fBlocation\fR [\fILOCATION\fR] @@ -114,6 +124,8 @@ should be a human\-friendly, free\-form string describing the physical location "Berlin, Germany" or as specific as "Left Rack, 2nd Shelf"\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -122,6 +134,8 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-no\-ask\-password\fR .RS 4 Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-static\fR, \fB\-\-transient\fR, \fB\-\-pretty\fR @@ -134,6 +148,8 @@ will print out just this selected hostname\&. .sp If used with \fBhostname\fR, only the selected hostnames will be updated\&. When more than one of these switches are specified, all the specified hostnames will be updated\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icehelp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icehelp.1 index f545c9d3..9ad8e726 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icehelp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icehelp.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEHELP 1" -.TH ICEHELP 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEHELP 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesh.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesh.1 index 82867c66..a46f1ccd 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesh.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesh.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESH 1" -.TH ICESH 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESH 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ Maximize the window only vertically. Minimize the window. .IP \fBrestore\fR 4 .IX Item "restore" -Restore the window to normal. +Restore the window to normal and clear urgency. .IP \fBhide\fR 4 .IX Item "hide" Hide the window. @@ -360,7 +360,7 @@ Show the window on all workspaces. Show the window on just one workspace. .IP \fBurgent\fR 4 .IX Item "urgent" -Set the urgent flag to flash the task button. +Set the urgency flag to flash the task button. .IP "\fBresize\fR \fIWIDTH\fR \fIHEIGHT\fR" 4 .IX Item "resize WIDTH HEIGHT" Resize window to \fIWIDTH\fR by \fIHEIGHT\fR window units. For text based @@ -664,6 +664,7 @@ Let icewm execute the \f(CW\*(C`HibernateCommand\*(C'\fR. .IP \fBwinoptions\fR 4 .IX Item "winoptions" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`winoptions\*(C'\fR. +This only affects new windows. .IP \fBkeys\fR 4 .IX Item "keys" Let icewm reload the \f(CW\*(C`keys\*(C'\fR file. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesound.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesound.1 index df357bcd..b96a621b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesound.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icesound.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICESOUND 1" -.TH ICESOUND 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICESOUND 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 index afd2b271..0f7cb93a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-fdo.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-FDO 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -169,8 +169,9 @@ is configured with the \fB\-\-enable\-menus\-fdo\fR option, which requires the \&\fBglib2\-dev\fR package dependency. .SS "SEE ALSO" .IX Subsection "SEE ALSO" -"Desktop Entry Specification", -"Desktop Menu Specification", +Base Directory Specification, +Desktop Entry Specification, +Desktop Menu Specification, \&\fBicewm\fR\|(1), \&\fBicewm\-menu\fR\|(5), \&\fBicewm\-preferences\fR\|(5), diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 index 98fdce2b..2e30fddd 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-menu-xrandr.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1" -.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-MENU-XRANDR 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-session.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-session.1 index 45cd5759..f22ae912 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-session.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-session.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SESSION 1" -.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SESSION 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 index 3b22c268..fd02d0dd 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm-set-gnomewm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM-SET-GNOMEWM 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm.1 index 5d04293e..1f3926eb 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWM 1" -.TH ICEWM 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWM 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -210,6 +210,10 @@ it to search for configuration files. .IX Item "-l, --list-themes" \&\fBicewm\fR will search all the configuration directories for theme files and print a list of all found themes. +.IP "\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-install\fR=\fITHEME\fR" 4 +.IX Item "-i, --install=THEME" +Install \fITHEME\fR from icewm-extra and exit. When \fITHEME\fR is \fIlist\fR, +print a listing of available themes to install. .IP "\fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR" 4 .IX Item "-p, --postpreferences" This gives a long list of all the internal \fBicewm\fR options with their @@ -507,19 +511,72 @@ When edge switching is enabled, the current workspace can also be changed by bringing the drag icon to the screen edge. .SS "ADDRESS BAR" .IX Subsection "ADDRESS BAR" -If \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1 then \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR -activates the address bar in the task bar. -If \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1 it is always shown. This is a command-line in -the task bar where a shell command can be typed. -Pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR will execute the command. -\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR will be used to execute the command. -On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR the command is executed in a terminal +The task bar contains a command-line prompt called the address bar, +if \fBEnableAddressBar\fR=1. It is always shown when \fBShowAddressBar\fR=1, +otherwise it is activated by \fBKeySysAddressBar\fR=\f(CW\*(C`Alt+Ctrl+Space\*(C'\fR. +In it a shell command can be typed, which is executed by the +\&\fBAddressBarCommand\fR=\f(CW\*(C`/bin/sh\*(C'\fR when pressing \f(CW\*(C`Enter\*(C'\fR. +On \f(CW\*(C`Control+Enter\*(C'\fR this command is executed in a new terminal as given by \fBTerminalCommand\fR. -The address bar maintains a history that is navigable by the \fIUp\fR -and \fIDown\fR keys. -It supports command completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR. -A rich set of editing operations is supported, -including cut\-/copy\-/paste\-operations. +.PP +Commands are executed relative to the working directory of icewm. +This can be shown by executing \f(CW\*(C`pwd\*(C'\fR. It can be changed using the \f(CW\*(C`cd\*(C'\fR +command. Without argument it defaults to the home directory. With one +argument it is changed. This argument is expanded when it starts with a +dollar or tilde. When it is equal to \f(CW\*(C`\-\*(C'\fR, it reverts to the previous +directory. +.PP +The address bar has a history that is navigable by \fIUp\fR and \fIDown\fR. +It supports file completion using \f(CW\*(C`Tab\*(C'\fR or \f(CW\*(C`Ctrl+I\*(C'\fR, cut/copy/paste +and these editing operations: +.IP "Ctrl+a: select all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+a: select all" +.PD 0 +.IP "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+backslash: deselect all" +.IP "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+u: delete selected or to line start" +.IP "Ctrl+v: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+v: paste selected" +.IP "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+w: delete selected or previous word" +.IP "Ctrl+x: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+x: cut selection" +.IP "Ctrl+c: copy selection" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+c: copy selection" +.IP "Ctrl+i: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+i: completion" +.IP "Ctrl+Left: back a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Left: back a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Right: forward a word" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Backspace: delete to beginning" +.IP "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Shift+Delete: delete to end" +.IP "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Delete: delete word" +.IP "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" 4 +.IX Item "Ctrl+Backspace: delete previous word" +.IP "Shift+Delete: cut selection" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Delete: cut selection" +.IP "Shift+Insert: paste selected" 4 +.IX Item "Shift+Insert: paste selected" +.IP "Tab: completion" 4 +.IX Item "Tab: completion" +.IP "Left: move cursor left" 4 +.IX Item "Left: move cursor left" +.IP "Right: move cursor right" 4 +.IX Item "Right: move cursor right" +.IP "Home: move cursor to line start" 4 +.IX Item "Home: move cursor to line start" +.IP "End: move cursor to line end" 4 +.IX Item "End: move cursor to line end" +.IP "Delete: delete next character" 4 +.IX Item "Delete: delete next character" +.IP "Backspace: delete previous character" 4 +.IX Item "Backspace: delete previous character" +.PD .SS "WINDOW LIST" .IX Subsection "WINDOW LIST" The window list window shows a list of all workspaces. For each @@ -639,7 +696,7 @@ the option \fBKeyboardLayouts\fR to a comma-separated list of your preferred keyboard layouts. For example: .PP .Vb 1 -\& KeyboardLayouts="de","fr","jp" +\& KeyboardLayouts = "de", "fr", "jp" .Ve .PP A keyboard layout can simply be a name. Usually this is a two-letter @@ -1300,14 +1357,13 @@ two are the \fIx\-hotspot\fR and the \fIy\-hotspot\fR. These define which point in the XPM image is the sensitive point for the mouse pointer. .IP \fIicons\fR 4 .IX Item "icons" -Contains icons that are used to identify applications. Usually these -files are in the XPM format, but the PNG and SVG image formats are also -supported. The names of icon files may follow a specific naming -pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start with a base name, usually -this is just a single word. Then follows an underscore, followed by a -size specification in the format \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. This is followed by a -dot and the file extension, where the extension denotes the icon image -format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48 for small, large and huge icons. +Contains icons for applications and keyboard layouts. These can be in +XPM, PNG or SVG format. The filename of an \fIapplication icon\fR may +follow a specific naming pattern, like \fIapp_32x32.xpm\fR. They start +with a base name, which usually is just a single word. Then follows +an underscore, followed by a size specification, as in \f(CW\*(C`SIZExSIZE\*(C'\fR. +This is followed by a dot and the file extension, where the extension +denotes the icon image format. Common sizes are 16, 32 and 48. This depends on the respective \f(CW\*(C`IconSize\*(C'\fR preferences options. .IP \fIledclock\fR 4 .IX Item "ledclock" diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmbg.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmbg.1 index 124faf45..c5435fac 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmbg.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmbg.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMBG 1" -.TH ICEWMBG 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMBG 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ .SS NAME .IX Subsection "NAME" .Vb 1 -\& icewmbg \- a background settings manager for the IceWM window manager +\& icewmbg \- a desktop background image manager for IceWM .Ve .SS SYNOPSIS .IX Subsection "SYNOPSIS" @@ -76,8 +76,7 @@ its own background. .PP When the background image changes, \fBicewmbg\fR can be notified to update the background. When switching workspaces, it checks the image -file modification time. If the file has changed, it reloads the -image from file. +file modification time. If it has changed, it reloads the image. .PP \&\fBicewmbg\fR supports semitransparency. Semitransparent background images and colours can be configured. @@ -175,6 +174,9 @@ A leading tilde or environment variable is expanded. .IP \fB\-\-postpreferences\fR 4 .IX Item "--postpreferences" Print a list of all preference values that \fBicewmbg\fR will use. +.IP \fB\-\-verbose\fR 4 +.IX Item "--verbose" +Print a log of actions and some events. .SS "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IX Subsection "GENERAL OPTIONS" .IP "\fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-display\fR=\fIDISPLAY\fR" 4 diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmhint.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmhint.1 index 0ca36bd3..7539e136 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmhint.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/icewmhint.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "ICEWMHINT 1" -.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2023-12-28 "icewm 3.4.5" "User Commands" +.TH ICEWMHINT 1 2024-05-20 "icewm 3.5.0" "User Commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/iconv.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/iconv.1 index 39fb6ba2..15c5471a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/iconv.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/iconv.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later .\" -.TH iconv 1 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH iconv 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME iconv \- convert text from one character encoding to another .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ reads from standard input. If no output file is given, .B iconv writes to standard output. -.PP +.P If no .I from-encoding is given, the default is derived @@ -34,12 +34,16 @@ from the current locale's character encoding. .SH OPTIONS .TP -.BI \-f " from-encoding" "\fR, \fP\-\-from\-code=" from-encoding +.BI \-\-from\-code= from-encoding +.TQ +.BI \-f\~ from-encoding Use .I from-encoding for input characters. .TP -.BI \-t " to-encoding" "\fR, \fP\-\-to\-code=" to-encoding +.BI \-\-to\-code= to-encoding +.TQ +.BI \-t\~ to-encoding Use .I to-encoding for output characters. @@ -62,32 +66,42 @@ looking characters. Characters that are outside of the target character set and cannot be transliterated are replaced with a question mark (?) in the output. .TP -.BR \-l ", " \-\-list +.B \-\-list +.TQ +.B \-l List all known character set encodings. .TP -.B "\-c" +.B \-c Silently discard characters that cannot be converted instead of terminating when encountering such characters. .TP -.BI \-o " outputfile" "\fR, \fP\-\-output=" outputfile +.BI \-\-output= outputfile +.TQ +.BI \-o\~ outputfile Use .I outputfile for output. .TP -.BR \-s ", " \-\-silent +.B \-\-silent +.TQ +.B \-s This option is ignored; it is provided only for compatibility. .TP -.B "\-\-verbose" +.B \-\-verbose Print progress information on standard error when processing multiple files. .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Print a usage summary and exit. .TP -.B "\-\-usage" +.B \-\-usage Print a short usage summary and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Print the version number, license, and disclaimer of warranty for .BR iconv . .SH EXIT STATUS @@ -155,7 +169,7 @@ Usual system default gconv module configuration file. .TP .I /usr/lib/gconv/gconv\-modules.cache Usual system gconv module configuration cache. -.PP +.P Depending on the architecture, the above files may instead be located at directories with the path prefix .IR /usr/lib64 . @@ -164,17 +178,17 @@ POSIX.1-2008. .SH HISTORY POSIX.1-2001. .SH EXAMPLES -Convert text from the ISO 8859-15 character encoding to UTF-8: -.PP +Convert text from the ISO/IEC\~8859-15 character encoding to UTF-8: +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBiconv \-f ISO\-8859\-15 \-t UTF\-8 < input.txt > output.txt\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P The next example converts from UTF-8 to ASCII, transliterating when possible: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBecho abc ß α € àḃç | iconv \-f UTF\-8 \-t ASCII//TRANSLIT\fP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/id.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/id.1 index 0d2fcbe0..8ab91dd7 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/id.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/id.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH ID "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH ID "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME id \- print real and effective user and group IDs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ifnames.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ifnames.1 index 0bb65d87..21d7ed49 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ifnames.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ifnames.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.17. -.TH IFNAMES "1" "January 2021" "GNU Autoconf 2.71" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.49.3. +.TH IFNAMES "1" "December 2023" "GNU Autoconf 2.72" "User Commands" .SH NAME ifnames \- Extract CPP conditionals from a set of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -20,13 +20,14 @@ print version number, then exit .SH AUTHOR Written by David J. MacKenzie and Paul Eggert. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to <bug\-autoconf@gnu.org>. -.br -GNU Autoconf home page: <https://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>. -.br -General help using GNU software: <https://www.gnu.org/gethelp/>. +Report bugs to +.MT bug-autoconf@gnu.org +.ME , +or via Savannah: +.UR https://savannah.gnu.org/support/?group=autoconf +.UE . .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+/Autoconf: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>, <https://gnu.org/licenses/exceptions.html> .br @@ -43,15 +44,12 @@ There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law. .BR config.sub (1), .BR ifnames (1), .BR libtool (1). -.PP -The full documentation for -.B ifnames -is maintained as a Texinfo manual. If the -.B info -and -.B ifnames -programs are properly installed at your site, the command + +The full documentation for Autoconf is maintained as a Texinfo manual. +To read the manual locally, use the command .IP -.B info ifnames +.B info autoconf .PP -should give you access to the complete manual. +You can also consult the Web version of the manual at +.UR https://gnu.org/software/autoconf/manual/ +.UE . diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infocmp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infocmp.1 index 4bc9faed..a8947672 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infocmp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infocmp.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.107 2024/01/13 22:05:39 tom Exp $ -.TH infocmp 1 2024-01-13 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: infocmp.1m,v 1.109 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infocmp 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infotocap.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infotocap.1 index b1123919..84456caa 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infotocap.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/infotocap.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1999-2010,2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.39 2023/12/10 14:12:43 tom Exp $ -.TH infotocap 1 2023-12-10 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: infotocap.1m,v 1.41 2024/03/16 15:35:01 tom Exp $ +.TH infotocap 1 2024-03-16 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/install.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/install.1 index 9a24e8e0..35d87063 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/install.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/install.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH INSTALL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH INSTALL "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME install \- copy files and set attributes .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/intro.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/intro.1 index 06905e1d..9f5502ad 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/intro.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/intro.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH intro 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH intro 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME intro \- introduction to user commands .SH DESCRIPTION @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ web browsers, file and image viewers and editors, and so on. Linux is a flavor of UNIX, and as a first approximation all user commands under UNIX work precisely the same under Linux (and FreeBSD and lots of other UNIX-like systems). -.PP +.P Under Linux, there are GUIs (graphical user interfaces), where you can point and click and drag, and hopefully get work done without first reading lots of documentation. @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ See also .BR dash (1), .BR ksh (1), .BR zsh (1). -.PP +.P A session might go like: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX .RB "knuth login: " aeb @@ -98,9 +98,9 @@ maja 0501\-1136285 $ .EE .in -.PP +.P Here typing Control-D ended the session. -.PP +.P The .B $ here was the command prompt\[em]it is the shell's way of indicating @@ -110,13 +110,13 @@ in lots of ways, and one might include stuff like username, machine name, current directory, time, and so on. An assignment PS1="What next, master? " would change the prompt as indicated. -.PP +.P We see that there are commands .I date (that gives date and time), and .I cal (that gives a calendar). -.PP +.P The command .I ls lists the contents of the current directory\[em]it tells you what @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ Owner and permissions can be changed by the commands .I chown and .IR chmod . -.PP +.P The command .I cat will show the contents of a file. @@ -142,26 +142,26 @@ parameters are concatenated and sent to "standard output" .BR stdout (3)), here the terminal screen.) -.PP +.P The command .I cp (from "copy") will copy a file. -.PP +.P The command .I mv (from "move"), on the other hand, only renames it. -.PP +.P The command .I diff lists the differences between two files. Here there was no output because there were no differences. -.PP +.P The command .I rm (from "remove") deletes the file, and be careful! it is gone. No wastepaper basket or anything. Deleted means lost. -.PP +.P The command .I grep (from "g/re/p") finds occurrences of a string in one or more files. @@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ to .I tel when the current directory is .IR /home/aeb . -.PP +.P The command .I pwd prints the current directory. -.PP +.P The command .I cd changes the current directory. -.PP +.P Try alternatively .I cd and @@ -205,11 +205,11 @@ usage: "cd", "cd .", "cd ..", "cd /", and "cd \[ti]". The command .I mkdir makes a new directory. -.PP +.P The command .I rmdir removes a directory if it is empty, and complains otherwise. -.PP +.P The command .I find (with a rather baroque syntax) will find files with given name @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ sends the text through some usually .IR less . Hit the space bar to get the next page, hit q to quit. -.PP +.P In documentation it is customary to refer to man pages by giving the name and section number, as in .BR man (1). @@ -274,12 +274,12 @@ Man pages are terse, and allow you to find quickly some forgotten detail. For newcomers an introductory text with more examples and explanations is useful. -.PP +.P A lot of GNU/FSF software is provided with info files. Type "info info" for an introduction on the use of the program .IR info . -.PP +.P Special topics are often treated in HOWTOs. Look in .I /usr/share/doc/howto/en diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/join.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/join.1 index 76e2b159..146d299d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/join.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/join.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH JOIN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH JOIN "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME join \- join lines of two files on a common field .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ line of each file determines the number of fields output for each line. Important: FILE1 and FILE2 must be sorted on the join fields. E.g., use "sort \fB\-k\fR 1b,1" if 'join' has no options, or use "join \fB\-t\fR ''" if 'sort' has no options. -Note, comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. +Comparisons honor the rules specified by 'LC_COLLATE'. If the input is not sorted and some lines cannot be joined, a warning message will be given. .SH AUTHOR @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/journalctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/journalctl.1 index 52589f14..a77a82c3 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/journalctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/journalctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "JOURNALCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "journalctl" +.TH "JOURNALCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "journalctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -112,16 +112,22 @@ only works if persistent logging is enabled, via the \fIStorage=\fR setting in \fBjournald.conf\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .PP \fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-machine=\fR .RS 4 Show messages from a running, local container\&. Specify a container name to connect to\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-m\fR, \fB\-\-merge\fR .RS 4 Show entries interleaved from all available journals, including remote ones\&. +.sp +Added in version 190\&. .RE .PP \fB\-D \fR\fB\fIDIR\fR\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR\fB\fIDIR\fR\fR @@ -129,6 +135,8 @@ Show entries interleaved from all available journals, including remote ones\&. Takes a directory path as argument\&. If specified, journalctl will operate on the specified journal directory \fIDIR\fR instead of the default runtime and system journal paths\&. +.sp +Added in version 187\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-file=\fR\fB\fIGLOB\fR\fR @@ -136,6 +144,8 @@ instead of the default runtime and system journal paths\&. Takes a file glob as an argument\&. If specified, journalctl will operate on the specified journal files matching \fIGLOB\fR instead of the default runtime and system journal paths\&. May be specified multiple times, in which case files will be suitably interleaved\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root=\fR\fB\fIROOT\fR\fR @@ -150,6 +160,8 @@ will create or \fIROOT\fR/var/log/journal/ will be displayed)\&. +.sp +Added in version 201\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image=\fR\fB\fIIMAGE\fR\fR @@ -160,6 +172,8 @@ will operate on the file system in the indicated disk image\&. This option is si \fB\-\-root=\fR, but operates on file systems stored in disk images or block devices, thus providing an easy way to extract log data from disk images\&. The disk image should either contain just a file system or a set of file systems within a GPT partition table, following the \m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. For further information on supported disk images, see \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1)\*(Aqs switch of the same name\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR @@ -179,6 +193,8 @@ data from all namespaces is shown, interleaved\&. If the namespace identifier is "+" data from the specified namespace and the default namespace is shown, interleaved, but no other\&. For details about journal namespaces see \fBsystemd-journald.service\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .SH "FILTERING OPTIONS" .PP @@ -204,11 +220,15 @@ or \fBsystemd.time\fR(7)\&. Note that \fB\-\-output=short\-full\fR prints timestamps that follow precisely this format\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-cursor=\fR .RS 4 Start showing entries from the location in the journal specified by the passed cursor\&. +.sp +Added in version 193\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-after\-cursor=\fR @@ -218,6 +238,8 @@ Start showing entries from the location in the journal the location specified by the passed cursor\&. The cursor is shown when the \fB\-\-show\-cursor\fR option is used\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cursor\-file=\fR\fB\fIFILE\fR\fR @@ -229,6 +251,8 @@ exists and contains a cursor, start showing entries this location\&. Otherwise show entries according to the other given options\&. At the end, write the cursor of the last entry to \fIFILE\fR\&. Use this option to continually read the journal by sequentially calling \fBjournalctl\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-b \fR\fB[[\fIID\fR][\fI\(+-offset\fR]|\fBall\fR]\fR, \fB\-\-boot\fR\fB[=[\fIID\fR][\fI\(+-offset\fR]|\fBall\fR]\fR @@ -272,6 +296,8 @@ The special argument \fBall\fR can be used to negate the effect of an earlier use of \fB\-b\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-unit=\fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR @@ -293,6 +319,8 @@ arguments will be converted to match user messages as if specified with \fB\-\-user\-unit=\fR\&. .sp This parameter can be specified multiple times\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\-unit=\fR @@ -307,6 +335,8 @@ is a unit, all logs of children of the unit will be shown\&. .sp This parameter can be specified multiple times\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-identifier=\fR\fB\fISYSLOG_IDENTIFIER\fR\fR @@ -315,6 +345,8 @@ Show messages for the specified syslog identifier \fISYSLOG_IDENTIFIER\fR\&. .sp This parameter can be specified multiple times\&. +.sp +Added in version 217\&. .RE .PP \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-priority=\fR @@ -332,6 +364,8 @@ and 7/"debug"), or a range of numeric/text log levels in the form FROM\&.\&.TO\& "debug"\ \&(7)\&. If a single log level is specified, all messages with this log level or a lower (hence more important) log level are shown\&. If a range is specified, all messages within the range are shown, including both the start and the end value of the range\&. This will add "PRIORITY=" matches for the specified priorities\&. +.sp +Added in version 188\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-facility=\fR @@ -340,6 +374,8 @@ Filter output by syslog facility\&. Takes a comma\-separated list of numbers or \fBsyslog\fR(3)\&. \fB\-\-facility=help\fR may be used to display a list of known facility names and exit\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-g\fR, \fB\-\-grep=\fR @@ -355,14 +391,20 @@ If the pattern is all lowercase, matching is case insensitive\&. Otherwise, matc option, see below\&. .sp When used with -\fB\-\-lines=\fR, +\fB\-\-lines=\fR +(not prefixed with +"+"), \fB\-\-reverse\fR is implied\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-case\-sensitive\fR\fB[=BOOLEAN]\fR .RS 4 Make pattern matching case sensitive or case insensitive\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-dmesg\fR @@ -371,6 +413,8 @@ Show only kernel messages\&. This implies \fB\-b\fR and adds the match "_TRANSPORT=kernel"\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .SH "OUTPUT OPTIONS" .PP @@ -383,6 +427,8 @@ Controls the formatting of the journal entries that are shown\&. Takes one of th \fBshort\fR .RS 4 is the default and generates an output that is mostly identical to the formatting of classic syslog files, showing one line per journal entry\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-full\fR @@ -394,11 +440,17 @@ and options accept\&. Unlike the timestamp information shown in \fBshort\fR output mode this mode includes weekday, year and timezone information in the output, and is locale\-independent\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-iso\fR .RS 4 -is very similar, but shows ISO 8601 wallclock timestamps\&. +is very similar, but shows timestamps in the +\m[blue]\fBRFC 3339\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 +profile of ISO 8601\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-iso\-precise\fR @@ -406,21 +458,22 @@ is very similar, but shows ISO 8601 wallclock timestamps\&. as for \fBshort\-iso\fR but includes full microsecond precision\&. -.RE -.PP -\fB\-\-truncate\-newline\fR -.RS 4 -Truncate each log message at the first newline character on output, so that only the first line of each message is displayed\&. +.sp +Added in version 234\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-precise\fR .RS 4 is very similar, but shows classic syslog timestamps with full microsecond precision\&. +.sp +Added in version 207\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-monotonic\fR .RS 4 is very similar, but shows monotonic timestamps instead of wallclock timestamps\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-delta\fR @@ -429,30 +482,38 @@ as for \fBshort\-monotonic\fR but includes the time difference to the previous entry\&. Maybe unreliable time differences are marked by a "*"\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fBshort\-unix\fR .RS 4 is very similar, but shows seconds passed since January 1st 1970 UTC instead of wallclock timestamps ("UNIX time")\&. The time is shown with microsecond accuracy\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fBverbose\fR .RS 4 shows the full\-structured entry items with all fields\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBexport\fR .RS 4 serializes the journal into a binary (but mostly text\-based) stream suitable for backups and network transfer (see -\m[blue]\fBJournal Export Format\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBJournal Export Format\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2 for more information)\&. To import the binary stream back into native journald format use \fBsystemd-journal-remote\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBjson\fR .RS 4 formats entries as JSON objects, separated by newline characters (see -\m[blue]\fBJournal JSON Format\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBJournal JSON Format\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[4]\d\s+2 for more information)\&. Field values are generally encoded as JSON strings, with three exceptions: .sp .RS 4 @@ -492,24 +553,32 @@ Fields containing non\-printable or non\-UTF8 bytes are encoded as arrays contai .RE .sp Note that this encoding is reversible (with the exception of the size limit)\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBjson\-pretty\fR .RS 4 formats entries as JSON data structures, but formats them in multiple lines in order to make them more readable by humans\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBjson\-sse\fR .RS 4 formats entries as JSON data structures, but wraps them in a format suitable for -\m[blue]\fBServer\-Sent Events\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[4]\d\s+2\&. +\m[blue]\fBServer\-Sent Events\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[5]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBjson\-seq\fR .RS 4 formats entries as JSON data structures, but prefixes them with an ASCII Record Separator character (0x1E) and suffixes them with an ASCII Line Feed character (0x0A), in accordance with -\m[blue]\fBJavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Text Sequences\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[5]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBJavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Text Sequences\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[6]\d\s+2 ("application/json\-seq")\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fBcat\fR @@ -517,15 +586,26 @@ formats entries as JSON data structures, but prefixes them with an ASCII Record generates a very terse output, only showing the actual message of each journal entry with no metadata, not even a timestamp\&. If combined with the \fB\-\-output\-fields=\fR option will output the listed fields for each log record, instead of the message\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBwith\-unit\fR .RS 4 similar to \fBshort\-full\fR, but prefixes the unit and user unit names instead of the traditional syslog identifier\&. Useful when using templated instances, as it will include the arguments in the unit names\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .RE .PP +\fB\-\-truncate\-newline\fR +.RS 4 +Truncate each log message at the first newline character on output, so that only the first line of each message is displayed\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. +.RE +.PP \fB\-\-output\-fields=\fR .RS 4 A comma separated list of the fields which should be included in the output\&. This has an effect only for the output modes which would normally show all fields (\fBverbose\fR, @@ -541,17 +621,22 @@ and "__MONOTONIC_TIMESTAMP", and "_BOOT_ID" fields are always printed\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-lines=\fR .RS 4 -Show the most recent journal events and limit the number of events shown\&. If -\fB\-\-follow\fR -is used, this option is implied\&. The argument is a positive integer or +Show the most recent journal events and limit the number of events shown\&. The argument is a positive integer or "all" -to disable line limiting\&. The default value is 10 if no argument is given\&. +to disable the limit\&. Additionally, if the number is prefixed with +"+", the oldest journal events are used instead\&. The default value is 10 if no argument is given\&. .sp -When used with +If +\fB\-\-follow\fR +is used, this option is implied\&. When not prefixed with +"+" +and used with \fB\-\-grep=\fR, \fB\-\-reverse\fR is implied\&. @@ -560,6 +645,8 @@ is implied\&. \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reverse\fR .RS 4 Reverse output so that the newest entries are displayed first\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-show\-cursor\fR @@ -577,17 +664,21 @@ The cursor is shown after the last entry after two dashes: .\} .sp The format of the cursor is private and subject to change\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-utc\fR .RS 4 Express time in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC)\&. +.sp +Added in version 217\&. .RE .PP \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-catalog\fR .RS 4 Augment log lines with explanation texts from the message catalog\&. This will add explanatory help texts to log messages in the output where this is available\&. These short help texts will explain the context of an error or log event, possible solutions, as well as pointers to support forums, developer documentation, and any other relevant manuals\&. Note that help texts are not available for all messages, but only for selected ones\&. For more information on the message catalog, please refer to the -\m[blue]\fBMessage Catalog Developer Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[6]\d\s+2\&. +\m[blue]\fBMessage Catalog Developer Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[7]\d\s+2\&. .sp Note: when attaching \fBjournalctl\fR @@ -595,6 +686,8 @@ output to bug reports, please do \fInot\fR use \fB\-x\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 196\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-hostname\fR @@ -604,6 +697,8 @@ Don\*(Aqt show the hostname field of log messages originating from the local hos family of output modes (see above)\&. .sp Note: this option does not remove occurrences of the hostname from log entries themselves, so it does not prevent the hostname from being visible in the logs\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-full\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR, \fB\-l\fR @@ -614,6 +709,8 @@ The old options \fB\-l\fR/\fB\-\-full\fR are not useful anymore, except to undo \fB\-\-no\-full\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 196\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -656,6 +753,8 @@ with some other numeric value, while will disable this cap\&. Note that this option is only supported for the \fBless\fR(1) pager\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .SH "FORWARD SECURE SEALING (FSS) OPTIONS" .PP @@ -667,6 +766,8 @@ command described below: .RS 4 Specifies the change interval for the sealing key when generating an FSS key pair with \fB\-\-setup\-keys\fR\&. Shorter intervals increase CPU consumption but shorten the time range of undetectable journal alterations\&. Defaults to 15min\&. +.sp +Added in version 189\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-verify\-key=\fR @@ -674,6 +775,8 @@ Specifies the change interval for the sealing key when generating an FSS key pai Specifies the FSS verification key to use for the \fB\-\-verify\fR operation\&. +.sp +Added in version 189\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -681,29 +784,39 @@ operation\&. When \fB\-\-setup\-keys\fR is passed and Forward Secure Sealing (FSS) has already been configured, recreate FSS keys\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .SH "COMMANDS" .PP -The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records\&. +The following commands are understood\&. If none is specified the default is to display journal records: .PP \fB\-N\fR, \fB\-\-fields\fR .RS 4 Print all field names currently used in all entries of the journal\&. +.sp +Added in version 229\&. .RE .PP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-field=\fR .RS 4 Print all possible data values the specified field can take in all entries of the journal\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-list\-boots\fR .RS 4 Show a tabular list of boot numbers (relative to the current boot), their IDs, and the timestamps of the first and last message pertaining to the boot\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-disk\-usage\fR .RS 4 Shows the current disk usage of all journal files\&. This shows the sum of the disk usage of all archived and active journal files\&. +.sp +Added in version 190\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-vacuum\-size=\fR, \fB\-\-vacuum\-time=\fR, \fB\-\-vacuum\-files=\fR @@ -724,9 +837,8 @@ removes archived journal files older than the specified timespan\&. Accepts the "m", "h", "days", -"months", -"weeks" -and +"weeks", +"months", and "years" suffixes, see \fBsystemd.time\fR(7) @@ -751,17 +863,23 @@ may be combined in a single invocation to enforce any combination of a size, a t These three switches may also be combined with \fB\-\-rotate\fR into one command\&. If so, all active files are rotated first, and the requested vacuuming operation is executed right after\&. The rotation has the effect that all currently active files are archived (and potentially new, empty journal files opened as replacement), and hence the vacuuming operation has the greatest effect as it can take all log data written so far into account\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-verify\fR .RS 4 Check the journal file for internal consistency\&. If the file has been generated with FSS enabled and the FSS verification key has been specified with \fB\-\-verify\-key=\fR, authenticity of the journal file is verified\&. +.sp +Added in version 189\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-sync\fR .RS 4 Asks the journal daemon to write all yet unwritten journal data to the backing file system and synchronize all journals\&. This call does not return until the synchronization operation is complete\&. This command guarantees that any log messages written before its invocation are safely stored on disk at the time it returns\&. +.sp +Added in version 228\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-relinquish\-var\fR @@ -774,6 +892,8 @@ and stops writing to \fB\-\-flush\fR causes the log output to switch back to /var/log/journal/, see above\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-smart\-relinquish\-var\fR @@ -784,6 +904,8 @@ Similar to reside on the same mount point\&. This operation is used during system shutdown in order to make the journal daemon stop writing data to /var/log/journal/ in case that directory is located on a mount point that needs to be unmounted\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-flush\fR @@ -800,6 +922,8 @@ once during system runtime (but see below), and this command exits cleanly without executing any operation if this has already happened\&. This command effectively guarantees that all data is flushed to /var/log/journal/ at the time it returns\&. +.sp +Added in version 217\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-rotate\fR @@ -810,6 +934,8 @@ Asks the journal daemon to rotate journal files\&. This call does not return unt and \fB\-\-vacuum\-file=\fR into a single command, see above\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-header\fR @@ -817,6 +943,8 @@ into a single command, see above\&. Instead of showing journal contents, show internal header information of the journal fields accessed\&. .sp This option is particularly useful when trying to identify out\-of\-order journal entries, as happens for example when the machine is booted with the wrong system time\&. +.sp +Added in version 187\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-list\-catalog \fR\fB[\fI128\-bit\-ID\&...\fR]\fR @@ -825,6 +953,8 @@ List the contents of the message catalog as a table of message IDs, plus their s .sp If any \fI128\-bit\-ID\fRs are specified, only those entries are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 196\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-dump\-catalog \fR\fB[\fI128\-bit\-ID\&...\fR]\fR @@ -835,11 +965,15 @@ files)\&. .sp If any \fI128\-bit\-ID\fRs are specified, only those entries are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 199\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-update\-catalog\fR .RS 4 Update the message catalog index\&. This command needs to be executed each time new catalog files are installed, removed, or updated to rebuild the binary catalog index\&. +.sp +Added in version 196\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-setup\-keys\fR @@ -849,6 +983,8 @@ Instead of showing journal contents, generate a new key pair for Forward Secure option in \fBjournald.conf\fR(5) for information on Forward Secure Sealing and for a link to a refereed scholarly paper detailing the cryptographic theory it is based on\&. +.sp +Added in version 189\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -996,6 +1132,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1007,6 +1149,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -1207,26 +1355,31 @@ Discoverable Partitions Specification \%https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/discoverable_partitions_specification .RE .IP " 2." 4 +RFC 3339 +.RS 4 +\%https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339 +.RE +.IP " 3." 4 Journal Export Format .RS 4 \%https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS#journal-export-format .RE -.IP " 3." 4 +.IP " 4." 4 Journal JSON Format .RS 4 \%https://systemd.io/JOURNAL_EXPORT_FORMATS#journal-json-format .RE -.IP " 4." 4 +.IP " 5." 4 Server-Sent Events .RS 4 \%https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Server-sent_events/Using_server-sent_events .RE -.IP " 5." 4 +.IP " 6." 4 JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) Text Sequences .RS 4 \%https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc7464 .RE -.IP " 6." 4 +.IP " 7." 4 Message Catalog Developer Documentation .RS 4 \%https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ldd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ldd.1 index 1c894def..8f977774 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ldd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ldd.1 @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later .\" -.TH ldd 1 2023-02-05 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH ldd 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME ldd \- print shared object dependencies .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ prints the shared objects (shared libraries) required by each program or shared object specified on the command line. An example of its use and output is the following: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBldd /bin/ls\fP @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ $ \fBldd /bin/ls\fP libpthread.so.0 => /lib64/libpthread.so.0 (0x00007f87e45fa000) .EE .in -.PP +.P In the usual case, .B ldd invokes the standard dynamic linker (see @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ the upstream .B ldd implementation did this for example, although most distributions provided a modified version that did not.) -.PP +.P Thus, you should .I never employ @@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ employ on an untrusted executable, since this may result in the execution of arbitrary code. A safer alternative when dealing with untrusted executables is: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBobjdump \-p /path/to/program | grep NEEDED\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P Note, however, that this alternative shows only the direct dependencies of the executable, while .B ldd @@ -114,18 +114,26 @@ shows the entire dependency tree of the executable. Print the version number of .BR ldd . .TP -.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose +.B \-\-verbose +.TQ +.B \-v Print all information, including, for example, symbol versioning information. .TP -.BR \-u ", " \-\-unused +.B \-\-unused +.TQ +.B \-u Print unused direct dependencies. (Since glibc 2.3.4.) .TP -.BR \-d ", " \-\-data\-relocs +.B \-\-data\-relocs +.TQ +.B \-d Perform relocations and report any missing objects (ELF only). .TP -.BR \-r ", " \-\-function\-relocs +.B \-\-function\-relocs +.TQ +.B \-r Perform relocations for both data objects and functions, and report any missing objects or functions (ELF only). .TP @@ -142,7 +150,7 @@ Usage information. .\" .B \-V .\" and only has the equivalent .\" .BR \-\-version . -.\" .LP +.\" .P .\" The libc5 version of this program will use the name of a library given .\" on the command line as-is when it contains a \[aq]/\[aq]; otherwise it .\" searches for the library in the standard locations. @@ -151,7 +159,7 @@ Usage information. .SH BUGS .B ldd does not work on a.out shared libraries. -.PP +.P .B ldd does not work with some extremely old a.out programs which were built before diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/link.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/link.1 index 29021822..2a7feffd 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/link.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/link.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LINK "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME link \- call the link function to create a link to a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ln.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ln.1 index 046105dd..dd77ca74 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ln.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ln.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LN "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LN "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ln \- make links between files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ like \fB\-\-backup\fR but does not accept an argument .TP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-directory\fR allow the superuser to attempt to hard link -directories (note: will probably fail due to +directories (this will probably fail due to system restrictions, even for the superuser) .TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/locale.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/locale.1 index 31ca0ea9..debe7cee 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/locale.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/locale.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH locale 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH locale 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME locale \- get locale-specific information .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ The .B locale command displays information about the current locale, or all locales, on standard output. -.PP +.P When invoked without arguments, .B locale displays the current locale settings for each locale category (see @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ based on the settings of the environment variables that control the locale .BR locale (7)). Values for variables set in the environment are printed without double quotes, implied values are printed with double quotes. -.PP +.P If either the .B \-a or the @@ -35,7 +35,9 @@ or the option (or one of their long-format equivalents) is specified, the behavior is as follows: .TP -.BR \-a ", " \-\-all\-locales +.B \-\-all\-locales +.TQ +.B \-a Display a list of all available locales. The .B \-v @@ -43,11 +45,13 @@ option causes the .B LC_IDENTIFICATION metadata about each locale to be included in the output. .TP -.BR \-m ", " \-\-charmaps +.B \-\-charmaps +.TQ +.B \-m Display the available charmaps (character set description files). To display the current character set for the locale, use \fBlocale \-c charmap\fR. -.PP +.P The .B locale command can also be provided with one or more arguments, @@ -67,10 +71,12 @@ For a locale keyword, the value of that keyword to be displayed. .IP \[bu] For a locale category, the values of all keywords in that category are displayed. -.PP +.P When arguments are supplied, the following options are meaningful: .TP -.BR \-c ", " \-\-category\-name +.B \-\-category\-name +.TQ +.B \-c For a category name argument, write the name of the locale category on a separate line preceding the list of keyword values for that category. @@ -84,7 +90,9 @@ It can be combined with the .B \-k option. .TP -.BR \-k ", " \-\-keyword\-name +.B \-\-keyword\-name +.TQ +.B \-k For each keyword whose value is being displayed, include also the name of that keyword, so that the output has the format: @@ -94,22 +102,28 @@ so that the output has the format: .IR keyword =\[dq] value \[dq] .EE .in -.PP +.P The .B locale command also knows about the following options: .TP -.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose +.B \-\-verbose +.TQ +.B \-v Display additional information for some command-line option and argument combinations. .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Display a summary of command-line options and arguments and exit. .TP .B \-\-usage Display a short usage message and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Display the program version and exit. .SH FILES .TP @@ -139,24 +153,24 @@ LC_TELEPHONE="en_US.UTF\-8" LC_MEASUREMENT="en_US.UTF\-8" LC_IDENTIFICATION="en_US.UTF\-8" LC_ALL= -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale date_fmt\fP %a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale \-k date_fmt\fP date_fmt="%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y" -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale \-ck date_fmt\fP LC_TIME date_fmt="%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y" -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale LC_TELEPHONE\fP +%c (%a) %l (%a) %l 11 1 UTF\-8 -.PP +.P $ \fBlocale \-k LC_TELEPHONE\fP tel_int_fmt="+%c (%a) %l" tel_dom_fmt="(%a) %l" @@ -164,7 +178,7 @@ int_select="11" int_prefix="1" telephone\-codeset="UTF\-8" .EE -.PP +.P The following example compiles a custom locale from the .I ./wrk directory with the @@ -179,7 +193,7 @@ and .B LANG in the shell profile file so that the custom locale will be used in the subsequent user sessions: -.PP +.P .EX $ \fBmkdir \-p $HOME/.locale\fP $ \fBI18NPATH=./wrk/ localedef \-f UTF\-8 \-i fi_SE $HOME/.locale/fi_SE.UTF\-8\fP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localectl.1 index 5d2aa502..bab6fb0e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "LOCALECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "localectl" +.TH "LOCALECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "localectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -52,6 +52,8 @@ The following commands are understood: \fBstatus\fR .RS 4 Show current settings of the system locale and keyboard mapping\&. If no command is specified, this is the implied default\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-locale LOCALE\fR, \fBset\-locale VARIABLE=LOCALE\&...\fR @@ -66,12 +68,16 @@ locale variable will be set\&. See for details on the available settings and their meanings\&. Use \fBlist\-locales\fR for a list of available locales (see below)\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-locales\fR .RS 4 List available locales useful for configuration with \fBset\-locale\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-keymap MAP [TOGGLEMAP]\fR @@ -81,12 +87,16 @@ Set the system keyboard mapping for the console and X11\&. This takes a mapping is passed, the selected setting is also applied as the default system keyboard mapping of X11, after converting it to the closest matching X11 keyboard mapping\&. Use \fBlist\-keymaps\fR for a list of available keyboard mappings (see below)\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-keymaps\fR .RS 4 List available keyboard mappings for the console, useful for configuration with \fBset\-keymap\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-x11\-keymap LAYOUT [MODEL [VARIANT [OPTIONS]]]\fR @@ -99,6 +109,8 @@ or for details\&. Unless \fB\-\-no\-convert\fR is passed, the selected setting is also applied as the system console keyboard mapping, after converting it to the closest matching console keyboard mapping\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-x11\-keymap\-models\fR, \fBlist\-x11\-keymap\-layouts\fR, \fBlist\-x11\-keymap\-variants [LAYOUT]\fR, \fBlist\-x11\-keymap\-options\fR @@ -107,6 +119,8 @@ List available X11 keymap models, layouts, variants and options, useful for conf \fBset\-keymap\fR\&. The command \fBlist\-x11\-keymap\-variants\fR optionally takes a layout parameter to limit the output to the variants suitable for the specific layout\&. +.sp +Added in version 201\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -115,6 +129,8 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-no\-ask\-password\fR .RS 4 Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-convert\fR @@ -124,6 +140,8 @@ If or \fBset\-x11\-keymap\fR is invoked and this option is passed, then the keymap will not be converted from the console to X11, or X11 to console, respectively\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -301,6 +319,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -312,6 +336,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localedef.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localedef.1 index 13dd2f04..f0505921 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localedef.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/localedef.1 @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ .\" Lars Wirzenius to document new functionality (as of GNU .\" C library 2.3.5). .\" -.TH localedef 1 2023-03-12 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH localedef 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME localedef \- compile locale definition files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ locale functions in the C library etc.), and places the output in .IR outputpath . -.PP +.P The .I outputpath argument is interpreted as follows: @@ -92,12 +92,12 @@ system-provided locales; it is used by all localized programs when the environment variable .B LOCPATH is not set. -.PP +.P In any case, .B localedef aborts if the directory in which it tries to write locale files has not already been created. -.PP +.P If no .I charmapfile is given, @@ -206,11 +206,15 @@ Use to look up aliases for locale names. There is no default aliases file. .TP -.BR \-c ", " \-\-force +.B \-\-force +.TQ +.B \-c Write the output files even if warnings were generated about the input file. .TP -.BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose +.B \-\-verbose +.TQ +.B \-v Generate extra warnings about errors that are normally ignored. .TP .B \-\-big\-endian @@ -274,15 +278,19 @@ Supported warnings are and .IR intcurrsym . .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Print a usage summary and exit. Also prints the default paths used by .BR localedef . .TP -.B "\-\-usage" +.B \-\-usage Print a short usage summary and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Print the version number, license, and disclaimer of warranty for @@ -378,13 +386,13 @@ POSIX.1-2008. Compile the locale files for Finnish in the UTF\-8 character set and add it to the default locale archive with the name .BR fi_FI.UTF\-8 : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX localedef \-f UTF\-8 \-i fi_FI fi_FI.UTF\-8 .EE .in -.PP +.P The next example does the same thing, but generates files into the .I fi_FI.UTF\-8 @@ -393,7 +401,7 @@ variable .B LOCPATH is set to the current directory (note that the last argument must contain a slash): -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX localedef \-f UTF\-8 \-i fi_FI ./fi_FI.UTF\-8 diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/loginctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/loginctl.1 index c5d378f6..b0987542 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/loginctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/loginctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "LOGINCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "loginctl" +.TH "LOGINCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "loginctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -46,36 +46,54 @@ List current sessions\&. Show terse runtime status information about one or more sessions, followed by the most recent log data from the journal\&. Takes one or more session identifiers as parameters\&. If no session identifiers are passed, the status of the caller\*(Aqs session is shown\&. This function is intended to generate human\-readable output\&. If you are looking for computer\-parsable output, use \fBshow\-session\fR instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\-session\fR [\fIID\fR\&...] .RS 4 -Show properties of one or more sessions or the manager itself\&. If no argument is specified, properties of the manager will be shown\&. If a session ID is specified, properties of the session are shown\&. By default, empty properties are suppressed\&. Use +Show properties of one or more sessions or the manager itself\&. If no argument is specified, properties of the manager will be shown\&. If a session ID is specified, properties of the session are shown\&. Specially, if the given ID is +"self", the session to which the +\fBloginctl\fR +process belongs is used\&. If +"auto", the current session is used as with +"self" +if exists, and falls back to the current user\*(Aqs graphical session\&. By default, empty properties are suppressed\&. Use \fB\-\-all\fR to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. This command is intended to be used whenever computer\-parsable output is required\&. Use \fBsession\-status\fR if you are looking for formatted human\-readable output\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBactivate\fR [\fIID\fR] .RS 4 Activate a session\&. This brings a session into the foreground if another session is currently in the foreground on the respective seat\&. Takes a session identifier as argument\&. If no argument is specified, the session of the caller is put into foreground\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBlock\-session\fR [\fIID\fR\&...], \fBunlock\-session\fR [\fIID\fR\&...] .RS 4 Activates/deactivates the screen lock on one or more sessions, if the session supports it\&. Takes one or more session identifiers as arguments\&. If no argument is specified, the session of the caller is locked/unlocked\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBlock\-sessions\fR, \fBunlock\-sessions\fR .RS 4 Activates/deactivates the screen lock on all current sessions supporting it\&. +.sp +Added in version 188\&. .RE .PP \fBterminate\-session\fR \fIID\fR\&... .RS 4 Terminates a session\&. This kills all processes of the session and deallocates all resources attached to the session\&. If the argument is specified as empty string the session invoking the command is terminated\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBkill\-session\fR \fIID\fR\&... @@ -85,6 +103,8 @@ Send a signal to one or more processes of the session\&. Use to select which process to kill\&. Use \fB\-\-signal=\fR to select the signal to send\&. If the argument is specified as empty string the signal is sent to the session invoking the command\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .SS "User Commands" .PP @@ -98,6 +118,8 @@ List currently logged in users\&. Show terse runtime status information about one or more logged in users, followed by the most recent log data from the journal\&. Takes one or more user names or numeric user IDs as parameters\&. If no parameters are passed, the status is shown for the user of the session of the caller\&. This function is intended to generate human\-readable output\&. If you are looking for computer\-parsable output, use \fBshow\-user\fR instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\-user\fR [\fIUSER\fR\&...] @@ -108,6 +130,8 @@ to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. This command is intended to be used whenever computer\-parsable output is required\&. Use \fBuser\-status\fR if you are looking for formatted human\-readable output\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBenable\-linger\fR [\fIUSER\fR\&...], \fBdisable\-linger\fR [\fIUSER\fR\&...] @@ -118,11 +142,15 @@ See also \fIKillUserProcesses=\fR setting in \fBlogind.conf\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBterminate\-user\fR \fIUSER\fR\&... .RS 4 Terminates all sessions of a user\&. This kills all processes of all sessions of the user and deallocates all runtime resources attached to the user\&. If the argument is specified as empty string the sessions of the user invoking the command are terminated\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBkill\-user\fR \fIUSER\fR\&... @@ -130,6 +158,8 @@ Terminates all sessions of a user\&. This kills all processes of all sessions of Send a signal to all processes of a user\&. Use \fB\-\-signal=\fR to select the signal to send\&. If the argument is specified as empty string the signal is sent to the sessions of the user invoking the command\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .SS "Seat Commands" .PP @@ -143,6 +173,8 @@ List currently available seats on the local system\&. Show terse runtime status information about one or more seats\&. Takes one or more seat names as parameters\&. If no seat names are passed the status of the caller\*(Aqs session\*(Aqs seat is shown\&. This function is intended to generate human\-readable output\&. If you are looking for computer\-parsable output, use \fBshow\-seat\fR instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\-seat\fR [\fINAME\fR\&...] @@ -153,6 +185,8 @@ to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. This command is intended to be used whenever computer\-parsable output is required\&. Use \fBseat\-status\fR if you are looking for formatted human\-readable output\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBattach\fR \fINAME\fR \fIDEVICE\fR\&... @@ -166,6 +200,8 @@ and and must be prefixed with "seat"\&. To drop assignment of a device to a specific seat, just reassign it to a different seat, or use \fBflush\-devices\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBflush\-devices\fR @@ -177,6 +213,8 @@ Removes all device assignments previously created with \fBterminate\-seat\fR \fINAME\fR\&... .RS 4 Terminates all sessions on a seat\&. This kills all processes of all sessions on the seat and deallocates all runtime resources attached to them\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -197,6 +235,8 @@ When showing session/user/seat properties, limit display to certain properties a .RS 4 When showing session/user/seat properties, only print the value, and skip the property name and "="\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -207,16 +247,20 @@ When showing session/user/seat properties, show all properties regardless of whe \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR .RS 4 Do not ellipsize process tree entries\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-kill\-whom=\fR .RS 4 When used with -\fBkill\-session\fR, choose which processes to kill\&. Must be one of -\fBleader\fR, or -\fBall\fR -to select whether to kill only the leader process of the session or all processes of the session\&. If omitted, defaults to +\fBkill\-session\fR, choose which processes to kill\&. Takes one of +"leader" +or +"all", to select whether to kill only the leader process of the session or all processes of the session\&. If omitted, defaults to \fBall\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-signal=\fR @@ -244,6 +288,8 @@ When used with \fBuser\-status\fR and \fBsession\-status\fR, controls the number of journal lines to show, counting from the most recent ones\&. Takes a positive integer argument\&. Defaults to 10\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=\fR @@ -254,6 +300,8 @@ and \fBsession\-status\fR, controls the formatting of the journal entries that are shown\&. For the available choices, see \fBjournalctl\fR(1)\&. Defaults to "short"\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -467,6 +515,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -478,6 +532,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/logname.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/logname.1 index e58ce0c8..06d13b31 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/logname.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/logname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LOGNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LOGNAME "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME logname \- print user\'s login name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ls.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ls.1 index 55caafad..21579502 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ls.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ls.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH LS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH LS "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ls \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ list directories themselves, not their contents generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode .TP \fB\-f\fR -list all entries in directory order +do not sort, enable \fB\-aU\fR, disable \fB\-ls\fR \fB\-\-color\fR .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-classify\fR[=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR] append indicator (one of */=>@|) to entries WHEN @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/machinectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/machinectl.1 index f4ba529b..af1ac2b0 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/machinectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/machinectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "MACHINECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "machinectl" +.TH "MACHINECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "machinectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -142,6 +142,8 @@ List currently running (online) virtual machines and containers\&. To enumerate machine by default\&. Use the \fB\-\-all\fR switch to show it\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBstatus\fR \fINAME\fR\&... @@ -149,6 +151,8 @@ switch to show it\&. Show runtime status information about one or more virtual machines and containers, followed by the most recent log data from the journal\&. This function is intended to generate human\-readable output\&. If you are looking for computer\-parsable output, use \fBshow\fR instead\&. Note that the log data shown is reported by the virtual machine or container manager, and frequently contains console output of the machine, but not necessarily journal contents of the machine itself\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\fR [\fINAME\fR\&...] @@ -159,6 +163,8 @@ to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. This command is intended to be used whenever computer\-parsable output is required, and does not print the control group tree or journal entries\&. Use \fBstatus\fR if you are looking for formatted human\-readable output\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBstart\fR \fINAME\fR\&... @@ -188,6 +194,8 @@ To interactively start a container on the command line with full access to the c \fBsystemd\-nspawn\fR directly\&. To stop a running container use \fBmachinectl poweroff\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBlogin\fR [\fINAME\fR] @@ -205,6 +213,8 @@ This command will open a full login prompt on the container or the local host, w with the \fB\-\-machine=\fR switch to directly invoke a single command, either interactively or in the background\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBshell\fR [[\fINAME\fR@]\fINAME\fR [\fIPATH\fR [\fIARGUMENTS\fR\&...]]] @@ -253,6 +263,8 @@ is preferable for scripting purposes\&. However, note that \fBsystemd\-run\fR might require higher privileges than \fBmachinectl shell\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 225\&. .RE .PP \fBenable\fR \fINAME\fR\&..., \fBdisable\fR \fINAME\fR\&... @@ -268,6 +280,8 @@ on the service name\&. This command implicitly reloads the system manager configuration after completing the operation\&. Note that this command does not implicitly start or power off the containers that are being operated on\&. If this is desired, combine the command with the \fB\-\-now\fR switch\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBpoweroff\fR \fINAME\fR\&... @@ -279,11 +293,15 @@ as alias for \fBsystemd\fR(1)\-compatible init system, such as sysvinit\&. Use \fBterminate\fR (see below) to immediately terminate a container or VM, without cleanly shutting it down\&. +.sp +Added in version 212\&. .RE .PP \fBreboot\fR \fINAME\fR\&... .RS 4 Reboot one or more containers\&. This will trigger a reboot by sending SIGINT to the container\*(Aqs init process, which is roughly equivalent to pressing Ctrl+Alt+Del on a non\-containerized system, and is compatible with containers running any system manager\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBterminate\fR \fINAME\fR\&... @@ -291,6 +309,8 @@ Reboot one or more containers\&. This will trigger a reboot by sending SIGINT to Immediately terminates a virtual machine or container, without cleanly shutting it down\&. This kills all processes of the virtual machine or container and deallocates all resources attached to that instance\&. Use \fBpoweroff\fR to issue a clean shutdown request\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBkill\fR \fINAME\fR\&... @@ -300,6 +320,8 @@ Send a signal to one or more processes of the virtual machine or container\&. Th to select which process to kill\&. Use \fB\-\-signal=\fR to select the signal to send\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBbind\fR \fINAME\fR \fIPATH\fR [\fIPATH\fR] @@ -313,6 +335,8 @@ switch, the destination path is first created before the mount is applied\&. Not containers, and only if user namespacing (\fB\-\-private\-users\fR) is not used\&. This command supports bind mounting directories, regular files, device nodes, \fBAF_UNIX\fR socket nodes, as well as FIFOs\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBcopy\-to\fR \fINAME\fR \fIPATH\fR [\fIPATH\fR] \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -320,6 +344,8 @@ socket nodes, as well as FIFOs\&. Copies files or directories from the host system into a running container\&. Takes a container name, followed by the source path on the host and the destination path in the container\&. If the destination path is omitted, the same as the source path is used\&. .sp If host and container share the same user and group namespace, file ownership by numeric user ID and group ID is preserved for the copy, otherwise all files and directories in the copy will be owned by the root user and group (UID/GID 0)\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBcopy\-from\fR \fINAME\fR \fIPATH\fR [\fIPATH\fR] \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -327,6 +353,8 @@ If host and container share the same user and group namespace, file ownership by Copies files or directories from a container into the host system\&. Takes a container name, followed by the source path in the container and the destination path on the host\&. If the destination path is omitted, the same as the source path is used\&. .sp If host and container share the same user and group namespace, file ownership by numeric user ID and group ID is preserved for the copy, otherwise all files and directories in the copy will be owned by the root user and group (UID/GID 0)\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .SS "Image Commands" .PP @@ -340,6 +368,8 @@ Show a list of locally installed container and VM images\&. This enumerates all \fB\-\-all\fR\&. Note that a special image "\&.host" always implicitly exists and refers to the image the host itself is booted from\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBimage\-status\fR [\fINAME\fR\&...] @@ -347,6 +377,8 @@ always implicitly exists and refers to the image the host itself is booted from\ Show terse status information about one or more container or VM images\&. This function is intended to generate human\-readable output\&. Use \fBshow\-image\fR (see below) to generate computer\-parsable output instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\-image\fR [\fINAME\fR\&...] @@ -357,6 +389,8 @@ to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. This command is intended to be used whenever computer\-parsable output is required\&. Use \fBimage\-status\fR if you are looking for formatted human\-readable output\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBedit\fR \fINAME|FILE\fR @@ -365,12 +399,16 @@ Edit the settings file of the specified machines\&. For the format of the settin \fBsystemd.nspawn\fR(5)\&. If an existing settings file of the given machine can\*(Aqt be found, \fBedit\fR automatically create a new settings file from scratch under -/etc/systemd/nspawn/ +/etc/systemd/nspawn/\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBcat\fR \fINAME|FILE\fR .RS 4 Show the settings file of the specified machines\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBclone\fR \fINAME\fR \fINAME\fR @@ -382,22 +420,30 @@ Note that this command leaves hostname, machine ID and all other settings that c If combined with the \fB\-\-read\-only\fR switch a read\-only cloned image is created\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBrename\fR \fINAME\fR \fINAME\fR .RS 4 Renames a container or VM image\&. The arguments specify the name of the image to rename and the new name of the image\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBread\-only\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIBOOL\fR] .RS 4 Marks or (unmarks) a container or VM image read\-only\&. Takes a VM or container image name, followed by a boolean as arguments\&. If the boolean is omitted, positive is implied, i\&.e\&. the image is marked read\-only\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBremove\fR \fINAME\fR\&... .RS 4 Removes one or more container or VM images\&. The special image "\&.host", which refers to the host\*(Aqs own directory tree, may not be removed\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-limit\fR [\fINAME\fR] \fIBYTES\fR @@ -407,6 +453,8 @@ Sets the maximum size in bytes that a specific container or VM image, or all ima as size\&. .sp Note that per\-container size limits are only supported on btrfs file systems\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fBclean\fR @@ -428,6 +476,8 @@ or usually create hidden, read\-only, unmodified machine images from the downloaded image first, before cloning a writable working copy of it, in order to avoid duplicate downloads in case of images that are reused multiple times\&. Use \fBmachinectl clean\fR to remove old, hidden images created this way\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .SS "Image Transfer Commands" .PP @@ -484,6 +534,8 @@ is passed\&. .sp Note that pressing C\-c during execution of this command will not abort the download\&. Use \fBcancel\-transfer\fR, described below\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBpull\-raw\fR \fIURL\fR [\fINAME\fR] @@ -522,6 +574,8 @@ is passed\&. .sp Note that pressing C\-c during execution of this command will not abort the download\&. Use \fBcancel\-transfer\fR, described below\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBimport\-tar\fR \fIFILE\fR [\fINAME\fR], \fBimport\-raw\fR \fIFILE\fR [\fINAME\fR] @@ -543,6 +597,8 @@ Much like image downloads, ongoing imports may be listed with \fBlist\-transfers\fR and aborted with \fBcancel\-transfer\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fBimport\-fs\fR \fIDIRECTORY\fR [\fINAME\fR] @@ -552,6 +608,8 @@ Imports a container image stored in a local directory into \fBimport\-tar\fR or \fBimport\-raw\fR, but the first argument is the source directory\&. If supported, this command will create a btrfs snapshot or subvolume for the new image\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fBexport\-tar\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIFILE\fR], \fBexport\-raw\fR \fINAME\fR [\fIFILE\fR] @@ -569,17 +627,23 @@ and aborted with \fBcancel\-transfer\fR\&. .sp Note that, currently, only directory and subvolume images may be exported as TAR images, and only raw disk images as RAW images\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-transfers\fR .RS 4 Shows a list of container or VM image downloads, imports and exports that are currently in progress\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBcancel\-transfer\fR \fIID\fR\&... .RS 4 Aborts a download, import or export of the container or VM image with the specified ID\&. To list ongoing transfers and their IDs, use \fBlist\-transfers\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -589,6 +653,8 @@ The following options are understood: .RS 4 When showing machine or image properties, limit the output to certain properties as specified by the argument\&. If not specified, all set properties are shown\&. The argument should be a property name, such as "Name"\&. If specified more than once, all properties with the specified names are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -598,6 +664,8 @@ When showing machine or image properties, show all properties regardless of whet When listing VM or container images, do not suppress images beginning in a dot character ("\&.")\&. .sp When cleaning VM or container images, remove all images, not just hidden ones\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-value\fR @@ -605,12 +673,16 @@ When cleaning VM or container images, remove all images, not just hidden ones\&. When printing properties with \fBshow\fR, only print the value, and skip the property name and "="\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR .RS 4 Do not ellipsize process tree entries or table\&. This implies \fB\-\-max\-addresses=full\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-kill\-whom=\fR @@ -621,6 +693,8 @@ When used with \fBall\fR to select whether to kill only the leader process of the machine or all processes of the machine\&. If omitted, defaults to \fBall\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-signal=\fR @@ -651,6 +725,8 @@ command also specifies a user name, this option is ignored\&. If the name is not will be used by default\&. Note that this switch is not supported for the \fBlogin\fR command (see below)\&. +.sp +Added in version 225\&. .RE .PP \fB\-E \fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR, \fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR @@ -666,12 +742,16 @@ are omitted, the value of the variable with the same name in the program environ Note that this option is not supported for the \fBlogin\fR command\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-mkdir\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBbind\fR, creates the destination file or directory before applying the bind mount\&. Note that even though the name of this option suggests that it is suitable only for directories, this option also creates the destination file node to mount over if the object to mount is not a directory, but a regular file, device node, socket or FIFO\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-read\-only\fR @@ -685,12 +765,16 @@ When used with or \fBimport\-tar\fR a read\-only container or VM image is created\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-lines=\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBstatus\fR, controls the number of journal lines to show, counting from the most recent ones\&. Takes a positive integer argument\&. Defaults to 10\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-o\fR, \fB\-\-output=\fR @@ -699,6 +783,8 @@ When used with \fBstatus\fR, controls the formatting of the journal entries that are shown\&. For the available choices, see \fBjournalctl\fR(1)\&. Defaults to "short"\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-verify=\fR @@ -716,6 +802,8 @@ is specified, the checksum is verified and the image\*(Aqs signature is checked "signature" if the server and protocol support this\&. Defaults to "signature"\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-now\fR @@ -724,11 +812,15 @@ When used with \fBenable\fR or \fBdisable\fR, the containers will also be started or powered off\&. The start or poweroff operation is only carried out when the respective enable or disable operation has been successful\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-force\fR .RS 4 When downloading a container or VM image, and a local copy by the specified local machine name already exists, delete it first and replace it by the newly downloaded image\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-format=\fR @@ -742,6 +834,8 @@ commands, specifies the compression format to use for the resulting file\&. Take "xz", "gzip", "bzip2"\&. By default, the format is determined automatically from the image file name passed\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-max\-addresses=\fR @@ -752,11 +846,15 @@ command, limits the number of IP addresses shown for every machine\&. Defaults t "all"\&. If the limit is 0, the address column is not shown\&. Otherwise, if the machine has more addresses than shown, "\&..." follows the last address\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR .RS 4 Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -773,6 +871,8 @@ Execute the operation remotely\&. Specify a hostname, or a username and hostname Connect to \fBsystemd-machined.service\fR(8) running in a local container, to perform the specified operation within the container\&. +.sp +Added in version 235\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR @@ -916,13 +1016,13 @@ to open a shell in it\&. .\} .nf # machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/37/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86\-64 + https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/40/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e + Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 # passwd # exit -# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86\-64 -# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86\-64 +# machinectl start Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# machinectl login Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -1101,6 +1201,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1112,6 +1218,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/md5sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/md5sum.1 index 3257d0ad..e2de7e4c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/md5sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/md5sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MD5SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MD5SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME md5sum \- compute and check MD5 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH BUGS Do not use the MD5 algorithm for security related purposes. Instead, use an SHA\-2 algorithm, implemented in the programs @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusage.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusage.1 index 03a5094e..9f38bf6f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusage.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusage.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" and Copyright (C) 2014, Michael Kerrisk <mtk.manpages@gmail.com> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH memusage 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH memusage 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME memusage \- profile memory usage of a program .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ optionally, calls to and .BR munmap (2) can also be intercepted. -.PP +.P .B memusage can output the collected data in textual form, or it can use .BR memusagestat (1) @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ After each function call, the actual stack pointer address is read and the difference from the base stack pointer computed. The maximum of these differences is then the stack peak. .RE -.PP +.P Immediately following this summary line, a table shows the number calls, total memory allocated or deallocated, and number of failed calls for each intercepted function. @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ For .BR realloc (3), the additional field "free" shows reallocations that caused a block to be freed (i.e., the reallocated size was 0). -.PP +.P The "realloc/total memory" of the table output by .B memusage does not reflect cases where @@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ reallocating the memory in smaller blocks that return to zero. After compiling the program and running the following commands, a graph of the memory usage of the program can be found in the file .IR memusage.png : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBmemusage \-\-data=memusage.dat ./a.out\fP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusagestat.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusagestat.1 index afce0522..906582f6 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusagestat.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/memusagestat.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2013, Peter Schiffer <pschiffe@redhat.com> .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH memusagestat 1 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH memusagestat 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME memusagestat \- generate graphic from memory profiling data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ that file is generated via the .IR \-\-data ) option of .BR memusage (1). -.PP +.P The red line in the graph shows the heap usage (allocated memory) and the green line shows the stack usage. The x-scale is either the number of memory-handling function calls or diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkdir.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkdir.1 index 3fd37c78..7bf8052d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkdir.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKDIR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkdir \- make directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkfifo.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkfifo.1 index 1e363ec2..52960484 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkfifo.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkfifo.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKFIFO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKFIFO "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mkfifo \- make FIFOs (named pipes) .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mknod.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mknod.1 index 2b8a695f..21c9521b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mknod.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mknod.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKNOD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKNOD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mknod \- make block or character special files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ create a character (unbuffered) special file p create a FIFO .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of mknod, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of mknod, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkosi.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkosi.1 index 66ac1b58..8e610b07 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkosi.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mkosi.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 3.1.11.1 +.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 3.1.12.3 .\" .TH "mkosi" "1" "" "" "" .SH NAME @@ -15,6 +15,8 @@ mkosi \[em] Build Bespoke OS Images .PP \f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] qemu [qemu parameters\&...]\f[R] .PP +\f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] vmspawn [vmspawn settings\&...]\f[R] +.PP \f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] ssh [command line\&...]\f[R] .PP \f[CR]mkosi [options\&...] journalctl [command line\&...]\f[R] @@ -84,6 +86,15 @@ For cpio images a kernel can also be provided by passing the Any arguments specified after the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] verb are appended to the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] invocation. .TP +\f[CR]vmspawn\f[R] +Similar to \f[CR]boot\f[R], but uses \f[CR]systemd\-vmspawn\f[R] to boot +up the image, i.e. +instead of container virtualization virtual machine virtualization is +used. +This verb is only supported for disk and directory type images. +Any arguments specified after the \f[CR]vmspawn\f[R] verb are appended +to the \f[CR]systemd\-vmspawn\f[R] invocation. +.TP \f[CR]ssh\f[R] When the image is built with the \f[CR]Ssh=yes\f[R] option, this command connects to a booted virtual machine (\f[CR]qemu\f[R]) via SSH. @@ -192,7 +203,7 @@ project located in a specific directory. \f[CR]\-\-debug=\f[R] Enable additional debugging output. .TP -\f[CR]\-\-debug\-shell=\f[R] +\f[CR]\-\-debug\-shell\f[R] When executing a command in the image fails, mkosi will start an interactive shell in the image allowing further debugging. .TP @@ -318,20 +329,21 @@ the CLI. .PP To conditionally include configuration files, the \f[CR][Match]\f[R] section can be used. -Matches can use a pipe symbol (\f[CR]|\f[R]) after the equals sign -(\f[CR]\&...=|\&...\f[R]), which causes the match to become a triggering -match. +A \f[CR][Match]\f[R] section consists of invididual conditions. +Conditions can use a pipe symbol (\f[CR]|\f[R]) after the equals sign +(\f[CR]\&...=|\&...\f[R]), which causes the condition to become a +triggering condition. The config file will be included if the logical AND of all -non\-triggering matches and the logical OR of all triggering matches is -satisfied. -To negate the result of a match, prefix the argument with an exclamation -mark. +non\-triggering conditions and the logical OR of all triggering +conditions is satisfied. +To negate the result of a condition, prefix the argument with an +exclamation mark. If an argument is prefixed with the pipe symbol and an exclamation mark, the pipe symbol must be passed first, and the exclamation second. .PP -Note that \f[CR][Match]\f[R] settings match against the current values -of specific settings, and do not take into account changes made to the -setting in configuration files that have not been parsed yet. +Note that \f[CR][Match]\f[R] conditions compare against the current +values of specific settings, and do not take into account changes made +to the setting in configuration files that have not been parsed yet. Also note that matching against a setting and then changing its value afterwards in a different config file may lead to unexpected results. .PP @@ -344,7 +356,7 @@ The \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections of files in \f[CR]mkosi.conf.d/\f[R] and If there are multiple \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections in the same configuration file, each of them has to be satisfied in order for the configuration file to be included. -Specifically, triggering matches only apply to the current +Specifically, triggering conditions only apply to the current \f[CR][Match]\f[R] section and are reset between multiple \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections. As an example, the following will only match if the output format is one @@ -352,13 +364,44 @@ of \f[CR]disk\f[R] or \f[CR]directory\f[R] and the architecture is one of \f[CR]x86\-64\f[R] or \f[CR]arm64\f[R]: .IP .EX -[Match] -Format=|disk -Format=|directory +\f[B][Match]\f[R] +Format=\f[B]|\f[R]disk +Format=\f[B]|\f[R]directory + +\f[B][Match]\f[R] +Architecture=\f[B]|\f[R]x86\-64 +Architecture=\f[B]|\f[R]arm64 +.EE +.PP +The \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] section can be used to indicate triggering +match sections. +These are identical to triggering conditions except they apply to the +entire match section instead of just a single condition. +As an example, the following will match if the distribution is +\f[CR]debian\f[R] and the release is \f[CR]bookworm\f[R] or if the +distribution is \f[CR]ubuntu\f[R] and the release is \f[CR]focal\f[R]. +.IP +.EX +\f[B][TriggerMatch]\f[R] +Distribution=debian +Release=bookworm -[Match] -Architecture=|x86\-64 -Architecture=|arm64 +\f[B][TriggerMatch]\f[R] +Distribution=ubuntu +Release=focal +.EE +.PP +The semantics of conditions in \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] sections is the +same as in \f[CR][Match]\f[R], i.e.\ all normal conditions are joined by +a logical AND and all triggering conditions are joined by a logical OR. +When mixing \f[CR][Match]\f[R] and \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] sections, a +match is achieved when all \f[CR][Match]\f[R] sections match and at +least one \f[CR][TriggerMatch]\f[R] section matches. +No match sections are valued as true. +Logically this means: +.IP +.EX +(⋀ᵢ Matchᵢ) ∧ (⋁ᵢ TriggerMatchᵢ) .EE .PP Command line options that take no argument are shown without @@ -431,14 +474,14 @@ target path. For example, if we have a \f[CR]mkosi.conf\f[R] file containing: .IP .EX -[Content] -BuildSources=../abc/qed:kernel +\f[B][Content]\f[R] +BuildSources=..\f[B]/\f[R]abc\f[B]/\f[R]qed\f[B]:\f[R]kernel .EE .PP and a drop\-in containing: .IP .EX -[Match] +\f[B][Match]\f[R] BuildSources=kernel .EE .TP @@ -590,6 +633,12 @@ which case the configuration is included after parsing all the other configuration files. Note that each path containing extra configuration is only parsed once, even if included more than once with \f[CR]Include=\f[R]. +The builtin configs for the mkosi default initrd and default tools tree +can be included by including the literal value \f[CR]mkosi\-initrd\f[R] +and \f[CR]mkosi\-tools\f[R] respectively. +Note: Include names starting with either of the literals +\f[CR]mkosi\-\f[R] or \f[CR]contrib\-\f[R] are reserved for use by mkosi +itself. .TP \f[CR]InitrdInclude=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-initrd\-include=\f[R] Same as \f[CR]Include=\f[R], but the extra configuration files or @@ -764,10 +813,15 @@ This can be used to enable the EPEL repos for CentOS or different components of the Debian/Ubuntu repositories. .TP \f[CR]CacheOnly=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-cache\-only=\f[R] -If specified, the package manager is instructed not to contact the -network for updating package data. +Takes one of \f[CR]none\f[R], \f[CR]metadata\f[R] or \f[CR]always\f[R]. +If \f[CR]always\f[R], the package manager is instructed not to contact +the network. This provides a minimal level of reproducibility, as long as the package cache is already fully populated. +If set to \f[CR]metadata\f[R], the package manager can still download +packages, but we won\[cq]t sync the repository metadata. +If set to \f[CR]none\f[R], the repository metadata is synced and +packages can be downloaded during the build. .TP \f[CR]PackageManagerTrees=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-package\-manager\-tree=\f[R] This option mirrors the above \f[CR]SkeletonTrees=\f[R] option and @@ -848,6 +902,11 @@ This also means that the \f[CR]shell\f[R], \f[CR]boot\f[R], Implied for \f[CR]tar\f[R], \f[CR]cpio\f[R], \f[CR]uki\f[R], and \f[CR]esp\f[R]. .TP +\f[CR]CompressLevel=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-compress\-level=\f[R] +Configure the compression level to use. +Takes an integer. +The possible values depend on the compression being used. +.TP \f[CR]OutputDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-output\-dir=\f[R], \f[CR]\-O\f[R] Path to a directory where to place all generated artifacts. If this is not specified and the directory \f[CR]mkosi.output/\f[R] @@ -867,11 +926,18 @@ an \f[CR]mkosi\f[R] invocation be aborted abnormally (for example, due to reboot/power failure). .TP \f[CR]CacheDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-cache\-dir=\f[R] -Takes a path to a directory to use as package cache for the distribution -package manager used. +Takes a path to a directory to use as the incremental cache directory +for the incremental images produced when the \f[CR]Incremental=\f[R] +option is enabled. If this option is not used, but a \f[CR]mkosi.cache/\f[R] directory is found in the local directory it is automatically used for this purpose. .TP +\f[CR]PackageCacheDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-package\-cache\-dir\f[R] +Takes a path to a directory to use as the package cache directory for +the distribution package manager used. +If unset, a suitable directory in the user\[cq]s home directory or +system is used. +.TP \f[CR]BuildDirectory=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-build\-dir=\f[R] Takes a path to a directory to use as the build directory for build systems that support out\-of\-tree builds (such as Meson). @@ -920,8 +986,7 @@ If specified and building a disk image, pass \f[CR]\-\-split=yes\f[R] to systemd\-repart to have it write out split partition files for each configured partition. Read the \c -.UR -https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-repart.html#--split=BOOL +.UR https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-repart.html#--split=BOOL man .UE \c \ page for more information. @@ -993,8 +1058,7 @@ subvolumes are ignored. \f[CR]Seed=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-seed=\f[R] Takes a UUID as argument or the special value \f[CR]random\f[R]. Overrides the seed that \c -.UR -https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-repart.service.html +.UR https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-repart.service.html \f[CR]systemd\-repart(8)\f[R] .UE \c \ uses when building a disk image. @@ -1046,11 +1110,11 @@ that provides \f[CR]/usr/bin/ld\f[R], the packages in the .EX Packages=meson libfdisk\-devel.i686 - git\-* - prebuilt/rpms/systemd\-249\-rc1.local.rpm - /usr/bin/ld - \[at]development\-tools - python3dist(mypy) + git\-\f[B]*\f[R] + prebuilt\f[B]/\f[R]rpms\f[B]/\f[R]systemd\-249\-rc1.local.rpm + \f[B]/\f[R]usr\f[B]/\f[R]bin\f[B]/\f[R]ld + \f[B]\[at]\f[R]development\-tools + python3dist\f[B](\f[R]mypy\f[B])\f[R] .EE .PP : Note that since mkosi runs in a sandbox with most of the host files @@ -1061,8 +1125,8 @@ For example, let\[cq]s say we have a local package located at directory, then we\[cq]d be able to install it as follows: .IP .EX -BuildSources=../my\-packages:my\-packages\-in\-sandbox -Packages=my\-packages\-in\-sandbox/abc.rpm +BuildSources=..\f[B]/\f[R]my\-packages\f[B]:\f[R]my\-packages\-in\-sandbox +Packages=my\-packages\-in\-sandbox\f[B]/\f[R]abc.rpm .EE .TP \f[CR]BuildPackages=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-build\-package=\f[R] @@ -1110,7 +1174,8 @@ scratch. Only extra packages are installed on top of the ones already installed in the base trees. Note that for this to work properly, the base image still needs to -contain the package manager metadata (see +contain the package manager metadata by setting +\f[CR]CleanPackageMetadata=no\f[R] (see \f[CR]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R]). Instead of a directory, a tar file or a disk image may be provided. In this case it is unpacked into the OS tree. @@ -1172,13 +1237,18 @@ Takes a comma\-separated list of globs. Files in the image matching the globs will be purged at the end. .TP \f[CR]CleanPackageMetadata=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-clean\-package\-metadata=\f[R] -Enable/disable removal of package manager databases at the end of -installation. +Enable/disable removal of package manager databases and repository +metadata at the end of installation. Can be specified as \f[CR]true\f[R], \f[CR]false\f[R], or \f[CR]auto\f[R] (the default). -With \f[CR]auto\f[R], files will be removed if the respective package -manager executable is \f[I]not\f[R] present at the end of the -installation. +With \f[CR]auto\f[R], package manager databases and repository metadata +will be removed if the respective package manager executable is +\f[I]not\f[R] present at the end of the installation. +.TP +\f[CR]SyncScripts=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-sync\-script=\f[R] +Takes a comma\-separated list of paths to executables that are used as +the sync scripts for this image. +See the \f[B]Scripts\f[R] section for more information. .TP \f[CR]PrepareScripts=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-prepare\-script=\f[R] Takes a comma\-separated list of paths to executables that are used as @@ -1218,7 +1288,7 @@ Disabled by default. Configures whether changes to source directories (The working directory and configured using \f[CR]BuildSources=\f[R]) are persisted. If enabled, all source directories will be reset to their original state -after scripts finish executing. +after scripts (except sync scripts) finish executing. .TP \f[CR]Environment=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-environment=\f[R] Adds variables to the environment that package managers and the @@ -1338,6 +1408,25 @@ binaries again. Note that this option only takes effect when an image that is bootable on UEFI firmware is requested using other options (\f[CR]Bootable=\f[R], \f[CR]Bootloader=\f[R]). +Note that when this option is enabled, mkosi will only install already +signed bootloader binaries, kernel image files and unified kernel images +as self\-signed binaries would not be accepted by the signed version of +shim. +.TP +\f[CR]UnifiedKernelImages=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-unified\-kernel\-images=\f[R] +Specifies whether to use unified kernel images or not when +\f[CR]Bootloader=\f[R] is set to \f[CR]systemd\-boot\f[R] or +\f[CR]grub\f[R]. +Takes a boolean value or \f[CR]auto\f[R]. +Defaults to \f[CR]auto\f[R]. +If enabled, unified kernel images are always used and the build will +fail if any components required to build unified kernel images are +missing. +If set to \f[CR]auto\f[R], unified kernel images will be used if all +necessary components are available. +Otherwise Type 1 entries as defined by the Boot Loader Specification +will be used instead. +If disabled, Type 1 entries will always be used. .TP \f[CR]Initrds=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-initrd\f[R] Use user\-provided initrd(s). @@ -1353,8 +1442,16 @@ Takes a comma separated list of package specifications. This option may be used multiple times in which case the specified package lists are combined. .TP +\f[CR]MicrocodeHost=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-microcode\-host=\f[R] +When set to true only include microcode for the host\[cq]s CPU in the +image. +.TP \f[CR]KernelCommandLine=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-kernel\-command\-line=\f[R] Use the specified kernel command line when building images. +Defaults to \f[CR]console=ttyS0\f[R]. +For \f[CR]arm\f[R], \f[CR]s390\f[R] and \f[CR]ppc\f[R], \f[CR]ttyS0\f[R] +is replaced with \f[CR]ttyAMA0\f[R], \f[CR]ttysclp0\f[R] or +\f[CR]hvc0\f[R], respectively. .TP \f[CR]KernelModulesInclude=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-kernel\-modules\-include=\f[R] Takes a list of regex patterns that specify kernel modules to include in @@ -1419,8 +1516,7 @@ The settings \f[CR]Locale=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-locale=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-root\-shell=\f[R] correspond to the identically named systemd\-firstboot options. See the systemd firstboot \c -.UR -https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-firstboot.html +.UR https://www.freedesktop.org/software/systemd/man/systemd-firstboot.html manpage .UE \c \ for more information. @@ -1503,7 +1599,14 @@ Defaults to \f[CR]yes\f[R]. .TP \f[CR]SecureBootKey=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-secure\-boot\-key=\f[R] Path to the PEM file containing the secret key for signing the UEFI -kernel image, if \f[CR]SecureBoot=\f[R] is used. +kernel image if \f[CR]SecureBoot=\f[R] is used and PCR signatures when +\f[CR]SignExpectedPcr=\f[R] is also used. +When \f[CR]SecureBootKeySource=\f[R] is specified, the input type +depends on the source. +.TP +\f[CR]SecureBootKeySource=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-secure\-boot\-key\-source=\f[R] +Source of \f[CR]SecureBootKey=\f[R], to support OpenSSL engines. +E.g.: \f[CR]\-\-secure\-boot\-key\-source=engine:pkcs11\f[R] .TP \f[CR]SecureBootCertificate=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-secure\-boot\-certificate=\f[R] Path to the X.509 file containing the certificate for the signed UEFI @@ -1520,6 +1623,12 @@ available, with sbsign being preferred if both are installed. Path to the PEM file containing the secret key for signing the verity signature, if a verity signature partition is added with systemd\-repart. +When \f[CR]VerityKeySource=\f[R] is specified, the input type depends on +the source. +.TP +\f[CR]VerityKeySource=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-verity\-key\-source=\f[R] +Source of \f[CR]VerityKey=\f[R], to support OpenSSL engines. +E.g.: \f[CR]\-\-verity\-key\-source=engine:pkcs11\f[R] .TP \f[CR]VerityCertificate=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-verity\-certificate=\f[R] Path to the X.509 file containing the certificate for signing the verity @@ -1533,6 +1642,8 @@ kernel image. This option takes a boolean value or the special value \f[CR]auto\f[R], which is the default, which is equal to a true value if the \f[CR]systemd\-measure\f[R] binary is in \f[CR]PATH\f[R]. +Depends on \f[CR]SecureBoot=\f[R] being enabled and key from +\f[CR]SecureBootKey=\f[R]. .TP \f[CR]Passphrase=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-passphrase\f[R] Specify the path to a file containing the passphrase to use for LUKS @@ -1642,37 +1753,37 @@ Defaults to \f[CR]no\f[R]. \f[CR]QemuFirmware=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-qemu\-firmware=\f[R] When used with the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] verb, this option specifies which firmware to use. -Takes one of \f[CR]uefi\f[R], \f[CR]bios\f[R], \f[CR]linux\f[R], or -\f[CR]auto\f[R]. +Takes one of \f[CR]uefi\f[R], \f[CR]uefi\-secure\-boot\f[R], +\f[CR]bios\f[R], \f[CR]linux\f[R], or \f[CR]auto\f[R]. Defaults to \f[CR]auto\f[R]. -When set to \f[CR]uefi\f[R], the OVMF firmware is used. +When set to \f[CR]uefi\f[R], the OVMF firmware without secure boot +support is used. +When set to \f[CR]uefi\-secure\-boot\f[R], the OVMF firmware with secure +boot support is used. When set to \f[CR]bios\f[R], the default SeaBIOS firmware is used. When set to \f[CR]linux\f[R], direct kernel boot is used. See the \f[CR]QemuKernel=\f[R] option for more details on which kernel image is used with direct kernel boot. -When set to \f[CR]auto\f[R], \f[CR]linux\f[R] is used if a cpio image is -being booted, \f[CR]uefi\f[R] otherwise. +When set to \f[CR]auto\f[R], \f[CR]uefi\-secure\-boot\f[R] is used if +possible and \f[CR]linux\f[R] otherwise. .TP \f[CR]QemuFirmwareVariables=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-qemu\-firmware\-variables=\f[R] When used with the \f[CR]qemu\f[R] verb, this option specifies the path to the the firmware variables file to use. Currently, this option is only taken into account when the -\f[CR]uefi\f[R] firmware is used. +\f[CR]uefi\f[R] or \f[CR]uefi\-secure\-boot\f[R] firmware is used. If not specified, mkosi will search for the default variables file and use that instead. +When set to \f[CR]microsoft\f[R], a firmware variables file with the +Microsoft secure boot certificates already enrolled will be used. +When set to \f[CR]custom\f[R], the secure boot certificate from +\f[CR]SecureBootCertificate=\f[R] will be enrolled into the default +firmware variables file. \f[CR]virt\-fw\-vars\f[R] from the \c .UR https://gitlab.com/kraxel/virt-firmware virt\-firmware .UE \c \ project can be used to customize OVMF variable files. -Some distributions also provide variable files which already have -Microsoft\[cq]s certificates for secure boot enrolled. -For Fedora and Debian these are \f[CR]OVMF_VARS.secboot.fd\f[R] and -\f[CR]OVMF_VARS_4M.ms.fd\f[R] under \f[CR]/usr/share/OVMF\f[R] -respectively. -You can use \f[CR]locate\f[R] and look under -\f[CR]/usr/share/qemu/firmware\f[R] for hints on where to find these -files if your distribution ships them. .TP \f[CR]QemuKernel=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-qemu\-kernel=\f[R] Set the kernel image to use for qemu direct kernel boot. @@ -1700,8 +1811,17 @@ respectively. \f[CR]directory\f[R] optionally specifies the directory in which to create the file backing the drive. \f[CR]options\f[R] optionally specifies extra comma\-delimited -properties which are passed verbatime to qemu\[cq]s \f[CR]\-drive\f[R] +properties which are passed verbatim to qemu\[cq]s \f[CR]\-drive\f[R] option. +Example usage: +.IP +.EX +\f[B][Host]\f[R] +QemuDrives=btrfs\f[B]:\f[R]10G + ext4\f[B]:\f[R]20G +QemuArgs=\-device nvme\f[B],\f[R]serial=btrfs\f[B],\f[R]drive=btrfs + \-device nvme\f[B],\f[R]serial=ext4\f[B],\f[R]drive=ext4 +.EE .TP \f[CR]QemuArgs=\f[R] Space\-delimited list of additional arguments to pass when invoking @@ -1737,8 +1857,8 @@ directories that allow the user running mkosi to remove them without needing privileges. .TP \f[CR]ToolsTree=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-tools\-tree=\f[R] -If specified, programs executed by mkosi are looked up inside the given -tree instead of in the host system. +If specified, programs executed by mkosi to build and boot an image are +looked up inside the given tree instead of in the host system. Use this option to make image builds more reproducible by always using the same versions of programs to build the final image instead of whatever version is installed on the host system. @@ -1774,6 +1894,21 @@ openSUSE T} _ T{ +\f[CR]acl\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]apt\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -1801,6 +1936,21 @@ X T}@T{ T} T{ +\f[CR]attr\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]bash\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2052,6 +2202,66 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[CR]findutils\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]git\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]grep\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]jq\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]kmod\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2142,6 +2352,21 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[CR]sed\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ \f[CR]pacman\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2359,6 +2584,18 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ +\f[CR]virt\-firmware\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T} +T{ \f[CR]xfsprogs\f[R] T}@T{ X @@ -2433,6 +2670,12 @@ is used. Set the mirror to use for the default tools tree. By default, the default mirror for the tools tree distribution is used. .TP +\f[CR]ToolsTreeRepositories=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-tools\-tree\-repository\f[R] +Same as \f[CR]Repositories=\f[R] but for the default tools tree. +.TP +\f[CR]ToolsTreePackageManagerTrees=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-tools\-tree\-package\-manager\-tree=\f[R] +Same as \f[CR]PackageManagerTrees=\f[R] but for the default tools tree. +.TP \f[CR]ToolsTreePackages=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-tools\-tree\-packages=\f[R] Extra packages to install into the default tools tree. Takes a comma separated list of package specifications. @@ -2474,6 +2717,22 @@ If enabled, practically unlimited scratch space is made available under Note that using this feature with \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] requires systemd v254 or newer in the guest. .TP +\f[CR]RuntimeNetwork=\f[R]: \f[CR]\-\-runtime\-network=\f[R] +Takes one of \f[CR]user\f[R], \f[CR]interface\f[R] or \f[CR]none\f[R]. +Defaults to \f[CR]user\f[R]. +Specifies the networking to set up when booting the image. +\f[CR]user\f[R] sets up usermode networking. +\f[CR]interface\f[R] sets up a virtual network connection between the +host and the image. +This translates to a veth interface for \f[CR]mkosi shell\f[R] and +\f[CR]mkosi boot\f[R] and a tap interface for \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] and +\f[CR]mkosi vmspawn\f[R]. +Note that when using \f[CR]interface\f[R], mkosi does not automatically +configure the host interface. +It is expected that a recent version of \f[CR]systemd\-networkd\f[R] is +running on the host which will automatically configure the host +interface of the link. +.TP \f[CR]SshKey=\f[R], \f[CR]\-\-ssh\-key=\f[R] Path to the X509 private key in PEM format to use to connect to a virtual machine started with \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] and built with the @@ -2575,10 +2834,6 @@ distributions: .IP \[bu] 2 \f[I]Alma Linux\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 -\f[I]Gentoo\f[R] (\f[B]Gentoo is experimental and unsupported. -We make no guarantee that it will work at all and the core maintainers -will generally not fix gentoo specific issues\f[R]) -.IP \[bu] 2 \f[I]None\f[R] (\f[B]Requires the user to provide a pre\-built rootfs\f[R]) .PP @@ -2646,61 +2901,67 @@ Then, for each image, we execute the following steps: .IP " 1." 4 Copy package manager trees into the workspace .IP " 2." 4 -Copy base trees (\f[CR]\-\-base\-tree=\f[R]) into the image +Sync the package manager repository metadata .IP " 3." 4 -Copy skeleton trees (\f[CR]mkosi.skeleton\f[R]) into image +Copy base trees (\f[CR]\-\-base\-tree=\f[R]) into the image .IP " 4." 4 -Install distribution and packages into image or use cache tree if -available +Reuse a cached image if one is available .IP " 5." 4 +Copy a snapshot of the package manager repository metadata into the +image +.IP " 6." 4 +Copy skeleton trees (\f[CR]mkosi.skeleton\f[R]) into image +.IP " 7." 4 +Install distribution and packages into image +.IP " 8." 4 Run prepare scripts on image with the \f[CR]final\f[R] argument (\f[CR]mkosi.prepare\f[R]) -.IP " 6." 4 +.IP " 9." 4 Install build packages in overlay if any build scripts are configured -.IP " 7." 4 +.IP "10." 4 Run prepare scripts on overlay with the \f[CR]build\f[R] argument if any build scripts are configured (\f[CR]mkosi.prepare\f[R]) -.IP " 8." 4 +.IP "11." 4 Cache the image if configured (\f[CR]\-\-incremental\f[R]) -.IP " 9." 4 +.IP "12." 4 Run build scripts on image + overlay if any build scripts are configured (\f[CR]mkosi.build\f[R]) -.IP "10." 4 +.IP "13." 4 Finalize the build if the output format \f[CR]none\f[R] is configured -.IP "11." 4 +.IP "14." 4 Copy the build scripts outputs into the image -.IP "12." 4 +.IP "15." 4 Copy the extra trees into the image (\f[CR]mkosi.extra\f[R]) -.IP "13." 4 +.IP "16." 4 Run post\-install scripts (\f[CR]mkosi.postinst\f[R]) -.IP "14." 4 +.IP "17." 4 Write config files required for \f[CR]Ssh=\f[R], \f[CR]Autologin=\f[R] and \f[CR]MakeInitrd=\f[R] -.IP "15." 4 +.IP "18." 4 Install systemd\-boot and configure secure boot if configured (\f[CR]\-\-secure\-boot\f[R]) -.IP "16." 4 +.IP "19." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd\-sysusers\f[R] -.IP "17." 4 +.IP "20." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd\-tmpfiles\f[R] -.IP "18." 4 +.IP "21." 4 Run \f[CR]systemctl preset\-all\f[R] -.IP "19." 4 +.IP "22." 4 Run \f[CR]depmod\f[R] -.IP "20." 4 +.IP "23." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd\-firstboot\f[R] -.IP "21." 4 +.IP "24." 4 Run \f[CR]systemd\-hwdb\f[R] -.IP "22." 4 +.IP "25." 4 Remove packages and files (\f[CR]RemovePackages=\f[R], \f[CR]RemoveFiles=\f[R]) -.IP "23." 4 +.IP "26." 4 Run SELinux relabel is a SELinux policy is installed -.IP "24." 4 +.IP "27." 4 Run finalize scripts (\f[CR]mkosi.finalize\f[R]) -.IP "25." 4 +.IP "28." 4 Generate unified kernel image if configured to do so -.IP "26." 4 +.IP "29." 4 Generate final output format .SH Scripts To allow for image customization that cannot be implemented using @@ -2717,6 +2978,16 @@ in the current working directory. \f[CR]$SRCDIR\f[R] is set to point to the current working directory. The following scripts are supported: .IP \[bu] 2 +If \f[B]\f[CB]mkosi.sync\f[B]\f[R] (\f[CR]SyncScripts=\f[R]) exists, it +is executed before the image is built. +This script may be used to update various sources that are used to build +the image. +One use case is to run \f[CR]git pull\f[R] on various source +repositories before building the image. +Specifically, the \f[CR]BuildSourcesEphemeral=\f[R] setting does not +apply to sync scripts, which means sync scripts can be used to update +build sources even if \f[CR]BuildSourcesEphemeral=\f[R] is enabled. +.IP \[bu] 2 If \f[B]\f[CB]mkosi.prepare\f[B]\f[R] (\f[CR]PrepareScripts=\f[R]) exists, it is first called with the \f[CR]final\f[R] argument, right after the software packages are installed. @@ -2771,6 +3042,18 @@ architecture of the host machine. See the documentation of \f[CR]Architecture=\f[R] for possible values for this variable. .IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$DISTRIBUTION\f[R] contains the distribution from the +\f[CR]Distribution=\f[R] setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$RELEASE\f[R] contains the release from the \f[CR]Release=\f[R] +setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$PROFILE\f[R] contains the profile from the \f[CR]Profile=\f[R] +setting. +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$CACHED=\f[R] is set to \f[CR]1\f[R] if a cached image is +available, \f[CR]0\f[R] otherwise. +.IP \[bu] 2 \f[CR]$CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] contains the path to the running script relative to the image root directory. The primary usecase for this variable is in combination with the @@ -2846,16 +3129,23 @@ in the user namespace that mkosi is running in. These can be used in combination with \f[CR]setpriv\f[R] to run commands as the user that invoked mkosi (e.g. \f[CR]setpriv \-\-reuid=$MKOSI_UID \-\-regid=$MKOSI_GID \-\-clear\-groups <command>\f[R]) +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[CR]$MKOSI_CONFIG\f[R] is a file containing a json summary of the +settings of the current image. +This file can be parsed inside scripts to gain access to all settings +for the current image. .PP Consult this table for which script receives which environment variables: .PP .TS tab(@); -lw(16.5n) lw(13.4n) lw(11.8n) lw(14.2n) lw(14.2n). +lw(14.3n) lw(9.5n) lw(11.6n) lw(10.2n) lw(12.2n) lw(12.2n). T{ Variable T}@T{ +\f[CR]mkosi.sync\f[R] +T}@T{ \f[CR]mkosi.prepare\f[R] T}@T{ \f[CR]mkosi.build\f[R] @@ -2866,7 +3156,9 @@ T}@T{ T} _ T{ -\f[CR]$CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] +\f[CR]ARCHITECTURE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2877,7 +3169,69 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[CR]$SRCDIR\f[R] +\f[CR]DISTRIBUTION\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]RELEASE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]PROFILE\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]CACHED\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +T} +T{ +\f[CR]CHROOT_SCRIPT\f[R] +T}@T{ +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]SRCDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ +X T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2890,6 +3244,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_SRCDIR\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2899,7 +3254,8 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[CR]$BUILDDIR\f[R] +\f[CR]BUILDDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ T}@T{ X @@ -2910,6 +3266,7 @@ T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_BUILDDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ @@ -2918,6 +3275,7 @@ T{ \f[CR]DESTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ @@ -2926,12 +3284,14 @@ T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_DESTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ T}@T{ T} T{ -\f[CR]$OUTPUTDIR\f[R] +\f[CR]OUTPUTDIR\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ T}@T{ X @@ -2944,6 +3304,7 @@ T{ \f[CR]CHROOT_OUTPUTDIR\f[R] T}@T{ T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2951,7 +3312,8 @@ T}@T{ X T} T{ -\f[CR]$BUILDROOT\f[R] +\f[CR]BUILDROOT\f[R] +T}@T{ T}@T{ X T}@T{ @@ -2964,6 +3326,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]WITH_DOCS\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2973,6 +3336,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]WITH_TESTS\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2982,6 +3346,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]WITH_NETWORK\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -2991,6 +3356,7 @@ T} T{ \f[CR]SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH\f[R] T}@T{ +T}@T{ X T}@T{ X @@ -3009,6 +3375,8 @@ T}@T{ X T}@T{ X +T}@T{ +X T} T{ \f[CR]MKOSI_GID\f[R] @@ -3020,6 +3388,21 @@ T}@T{ X T}@T{ X +T}@T{ +X +T} +T{ +\f[CR]MKOSI_CONFIG\f[R] +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X +T}@T{ +X T} .TE .PP @@ -3062,6 +3445,13 @@ image\[cq]s root directory with the configuration supplied by the user instead of on the host system. This means that from a script, you can do e.g.\ \f[CR]dnf install vim\f[R] to install vim into the image. +.RS 2 +.PP +Additionally, \f[CR]mkosi\-install\f[R], \f[CR]mkosi\-reinstall\f[R], +\f[CR]mkosi\-upgrade\f[R] and \f[CR]mkosi\-remove\f[R] will invoke the +corresponding operation of the package manager being used to built the +image. +.RE .IP \[bu] 2 \f[CR]mkosi\-as\-caller\f[R]: This script uses \f[CR]setpriv\f[R] to switch from the user \f[CR]root\f[R] in the user namespace used for @@ -3482,7 +3872,7 @@ dependencies. For example, on \f[I]Fedora Linux\f[R] you need: .IP .EX -# dnf install bubblewrap btrfs\-progs apt dosfstools mtools edk2\-ovmf e2fsprogs squashfs\-tools gnupg python3 tar xfsprogs xz zypper sbsigntools +\f[I]# dnf install bubblewrap btrfs\-progs apt dosfstools mtools edk2\-ovmf e2fsprogs squashfs\-tools gnupg python3 tar xfsprogs xz zypper sbsigntools\f[R] .EE .PP On Debian/Ubuntu it might be necessary to install the @@ -3495,6 +3885,7 @@ Note that the minimum required Python version is 3.9. .SH Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) .IP \[bu] 2 Why does \f[CR]mkosi qemu\f[R] with KVM not work on Debian/Ubuntu? +.RS 2 .PP While other distributions are OK with allowing access to \f[CR]/dev/kvm\f[R], on Debian/Ubuntu this is only allowed for users in @@ -3510,6 +3901,21 @@ To persist these settings across reboots, copy \f[CR]/usr/lib/tmpfiles.d/static\-nodes\-permissions.conf\f[R] to \f[CR]/etc/tmpfiles.d/static\-nodes\-permissions.conf\f[R] and change the mode of \f[CR]/dev/kvm\f[R] from \f[CR]0660\f[R] to \f[CR]0666\f[R]. +.RE +.IP \[bu] 2 +How do I add a regular user to an image? +.RS 2 +.PP +You can use the following snippet in a post\-installation script: +.IP +.EX +useradd \-\-create\-home \-\-user\-group $USER \-\-password \[dq]$(openssl passwd \-stdin \-6 <$USER_PASSWORD_FILE)\[dq] +.EE +.PP +Note that from systemd v256 onwards, if enabled, +\f[CR]systemd\-homed\-firstboot.service\f[R] will prompt to create a +regular user on first boot if there are no regular users. +.RE .SH REFERENCES .IP \[bu] 2 \c diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mktemp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mktemp.1 index 98f629d6..84a9ef04 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mktemp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mktemp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MKTEMP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MKTEMP "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mktemp \- create a temporary file or directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgattrib.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgattrib.1 index 7534f56e..86fa7bb9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgattrib.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgattrib.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGATTRIB "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgattrib \- attribute matching and manipulation on message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcat.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcat.1 index 2e7dd946..777261b9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcat.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCAT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCAT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcat \- combines several message catalogs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcmp.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcmp.1 index e7b2ff84..d46d6b86 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcmp.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcmp.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCMP "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCMP "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcmp \- compare message catalog and template .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ Written by Peter Miller. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcomm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcomm.1 index 22ec988c..2953274b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcomm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgcomm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCOMM "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCOMM "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgcomm \- match two message catalogs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Written by Peter Miller. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgconv.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgconv.1 index 344cf5a9..f51df90b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgconv.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgconv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGCONV "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGCONV "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgconv \- character set conversion for message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgen.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgen.1 index 3977fd50..9450beaa 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgen.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgen.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGEN "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGEN "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgen \- create English message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgexec.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgexec.1 index 714abc6c..c07367a4 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgexec.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgexec.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGEXEC "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGEXEC "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgexec \- process translations of message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfilter.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfilter.1 index 30f816ac..869a82c5 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfilter.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfilter.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGFILTER "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGFILTER "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgfilter \- edit translations of message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfmt.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfmt.1 index 512875c8..8844bbe2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGFMT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgfmt \- compile message catalog to binary format .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -171,6 +171,13 @@ menu items use fuzzy entries in output .SS "Output details:" .TP +\fB\-\-no\-convert\fR +don't convert the messages to UTF\-8 encoding +.TP +\fB\-\-no\-redundancy\fR +don't pre\-expand ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> +format string directive macros +.TP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-alignment\fR=\fI\,NUMBER\/\fR align strings to NUMBER bytes (default: 1) .TP @@ -199,7 +206,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msggrep.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msggrep.1 index e26985c3..87ca3250 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msggrep.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msggrep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGGREP "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGGREP "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msggrep \- pattern matching on message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msginit.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msginit.1 index 1c33bcda..8e80e9d2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msginit.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msginit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGINIT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGINIT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msginit \- initialize a message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgmerge.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgmerge.1 index f2a6e4e9..afd8adbb 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgmerge.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgmerge.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGMERGE "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGMERGE "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgmerge \- merge message catalog and template .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ Written by Peter Miller. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgunfmt.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgunfmt.1 index 4ed8bc40..5bca3278 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgunfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msgunfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGUNFMT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msgunfmt \- uncompile message catalog from binary format .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msguniq.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msguniq.1 index fa67a704..84a1949f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msguniq.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/msguniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH MSGUNIQ "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME msguniq \- unify duplicate translations in message catalog .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Written by Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2001\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2001\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mtrace.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mtrace.1 index 56498d76..12819c7a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mtrace.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mtrace.1 @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ .\" Copyright (c) 2013, Peter Schiffer (pschiffe@redhat.com) .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-or-later -.TH mtrace 1 2022-10-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH mtrace 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME mtrace \- interpret the malloc trace log .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ for problem locations (assuming that .I binary was compiled with debugging information). -.PP +.P For more information about the .BR mtrace (3) function and diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mv.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mv.1 index e5b9cd10..731c0ecb 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mv.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/mv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH MV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH MV "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME mv \- move (rename) files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -27,6 +27,9 @@ like \fB\-\-backup\fR but does not accept an argument \fB\-\-debug\fR explain how a file is copied. Implies \fB\-v\fR .TP +\fB\-\-exchange\fR +exchange source and destination +.TP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR do not prompt before overwriting .TP @@ -56,10 +59,10 @@ treat DEST as a normal file .TP \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,UPDATE\/\fR] control which existing files are updated; -UPDATE={all,none,older(default)}. See below +UPDATE={all,none,none\-fail,older(default)}. .TP \fB\-u\fR -equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR] +equivalent to \fB\-\-update\fR[=\fI\,older\/\fR]. See below .TP \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR explain what is being done @@ -77,8 +80,10 @@ output version information and exit UPDATE controls which existing files in the destination are replaced. \&'all' is the default operation when an \fB\-\-update\fR option is not specified, and results in all existing files in the destination being replaced. -\&'none' is similar to the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the -destination are replaced, but also skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none' is like the \fB\-\-no\-clobber\fR option, in that no files in the +destination are replaced, and skipped files do not induce a failure. +\&'none\-fail' also ensures no files are replaced in the destination, +but any skipped files are diagnosed and induce a failure. \&'older' is the default operation when \fB\-\-update\fR is specified, and results in files being replaced if they're older than the corresponding source file. .PP @@ -104,7 +109,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nano.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nano.1 index 1eb19c5f..8ca854a5 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nano.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nano.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 1999-2011, 2013-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,19 +16,40 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH NANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH NANO 1 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME -nano \- Nano's ANOther editor, inspired by Pico +nano \- Nano's ANOther text editor, inspired by Pico .SH SYNOPSIS .B nano .RI [ options "] [[\fB+" line [\fB, column "]] " file ]... .sp -.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]( / | ? ) \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]... +.B nano +.RI [ options "] [" file [\fB: line [\fB: column "]]]..." +.sp +.BR nano " [" \fIoptions "] [[" + [ crCR ]{ / | ? } \fIstring "] " \fIfile ]... + +.SH NOTICE +Since version 8.0, to be newcomer friendly, \fB^F\fR starts a forward search, +\fB^B\fR starts a backward search, \fBM\-F\fR searches the next occurrence +forward, and \fBM\-B\fR searches the next occurrence backward. If you want +those keystrokes to do what they did before version 8.0, add the following +lines at the end of your \fInanorc\fR file: +.sp +.RS 4 +.B bind ^F forward main +.br +.B bind ^B back main +.br +.B bind M\-F formatter main +.br +.B bind M\-B linter main +.RE +.sp .SH DESCRIPTION -\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly editor. It copies the look and feel +\fBnano\fP is a small and friendly text editor. It copies the look and feel of Pico, but is free software, and implements several features that Pico lacks, such as: opening multiple files, scrolling per line, undo/redo, syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines. @@ -36,7 +57,11 @@ syntax coloring, line numbering, and soft-wrapping overlong lines. When giving a filename on the command line, the cursor can be put on a specific line by adding the line number with a plus sign (\fB+\fR) before the filename, and even in a specific column by adding it with a comma. -(Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line.) +Negative numbers count from the end of the file or line. +The line and column numbers may also be specified by gluing them with colons +after the filename. (When a filename contains a colon followed by digits, +escape the colon by preceding it with a triple backslash.) +.sp The cursor can be put on the first or last occurrence of a specific string by specifying that string after \fB+/\fR or \fB+?\fR before the filename. The string can be made case sensitive and/or caused to be interpreted as a @@ -112,6 +137,7 @@ nanorc file. See \fBnanorc\fR(5). .BR \-E ", " \-\-tabstospaces Convert each typed tab to spaces -- to the number of spaces that a tab at that position would take up. +(Note: pasted tabs are not converted.) .TP .BR \-F ", " \-\-multibuffer Read a file into a new buffer by default. @@ -282,6 +308,7 @@ similar to a chroot. .BR \-p ", " \-\-preserve Preserve the XON and XOFF sequences (\fB^Q\fR and \fB^S\fR) so they will be caught by the terminal. +Note that option \fB\-/\fR (\fB\-\-modernbindings\fR) overrides this. .TP .BR \-q ", " \-\-indicator Display a "scrollbar" on the righthand side of the edit window. @@ -338,7 +365,7 @@ filename in the center of the title bar. .BR \-_ ", " \-\-minibar Suppress the title bar and instead show information about the current buffer at the bottom of the screen, in the space -for the status bar. In this "minibar" the filename is shown +for the status bar. In this "mini bar" the filename is shown on the left, followed by an asterisk if the buffer has been modified. On the right are displayed the current line and column number, the code of the character under the cursor (in Unicode format: U+xxxx), @@ -359,6 +386,19 @@ The status bar appears only when there is a significant message, and disappears after 1.5 seconds or upon the next keystroke. With \fBM\-Z\fR the title bar plus status bar can be toggled. With \fBM\-X\fR the help lines. +.TP +.BR \-/ ", " \-\-modernbindings +Use key bindings similar to the ones that most modern programs use: +\fB^X\fR cuts, \fB^C\fR copies, \fB^V\fR pastes, +\fB^Z\fR undoes, \fB^Y\fR redoes, +\fB^F\fR searches forward, \fB^G\fR searches next, +\fB^S\fR saves, \fB^O\fR opens a file, \fB^Q\fR quits, +and (when the terminal permits) \fB^H\fR shows help. +Furthermore, \fB^A\fR sets the mark, +\fB^R\fR makes replacements, \fB^D\fR searches previous, +\fB^P\fR shows the position, \fB^T\fR goes to a line, +\fB^W\fR writes out a file, and \fB^E\fR executes a command. +Note that this overrides option \fB\-p\fR (\fB\-\-preserve\fR). .SH TOGGLES Several of the above options can be switched on and off also while @@ -391,6 +431,9 @@ Suspension is enabled by default, reachable via \fB^T^Z\fR. (If you want a plain \fB^Z\fR to suspend nano, add \fBbind ^Z suspend main\fR to your nanorc.) .sp +When you want to copy marked text from \fBnano\fR to the system's clipboard, +see one of the examples in the \fBnanorc\fR(5) man page. +.sp If no alternative spell checker command is specified on the command line nor in one of the \fInanorc\fP files, \fBnano\fP will check the \fBSPELL\fP environment variable for one. @@ -404,6 +447,9 @@ that name already exists in the current directory, it will add ".save" plus a number (e.g.\& ".save.1") to the current filename in order to make it unique. In multibuffer mode, \fBnano\fP will write all the open buffers to their respective emergency files. +.sp +If you have any question about how to use \fBnano\fR in some specific +situation, you can ask on \fIhelp-nano@gnu.org\fR. .SH BUGS The recording and playback of keyboard macros works correctly only on a diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncurses6-config.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncurses6-config.1 index ab46120d..c0401a25 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncurses6-config.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncurses6-config.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2020-2021,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2020-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.22 2023/12/23 23:44:26 tom Exp $ -.TH ncurses6-config 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.24 2024/04/20 21:13:38 tom Exp $ +.TH ncurses6-config 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .SH NAME \fB\%ncurses6-config\fP \- configuration helper for \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 index a54d90fe..79c91b4d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ncursesw6-config.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2020-2021,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2020-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.22 2023/12/23 23:44:26 tom Exp $ -.TH ncursesw6-config 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: MKncu_config.in,v 1.24 2024/04/20 21:13:38 tom Exp $ +.TH ncursesw6-config 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .SH NAME \fB\%ncursesw6-config\fP \- configuration helper for \fI\%ncurses\fP libraries diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/networkctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/networkctl.1 index ae64e56a..7bdbc0e0 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/networkctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/networkctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "NETWORKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "networkctl" +.TH "NETWORKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "networkctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,86 +60,124 @@ The operational status is one of the following: .PP missing .RS 4 -the device is missing +The device is missing\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP off .RS 4 -the device is powered down +The device is powered down\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP no\-carrier .RS 4 -the device is powered up, but it does not yet have a carrier +The device is powered up, but does not yet have a carrier\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP dormant .RS 4 -the device has a carrier, but is not yet ready for normal traffic +The device has a carrier, but is not yet ready for normal traffic\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP degraded\-carrier .RS 4 -one of the bonding or bridge slave network interfaces is in off, no\-carrier, or dormant state, and the master interface has no address\&. +One of the bonding or bridge slave network interfaces is in off, no\-carrier, or dormant state, and the master interface has no address\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP carrier .RS 4 -the link has a carrier, or for bond or bridge master, all bonding or bridge slave network interfaces are enslaved to the master +The link has carrier, or for bond or bridge master, all bonding or bridge slave network interfaces are enslaved to the master\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP degraded .RS 4 -the link has carrier and addresses valid on the local link configured\&. For bond or bridge master this means that not all slave network interfaces have carrier but at least one does\&. +The link has carrier and addresses valid on the local link configured\&. For bond or bridge master this means that not all slave network interfaces have carrier but at least one does\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP enslaved .RS 4 -the link has carrier and is enslaved to bond or bridge master network interface +The link has carrier and is enslaved to bond or bridge master network interface\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP routable .RS 4 -the link has carrier and routable address configured\&. For bond or bridge master it is not necessary for all slave network interfaces to have carrier, but at least one must\&. +The link has carrier and routable address configured\&. For bond or bridge master it is not necessary for all slave network interfaces to have carrier, but at least one must\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .sp The setup status is one of the following: .PP pending .RS 4 -udev is still processing the link, we don\*(Aqt yet know if we will manage it +\fBsystemd-udevd\fR(8) +is still processing the link, we don\*(Aqt yet know if we will manage it\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP initialized .RS 4 -udev has processed the link, but we don\*(Aqt yet know if we will manage it +\fBsystemd-udevd\fR(8) +has processed the link, but we don\*(Aqt yet know if we will manage it\&. +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP configuring .RS 4 -in the process of retrieving configuration or configuring the link +Configuration for the link is being retrieved or the link is being configured\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP configured .RS 4 -link configured successfully +Link has been configured successfully\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP unmanaged .RS 4 -networkd is not handling the link +\fBsystemd\-networkd\fR +is not handling the link\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP failed .RS 4 -networkd failed to manage the link +\fBsystemd\-networkd\fR +failed to configure the link\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP linger .RS 4 -the link is gone, but has not yet been dropped by networkd +The link is gone, but has not yet been dropped by +\fBsystemd\-networkd\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBstatus\fR [\fIPATTERN\&...\fR] @@ -174,24 +212,33 @@ In the overall network status, the online state depends on the individual online .PP unknown .RS 4 -all links have unknown online status (i\&.e\&. there are no required links) +All links have unknown online status (i\&.e\&. there are no required links)\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP offline .RS 4 -all required links are offline +All required links are offline\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP partial .RS 4 -some, but not all, required links are online +Some, but not all, required links are online\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP online .RS 4 -all required links are online +All required links are online\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBlldp\fR [\fIPATTERN\&...\fR] @@ -222,6 +269,8 @@ s \- Service VLAN, m \- Two\-port MAC Relay (TPMR) .if n \{\ .RE .\} +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fBlabel\fR @@ -253,31 +302,43 @@ Prefix/Prefixlen Label .if n \{\ .RE .\} +.sp +Added in version 234\&. .RE .PP \fBdelete\fR \fIDEVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Deletes virtual netdevs\&. Takes interface name or index number\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fBup\fR \fIDEVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Bring devices up\&. Takes interface name or index number\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBdown\fR \fIDEVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Bring devices down\&. Takes interface name or index number\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBrenew\fR \fIDEVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Renew dynamic configurations e\&.g\&. addresses received from DHCP server\&. Takes interface name or index number\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fBforcerenew\fR \fIDEVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Send a FORCERENEW message to all connected clients, triggering DHCP reconfiguration\&. Takes interface name or index number\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBreconfigure\fR \fIDEVICE\&...\fR @@ -289,6 +350,8 @@ or corresponding to the specified interface\&. So, if you edit config files, it is necessary to call \fBnetworkctl reload\fR first to apply new settings\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fBreload\fR @@ -306,6 +369,8 @@ is modified or removed, does not update or remove the netdev\&. If a new, modified or removed \&.network file is found, then all interfaces which match the file are reconfigured\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fBedit\fR \fIFILE\fR|\fI@DEVICE\fR\&... @@ -334,9 +399,11 @@ or files finishes\&. The same applies for \&.link files and -\fBsystemd\-udevd\fR\&. Note that the changed link settings are not automatically applied after reloading\&. To achieve that, trigger uevents for the corresponding interface\&. Refer to +\fBsystemd-udevd\fR(8)\&. Note that the changed link settings are not automatically applied after reloading\&. To achieve that, trigger uevents for the corresponding interface\&. Refer to \fBsystemd.link\fR(5) for more information\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBcat\fR \fIFILE\fR|\fI@DEVICE\fR\&... @@ -345,6 +412,8 @@ Show network configuration files\&. This command honors the "@" prefix in the same way as \fBedit\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -354,41 +423,53 @@ The following options are understood: .RS 4 Show all links with \fBstatus\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-s\fR \fB\-\-stats\fR .RS 4 Show link statistics with \fBstatus\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR .RS 4 Do not ellipsize the output\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-lines=\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBstatus\fR, controls the number of journal lines to show, counting from the most recent ones\&. Takes a positive integer argument\&. Defaults to 10\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR +\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR\fINAME\fR .RS 4 -\fINAME\fRWhen used with +When used with \fBedit\fR, edit the drop\-in file \fINAME\fR instead of the main configuration file\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-reload\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBedit\fR, -\fBsystemd\-networkd\fR +\fBsystemd-networkd.service\fR(8) or -\fBsystemd\-udevd\fR +\fBsystemd-udevd.service\fR(8) will not be reloaded after the editing finishes\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ngettext.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ngettext.1 index 72df2ab5..ab31d199 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ngettext.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ngettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH NGETTEXT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH NGETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-runtime 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ngettext \- translate message and choose plural form .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-1997, 2000\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-1997, 2000\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nice.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nice.1 index 8eff2812..77e69c5e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nice.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nice.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NICE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NICE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nice \- run a program with modified scheduling priority .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of nice, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of nice, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SS "Exit status:" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nl.1 index 0787ea76..db515c19 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NL "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nl \- number lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nm.1 index 8d6ece24..109854af 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nm.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "NM 1" -.TH NM 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH NM 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nohup.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nohup.1 index 7c740269..c35f81f2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nohup.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nohup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NOHUP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NOHUP "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nohup \- run a command immune to hangups, with output to a non-tty .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ If standard output is a terminal, append output to 'nohup.out' if possible, If standard error is a terminal, redirect it to standard output. To save output to FILE, use 'nohup COMMAND > FILE'. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of nohup, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of nohup, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SS "Exit status:" @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nproc.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nproc.1 index 9e9c0499..39f7c013 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nproc.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/nproc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NPROC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NPROC "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME nproc \- print the number of processing units available .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/numfmt.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/numfmt.1 index d2205663..f6e09a13 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/numfmt.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/numfmt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH NUMFMT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH NUMFMT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME numfmt \- Convert numbers from/to human-readable strings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ no auto\-scaling is done; suffixes will trigger an error auto accept optional single/two letter suffix: .IP -1K = 1000, +1K = 1000, 1k = 1000, 1Ki = 1024, 1M = 1000000, 1Mi = 1048576, @@ -90,21 +90,21 @@ accept optional single/two letter suffix: si accept optional single letter suffix: .IP -1K = 1000, +1k = 1000, 1K = 1000, 1M = 1000000, \&... .TP iec accept optional single letter suffix: .IP -1K = 1024, +1K = 1024, 1k = 1024, 1M = 1048576, \&... .TP iec\-i accept optional two\-letter suffix: .IP -1Ki = 1024, +1Ki = 1024, 1ki = 1024, 1Mi = 1048576, \&... .SS "FIELDS supports \fBcut\fP(1) style field ranges:" @@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ errors are not diagnosed and the exit status is 0. .IP \f(CW$ numfmt --to=si 1000\fR .IP -\-> "1.0K" +\-> "1.0k" .IP \f(CW$ numfmt --to=iec 2048\fR .IP @@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objcopy.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objcopy.1 index 9de2578c..737418d8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objcopy.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objcopy.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJCOPY 1" -.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJCOPY 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objdump.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objdump.1 index adec2400..ee8abc39 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objdump.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/objdump.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "OBJDUMP 1" -.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH OBJDUMP 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/od.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/od.1 index aed3fa03..36037d07 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/od.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/od.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH OD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH OD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME od \- dump files in octal and other formats .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -120,8 +120,9 @@ hexadecimal, SIZE bytes per integer .PP SIZE is a number. For TYPE in [doux], SIZE may also be C for sizeof(char), S for sizeof(short), I for sizeof(int) or L for -sizeof(long). If TYPE is f, SIZE may also be F for sizeof(float), D -for sizeof(double) or L for sizeof(long double). +sizeof(long). If TYPE is f, SIZE may also be B for Brain 16 bit, +H for Half precision float, F for sizeof(float), D for sizeof(double), +or L for sizeof(long double). .PP Adding a z suffix to any type displays printable characters at the end of each output line. @@ -158,7 +159,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/oomctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/oomctl.1 index fa78a83a..7c672b24 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/oomctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/oomctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "OOMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "oomctl" +.TH "OOMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "oomctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -39,6 +39,8 @@ The following commands are understood: .RS 4 Show the current state of the cgroups and system contexts stored by \fBsystemd\-oomd\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/paste.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/paste.1 index 10f39968..20506e67 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/paste.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/paste.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PASTE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PASTE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME paste \- merge lines of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pathchk.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pathchk.1 index 1d84f166..6d7ff5df 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pathchk.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pathchk.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PATHCHK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PATHCHK "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pathchk \- check whether file names are valid or portable .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2dsc.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2dsc.1 index ff73bf90..c26d6537 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2dsc.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2dsc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2DSC 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2DSC 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2dsc \- generate a PostScript page list of a PDF document .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,6 +28,6 @@ Ghostscript since release 3.53. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ghostview(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Yves Arrouye <yves.arrouye@usa.net> and Russell Lang gsview at ghostgum.com.au diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2ps.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2ps.1 index b81c5710..fece40de 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pdf2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDF2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PDF2PS 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pdf2ps \- Ghostscript PDF to PostScript translator .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ LanguageLevel 3 in the output. Run "\fBgs -h\fR" to find the location of Ghostscript documentation on your system, from which you can get more details. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/perl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/perl.1 index 71e16eb5..cce59669 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/perl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/perl.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "PERL 1" -.TH PERL 1 2023-11-27 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" +.TH PERL 1 2024-04-12 "perl v5.38.2" "Perl Programmers Reference Guide" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pf2afm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pf2afm.1 index d0b07708..5b693176 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pf2afm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pf2afm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PF2AFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PF2AFM 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pf2afm \- Make an AFM file from Postscript (PFB/PFA/PFM) font files using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ gs(1) .br pf2afm.ps in the Ghostscript lib directory. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pfbtopfa.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pfbtopfa.1 index 9b01b0d2..8a2dd0a8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pfbtopfa.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pfbtopfa.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PFBTOPFA 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME pfbtopfa \- Convert Postscript .pfb fonts to .pfa format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ to convert a .pfb file into a .pfa file. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pinky.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pinky.1 index ff8ca242..5481caf9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pinky.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pinky.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PINKY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PINKY "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pinky \- lightweight finger .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -36,6 +36,9 @@ omit the user's full name and remote host in short format omit the user's full name, remote host and idle time in short format .TP +\fB\-\-lookup\fR +attempt to canonicalize hostnames via DNS +.TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP @@ -51,7 +54,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pldd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pldd.1 index f6859bc2..26775512 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pldd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pldd.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH pldd 1 2023-03-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH pldd 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME pldd \- display dynamic shared objects linked into a process .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,13 +19,17 @@ The list includes the libraries that have been dynamically loaded using .BR dlopen (3). .SH OPTIONS .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Display a help message and exit. .TP .B \-\-usage Display a short usage message and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Display program version information and exit. .SH EXIT STATUS On success, @@ -48,16 +52,16 @@ None. glibc 2.15. .SH NOTES The command -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX lsof \-p PID .EE .in -.PP +.P also shows output that includes the dynamic shared objects that are linked into a process. -.PP +.P The .BR gdb (1) .I "info shared" @@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ so that one can obtain similar output to using a command such as the following (to monitor the process with the specified .IR pid ): -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBgdb \-ex "set confirm off" \-ex "set height 0" \-ex "info shared" \e\fP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/portablectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/portablectl.1 index a74fef62..661e0a00 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/portablectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/portablectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "PORTABLECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "portablectl" +.TH "PORTABLECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "portablectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -38,10 +38,10 @@ or \fIRootImage=\fR assignments (in case of service units) pointing to the image file or directory, ensuring the services will run within the file system context of the image\&. .PP -Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached the local system the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see +Portable service images are an efficient way to bundle multiple related services and other units together, and transfer them as a whole between systems\&. When these images are attached to the local system, the contained units may run in most ways like regular system\-provided units, either with full privileges or inside strict sandboxing, depending on the selected configuration\&. For more details, see \m[blue]\fBPortable Services Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. .PP -Specifically portable service images may be of the following kind: +Portable service images may be of the following kinds: .sp .RS 4 .ie n \{\ @@ -86,6 +86,8 @@ The following commands are understood: \fBlist\fR .RS 4 List available portable service images\&. This will list all portable service images discovered in the portable image search paths (see below), along with brief metadata and state information\&. Note that many of the commands below may both operate on images inside and outside of the search paths\&. This command is hence mostly a convenience option, the commands are generally not restricted to what this list shows\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBattach\fR \fIIMAGE\fR [\fIPREFIX\&...\fR] @@ -194,6 +196,8 @@ and/or are passed, the portable services are immediately started (blocking operation unless \fB\-\-no\-block\fR is passed) and/or enabled after attaching the image\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBdetach\fR \fIIMAGE\fR [\fIPREFIX\&...\fR] @@ -204,6 +208,8 @@ command above, and removes the unit file copies, drop\-ins and image symlink aga \fBattach\fR also to \fBdetach\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .PP If \fB\-\-now\fR @@ -220,6 +226,8 @@ Detaches an existing portable service image from the host, and immediately attac character has to match\&. If the new image doesn\*(Aqt exist, the existing one will not be detached\&. The parameters follow the same syntax as the \fBattach\fR command\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .PP If \fB\-\-now\fR @@ -243,6 +251,8 @@ os\-release data and the units files\*(Aq contents is displayed unprocessed\&. This command is useful to determine whether an image qualifies as portable service image, and which unit files are included\&. This command expects the path to the image as parameter, optionally followed by a list of unit file prefixes to consider, similar to the \fBattach\fR command described above\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBis\-attached\fR \fIIMAGE\fR @@ -309,16 +319,21 @@ The image is currently attached transiently, and at least one unit file associat T} .TE .sp 1 +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBread\-only\fR \fIIMAGE\fR [\fIBOOL\fR] .RS 4 Marks or (unmarks) a portable service image read\-only\&. Takes an image name, followed by a boolean as arguments\&. If the boolean is omitted, positive is implied, i\&.e\&. the image is marked read\-only\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBremove\fR \fIIMAGE\fR\&... .RS 4 Removes one or more portable service images\&. Note that this command will only remove the specified image path itself \(em it refers to a symbolic link then the symbolic link is removed and not the image it points to\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-limit\fR [\fIIMAGE\fR] \fIBYTES\fR @@ -330,6 +345,8 @@ as size\&. Note that per\-image size limits are only supported on btrfs file systems\&. Also, depending on \fIBindPaths=\fR settings in the portable service\*(Aqs unit files directories from the host might be visible in the image environment during runtime which are not affected by this setting, as only the image itself is counted against this limit\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -338,6 +355,8 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR .RS 4 Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-p\fR \fIPROFILE\fR, \fB\-\-profile=\fR\fIPROFILE\fR @@ -345,6 +364,8 @@ Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. When attaching an image, select the profile to use\&. By default the "default" profile is used\&. For details about profiles, see below\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-copy=\fR @@ -356,6 +377,8 @@ When attaching an image, select whether to prefer copying or symlinking of files (to prefer creation of symbolic links) or "auto" for an intermediary mode where security profile drop\-ins are symlinked while unit files are copied\&. Note that this option expresses a preference only, in cases where symbolic links cannot be created \(em for example when the image operated on is a raw disk image, and hence not directly referentiable from the host file system \(em copying of files is used unconditionally\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-runtime\fR @@ -364,11 +387,15 @@ When specified the unit and drop\-in files are placed in /run/systemd/system\&.attached/ instead of /etc/systemd/system\&.attached/\&. Images attached with this option set hence remain attached only until the next reboot, while they are normally attached persistently\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-reload\fR .RS 4 Don\*(Aqt reload the service manager after attaching or detaching a portable service image\&. Normally the service manager is reloaded to ensure it is aware of added or removed unit files\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cat\fR @@ -376,21 +403,29 @@ Don\*(Aqt reload the service manager after attaching or detaching a portable ser When inspecting portable service images, show the (unprocessed) contents of the metadata files pulled from the image, instead of brief summaries\&. Specifically, this will show the \fBos-release\fR(5) and unit file contents of the image\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-enable\fR .RS 4 Immediately enable/disable the portable service after attaching/detaching\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-now\fR .RS 4 Immediately start/stop/restart the portable service after attaching/before detaching/after upgrading\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-block\fR .RS 4 Don\*(Aqt block waiting for attach \-\-now to complete\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-extension=\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -405,7 +440,9 @@ for the \fIExtensionImages=\fR directive and for the \fBsystemd-sysext\fR(8) -tool\&. The images must contain an +and +\fBsystemd-confext\fR(8) +tools\&. The images must contain an extension\-release file with metadata that matches what is defined in the os\-release @@ -417,6 +454,8 @@ paragraph on \m[blue]\fBPortable Services Documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. .sp Note that the same extensions have to be specified, in the same order, when attaching and detaching\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -424,6 +463,8 @@ Note that the same extensions have to be specified, in the same order, when atta Skip safety checks and attach or detach images (with extensions) without first ensuring that the units are not running, and do not insist that the extension\-release\&.\fINAME\fR file in the extension image has to match the image filename\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -680,6 +721,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -691,6 +738,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pr.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pr.1 index a8278ce9..12bd6f19 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pr.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pr \- convert text files for printing .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printafm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printafm.1 index 83b04307..8a632ccc 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printafm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printafm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PRINTAFM 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PRINTAFM 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME printafm \- Print the metrics from a Postscript font in AFM format using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Output goes to stdout. .SH SEE ALSO gs(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printenv.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printenv.1 index 711b4d59..133dab20 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printenv.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printenv.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTENV "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTENV "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME printenv \- print all or part of environment .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of printenv, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of printenv, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printf.1 index 705802cc..fe30289a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/printf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PRINTF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PRINTF "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME printf \- format and print data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ escaping non\-printable characters with the proposed POSIX $'' syntax. and all C format specifications ending with one of diouxXfeEgGcs, with ARGUMENTs converted to proper type first. Variable widths are handled. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of printf, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of printf, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ascii.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ascii.1 index e36de044..8f4ed499 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ascii.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ascii.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2ASCII 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2ASCII 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ascii \- Ghostscript translator from PostScript or PDF to ASCII .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO pstotext(1), http://www.research.digital.com/SRC/virtualpaper/pstotext.html .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2epsi.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2epsi.1 index 4911c9de..fb7010e6 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2epsi.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2epsi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2EPSI 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2EPSI 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2epsi \- generate conforming Encapsulated PostScript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ ps2epsi.ps>the Ghostscript program which does the work .SH SEE ALSO gs (1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. However, the content may be obsolete, or inconsistent with ps2epsi.txt. .SH AUTHOR George Cameron diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdf.1 index c8288b6e..731d0209 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDF 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDF 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdf \- Convert PostScript to PDF using ghostscript .br @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ VectorDevices.htm in the Ghostscript documentation See http://bugs.ghostscript.com/ and the Usenet news group comp.lang.postscript. .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 index cfd2a8e8..0172d120 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2pdfwr.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PDFWR 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 Ghostscript \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2pdfwr \- Convert PostScript to PDF without specifying CompatibilityLevel, using ghostscript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ scripts all invoke this one with the addition of the respective compatibility le .SH SEE ALSO gs(1), ps2pdf(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ps.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ps.1 index 884aa021..c23db6d2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ps.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ps2ps.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PS2PS 1 "01 November 2023" 10.02.1 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- +.TH PS2PS 1 "06 March 2024" 10.03.0 "Ghostscript Tools" \" -*- nroff -*- .SH NAME ps2ps, eps2eps \- Ghostscript PostScript "distiller" .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ system, from which you can get more details. .SH SEE ALSO ps2pdf(1), ps2ascii(1), ps2epsi(1) .SH VERSION -This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.02.1. +This document was last revised for Ghostscript version 10.03.0. .SH AUTHOR Artifex Software, Inc. are the primary maintainers of Ghostscript. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ptx.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ptx.1 index 96d491f1..51e15980 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ptx.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ptx.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PTX "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PTX "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME ptx \- produce a permuted index of file contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pwd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pwd.1 index fa32ba9c..0f03b3f1 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pwd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pwd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH PWD "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH PWD "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME pwd \- print name of current/working directory .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ output version information and exit .PP If no option is specified, \fB\-P\fR is assumed. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of pwd, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of pwd, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pzstd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pzstd.1 index 44974eb4..cc6f969e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pzstd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/pzstd.1 @@ -1,176 +1,263 @@ -.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstd\fR \- zstd, zstdmt, unzstd, zstdcat \- Compress or decompress \.zst files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.TS -allbox; -\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\- \fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] -.TE +\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\-|\fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] +. .P \fBzstdmt\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-T0\fR +. .P \fBunzstd\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-d\fR +. .P \fBzstdcat\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-dcf\fR +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" -\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core\. +\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core, which remains roughly stable at all compression settings\. +. .P -\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following differences: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following few differences: +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 Source files are preserved by default\. It\'s possible to remove them automatically by using the \fB\-\-rm\fR command\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing a single file, \fBzstd\fR displays progress notifications and result summary by default\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn them off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR displays a short help page when command line is an error\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn it off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not accept input from console, though it does accept \fBstdin\fR when it\'s not the console\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not store the input\'s filename or attributes, only its contents\. +. .IP "" 0 +. .P \fBzstd\fR processes each \fIfile\fR according to the selected operation mode\. If no \fIfiles\fR are given or \fIfile\fR is \fB\-\fR, \fBzstd\fR reads from standard input and writes the processed data to standard output\. \fBzstd\fR will refuse to write compressed data to standard output if it is a terminal: it will display an error message and skip the file\. Similarly, \fBzstd\fR will refuse to read compressed data from standard input if it is a terminal\. +. .P Unless \fB\-\-stdout\fR or \fB\-o\fR is specified, \fIfiles\fR are written to a new file whose name is derived from the source \fIfile\fR name: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing, the suffix \fB\.zst\fR is appended to the source filename to get the target filename\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When decompressing, the \fB\.zst\fR suffix is removed from the source filename to get the target filename +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "Concatenation with \.zst Files" It is possible to concatenate multiple \fB\.zst\fR files\. \fBzstd\fR will decompress such agglomerated file as if it was a single \fB\.zst\fR file\. +. .SH "OPTIONS" +. .SS "Integer Suffixes and Special Values" In most places where an integer argument is expected, an optional suffix is supported to easily indicate large integers\. There must be no space between the integer and the suffix\. +. .TP \fBKiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2\e^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +. .TP \fBMiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2\e^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +. .SS "Operation Mode" If multiple operation mode options are given, the last one takes effect\. +. .TP \fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-compress\fR Compress\. This is the default operation mode when no operation mode option is specified and no other operation mode is implied from the command name (for example, \fBunzstd\fR implies \fB\-\-decompress\fR)\. +. .TP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-decompress\fR, \fB\-\-uncompress\fR Decompress\. +. .TP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-test\fR Test the integrity of compressed \fIfiles\fR\. This option is equivalent to \fB\-\-decompress \-\-stdout > /dev/null\fR, decompressed data is discarded and checksummed for errors\. No files are created or removed\. +. .TP \fB\-b#\fR Benchmark file(s) using compression level \fI#\fR\. See \fIBENCHMARK\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-\-train FILES\fR Use \fIFILES\fR as a training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should contain a lot of small files (> 100)\. See \fIDICTIONARY BUILDER\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR Display information related to a zstd compressed file, such as size, ratio, and checksum\. Some of these fields may not be available\. This command\'s output can be augmented with the \fB\-v\fR modifier\. +. .SS "Operation Modifiers" -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3)\. Higher compression levels \fIgenerally\fR produce higher compression ratio at the expense of speed and memory\. A rough rule of thumb is that compression speed is expected to be divided by 2 every 2 levels\. Technically, each level is mapped to a set of advanced parameters (that can also be modified individually, see below)\. Because the compressor\'s behavior highly depends on the content to compress, there\'s no guarantee of a smooth progression from one level to another\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-ultra\fR: unlocks high compression levels 20+ (maximum 22), using a lot more memory\. Note that decompression will also require more memory when using these levels\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-fast[=#]\fR: switch to ultra\-fast compression levels\. If \fB=#\fR is not present, it defaults to \fB1\fR\. The higher the value, the faster the compression speed, at the cost of some compression ratio\. This setting overwrites compression level if one was set previously\. Similarly, if a compression level is set after \fB\-\-fast\fR, it overrides it\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-T#\fR, \fB\-\-threads=#\fR: Compress using \fB#\fR working threads (default: 1)\. If \fB#\fR is 0, attempt to detect and use the number of physical CPU cores\. In all cases, the nb of threads is capped to \fBZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX\fR, which is either 64 in 32\-bit mode, or 256 for 64\-bit environments\. This modifier does nothing if \fBzstd\fR is compiled without multithread support\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR: Use a single thread for both I/O and compression\. As compression is serialized with I/O, this can be slightly slower\. Single\-thread mode features significantly lower memory usage, which can be useful for systems with limited amount of memory, such as 32\-bit systems\. +. .IP Note 1: this mode is the only available one when multithread support is disabled\. +. .IP Note 2: this mode is different from \fB\-T1\fR, which spawns 1 compression thread in parallel with I/O\. Final compressed result is also slightly different from \fB\-T1\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-auto\-threads={physical,logical} (default: physical)\fR: When using a default amount of threads via \fB\-T0\fR, choose the default based on the number of detected physical or logical cores\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-adapt[=min=#,max=#]\fR: \fBzstd\fR will dynamically adapt compression level to perceived I/O conditions\. Compression level adaptation can be observed live by using command \fB\-v\fR\. Adaptation can be constrained between supplied \fBmin\fR and \fBmax\fR levels\. The feature works when combined with multi\-threading and \fB\-\-long\fR mode\. It does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. It sets window size to 8 MiB by default (can be changed manually, see \fBwlog\fR)\. Due to the chaotic nature of dynamic adaptation, compressed result is not reproducible\. +. .IP \fINote\fR: at the time of this writing, \fB\-\-adapt\fR can remain stuck at low speed when combined with multiple worker threads (>=2)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-long[=#]\fR: enables long distance matching with \fB#\fR \fBwindowLog\fR, if \fB#\fR is not present it defaults to \fB27\fR\. This increases the window size (\fBwindowLog\fR) and memory usage for both the compressor and decompressor\. This setting is designed to improve the compression ratio for files with long matches at a large distance\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-D DICT\fR: use \fBDICT\fR as Dictionary to compress or decompress FILE(s) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-patch\-from FILE\fR: Specify the file to be used as a reference point for zstd\'s diff engine\. This is effectively dictionary compression with some convenient parameter selection, namely that \fIwindowSize\fR > \fIsrcSize\fR\. +. .IP Note: cannot use both this and \fB\-D\fR together\. +. .IP Note: \fB\-\-long\fR mode will be automatically activated if \fIchainLog\fR < \fIfileLog\fR (\fIfileLog\fR being the \fIwindowLog\fR required to cover the whole file)\. You can also manually force it\. +. .IP Note: for all levels, you can use \fB\-\-patch\-from\fR in \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR mode to improve compression ratio at the cost of speed\. +. .IP Note: for level 19, you can get increased compression ratio at the cost of speed by specifying \fB\-\-zstd=targetLength=\fR to be something large (i\.e\. 4096), and by setting a large \fB\-\-zstd=chainLog=\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR: \fBzstd\fR will periodically synchronize the compression state to make the compressed file more rsync\-friendly\. There is a negligible impact to compression ratio, and a potential impact to compression speed, perceptible at higher speeds, for example when combining \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR with many parallel worker threads\. This feature does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. You probably don\'t want to use it with long range mode, since it will decrease the effectiveness of the synchronization points, but your mileage may vary\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-[no\-]check\fR: add integrity check computed from uncompressed data (default: enabled) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]content\-size\fR: enable / disable whether or not the original size of the file is placed in the header of the compressed file\. The default option is \fB\-\-content\-size\fR (meaning that the original size will be placed in the header)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-dictID\fR: do not store dictionary ID within frame header (dictionary compression)\. The decoder will have to rely on implicit knowledge about which dictionary to use, it won\'t be able to check if it\'s correct\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR: Set a memory usage limit\. By default, \fBzstd\fR uses 128 MiB for decompression as the maximum amount of memory the decompressor is allowed to use, but you can override this manually if need be in either direction (i\.e\. you can increase or decrease it)\. +. .IP This is also used during compression when using with \fB\-\-patch\-from=\fR\. In this case, this parameter overrides that maximum size allowed for a dictionary\. (128 MiB)\. +. .IP Additionally, this can be used to limit memory for dictionary training\. This parameter overrides the default limit of 2 GiB\. zstd will load training samples up to the memory limit and ignore the rest\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-stream\-size=#\fR: Sets the pledged source size of input coming from a stream\. This value must be exact, as it will be included in the produced frame header\. Incorrect stream sizes will cause an error\. This information will be used to better optimize compression parameters, resulting in better and potentially faster compression, especially for smaller source sizes\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-size\-hint=#\fR: When handling input from a stream, \fBzstd\fR must guess how large the source size will be when optimizing compression parameters\. If the stream size is relatively small, this guess may be a poor one, resulting in a higher compression ratio than expected\. This feature allows for controlling the guess when needed\. Exact guesses result in better compression ratios\. Overestimates result in slightly degraded compression ratios, while underestimates may result in significant degradation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-target\-compressed\-block\-size=#\fR: Attempt to produce compressed blocks of approximately this size\. This will split larger blocks in order to approach this target\. This feature is notably useful for improved latency, when the receiver can leverage receiving early incomplete data\. This parameter defines a loose target: compressed blocks will target this size "on average", but individual blocks can still be larger or smaller\. Enabling this feature can decrease compression speed by up to ~10% at level 1\. Higher levels will see smaller relative speed regression, becoming invisible at higher settings\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR: disable input and output checks\. Allows overwriting existing files, input from console, output to stdout, operating on links, block devices, etc\. During decompression and when the output destination is stdout, pass\-through unrecognized formats as\-is\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files unchanged\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files (disable \fB\-\-rm\fR)\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. Note that this operation is in conflict with \fB\-c\fR\. If both operations are present on the command line, the last expressed one wins\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]sparse\fR: enable / disable sparse FS support, to make files with many zeroes smaller on disk\. Creating sparse files may save disk space and speed up decompression by reducing the amount of disk I/O\. default: enabled when output is into a file, and disabled when output is stdout\. This setting overrides default and can force sparse mode over stdout\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]pass\-through\fR enable / disable passing through uncompressed files as\-is\. During decompression when pass\-through is enabled, unrecognized formats will be copied as\-is from the input to the output\. By default, pass\-through will occur when the output destination is stdout and the force (\fB\-f\fR) option is set\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rm\fR: remove source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This command is silently ignored if output is \fBstdout\fR\. If used in combination with \fB\-o\fR, triggers a confirmation prompt (which can be silenced with \fB\-f\fR), as this is a destructive operation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keep\fR: keep source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This is the default behavior\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-r\fR: operate recursively on directories\. It selects all files in the named directory and all its subdirectories\. This can be useful both to reduce command line typing, and to circumvent shell expansion limitations, when there are a lot of files and naming breaks the maximum size of a command line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-filelist FILE\fR read a list of files to process as content from \fBFILE\fR\. Format is compatible with \fBls\fR output, with one file per line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat DIR\fR: resulting files are stored into target \fBDIR\fR directory, instead of same directory as origin file\. Be aware that this command can introduce name collision issues, if multiple files, from different directories, end up having the same name\. Collision resolution ensures first file with a given name will be present in \fBDIR\fR, while in combination with \fB\-f\fR, the last file will be present instead\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-mirror DIR\fR: similar to \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR, the output files are stored underneath target \fBDIR\fR directory, but this option will replicate input directory hierarchy into output \fBDIR\fR\. +. .IP If input directory contains "\.\.", the files in this directory will be ignored\. If input directory is an absolute directory (i\.e\. "/var/tmp/abc"), it will be stored into the "output\-dir/var/tmp/abc"\. If there are multiple input files or directories, name collision resolution will follow the same rules as \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-format=FORMAT\fR: compress and decompress in other formats\. If compiled with support, zstd can compress to or decompress from other compression algorithm formats\. Possibly available options are \fBzstd\fR, \fBgzip\fR, \fBxz\fR, \fBlzma\fR, and \fBlz4\fR\. If no such format is provided, \fBzstd\fR is the default\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-h\fR/\fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR: display help/long help and exit -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and exit\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-q\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and immediately exit\. note that, since it exits, flags specified after \fB\-V\fR are effectively ignored\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-qV\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR: verbose mode, display more information -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR: suppress warnings, interactivity, and notifications\. specify twice to suppress errors too\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-progress\fR: do not display the progress bar, but keep all other messages\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR: shows the default compression parameters that will be used for a particular input file, based on the provided compression level and the input size\. If the provided file is not a regular file (e\.g\. a pipe), this flag will output the parameters used for inputs of unknown size\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-exclude\-compressed\fR: only compress files that are not already compressed\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-\fR: All arguments after \fB\-\-\fR are treated as files +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "gzip Operation Modifiers" When invoked via a \fBgzip\fR symlink, \fBzstd\fR will support further options that intend to mimic the \fBgzip\fR behavior: +. .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-name\fR do not store the original filename and timestamps when compressing a file\. This is the default behavior and hence a no\-op\. +. .TP \fB\-\-best\fR alias to the option \fB\-9\fR\. +. .SS Parallel Zstd OPTIONS Additional options for the pzstd utility .TP @@ -178,210 +265,308 @@ Additional options for the pzstd utility number of threads to use for (de)compression (default:4) . .SS "Environment Variables" -Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the default compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +. .P \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR can be used to set the level between 1 and 19 (the "normal" range)\. If the value of \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR is not a valid integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR just replaces the default compression level (\fB3\fR)\. +. .P -\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this to have any effect\. +\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this variable to have any effect\. +. .P They can both be overridden by corresponding command line arguments: \fB\-#\fR for compression level and \fB\-T#\fR for number of compression threads\. -.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" -\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR -Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. -.IP -Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. -.IP -\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. -.TP -\fB\-o FILE\fR -Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. -.TP -\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR -Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. -.TP -\fB\-#\fR -Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR -Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) -.TP -\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR -Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. -.IP -In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. -.TP -\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR -A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. -.IP -Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2\e^31, so they should not be used in public\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR -Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. -.IP -Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR -Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. -.IP -\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR -Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR -.SH "BENCHMARK" -.TP -\fB\-b#\fR -benchmark file(s) using compression level # -.TP -\fB\-e#\fR -benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) -.TP -\fB\-i#\fR -minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR -cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) -.TP -\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR -set process priority to real\-time -.P -\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed -.P -\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "ADVANCED COMPRESSION OPTIONS" -### \-B#: Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. A compression level is translated internally into multiple advanced parameters that control the behavior of the compressor (one can observe the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR)\. These advanced parameters can be overridden using advanced compression options\. +. .SS "\-\-zstd[=options]:" -\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. This compression level is translated internally into a number of specific parameters that actually control the behavior of the compressor\. (You can see the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR\.) These specific parameters can be overridden with advanced compression options\. The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +. .TP \fBstrategy\fR=\fIstrat\fR, \fBstrat\fR=\fIstrat\fR Specify a strategy used by a match finder\. +. .IP There are 9 strategies numbered from 1 to 9, from fastest to strongest: 1=\fBZSTD_fast\fR, 2=\fBZSTD_dfast\fR, 3=\fBZSTD_greedy\fR, 4=\fBZSTD_lazy\fR, 5=\fBZSTD_lazy2\fR, 6=\fBZSTD_btlazy2\fR, 7=\fBZSTD_btopt\fR, 8=\fBZSTD_btultra\fR, 9=\fBZSTD_btultra2\fR\. +. .TP \fBwindowLog\fR=\fIwlog\fR, \fBwlog\fR=\fIwlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a match distance\. +. .IP The higher number of increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also increases memory requirements for the compressor and decompressor\. The minimum \fIwlog\fR is 10 (1 KiB) and the maximum is 30 (1 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 31 (2 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. +. .TP \fBhashLog\fR=\fIhlog\fR, \fBhlog\fR=\fIhlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a hash table\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables cause fewer collisions which usually makes compression faster, but requires more memory during compression\. +. .IP The minimum \fIhlog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB)\. +. .TP \fBchainLog\fR=\fIclog\fR, \fBclog\fR=\fIclog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for the secondary search structure, whose form depends on the selected \fBstrategy\fR\. +. .IP Higher numbers of bits increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also slows down compression speed and increases memory requirements for compression\. This option is ignored for the \fBZSTD_fast\fR \fBstrategy\fR, which only has the primary hash table\. +. .IP The minimum \fIclog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 29 (512M entries / 2 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .TP \fBsearchLog\fR=\fIslog\fR, \fBslog\fR=\fIslog\fR Specify the maximum number of searches in a hash chain or a binary tree using logarithmic scale\. +. .IP More searches increases the chance to find a match which usually increases compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIslog\fR is 1 and the maximum is \'windowLog\' \- 1\. +. .TP \fBminMatch\fR=\fImml\fR, \fBmml\fR=\fImml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match in a hash table\. +. .IP Larger search lengths usually decrease compression ratio but improve decompression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fImml\fR is 3 and the maximum is 7\. +. .TP \fBtargetLength\fR=\fItlen\fR, \fBtlen\fR=\fItlen\fR The impact of this field vary depending on selected strategy\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_btopt\fR, \fBZSTD_btultra\fR and \fBZSTD_btultra2\fR, it specifies the minimum match length that causes match finder to stop searching\. A larger \fBtargetLength\fR usually improves compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_fast\fR, it triggers ultra\-fast mode when > 0\. The value represents the amount of data skipped between match sampling\. Impact is reversed: a larger \fBtargetLength\fR increases compression speed but decreases compression ratio\. +. .IP For all other strategies, this field has no impact\. +. .IP The minimum \fItlen\fR is 0 and the maximum is 128 KiB\. +. .TP \fBoverlapLog\fR=\fIovlog\fR, \fBovlog\fR=\fIovlog\fR Determine \fBoverlapSize\fR, amount of data reloaded from previous job\. This parameter is only available when multithreading is enabled\. Reloading more data improves compression ratio, but decreases speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIovlog\fR is 0, and the maximum is 9\. 1 means "no overlap", hence completely independent jobs\. 9 means "full overlap", meaning up to \fBwindowSize\fR is reloaded from previous job\. Reducing \fIovlog\fR by 1 reduces the reloaded amount by a factor 2\. For example, 8 means "windowSize/2", and 6 means "windowSize/8"\. Value 0 is special and means "default": \fIovlog\fR is automatically determined by \fBzstd\fR\. In which case, \fIovlog\fR will range from 6 to 9, depending on selected \fIstrat\fR\. +. .TP \fBldmHashLog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR, \fBlhlog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR Specify the maximum size for a hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables usually improve compression ratio at the expense of more memory during compression and a decrease in compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlhlog\fR is 6 and the maximum is 30 (default: 20)\. +. .TP \fBldmMinMatch\fR=\fIlmml\fR, \fBlmml\fR=\fIlmml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger/very small values usually decrease compression ratio\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlmml\fR is 4 and the maximum is 4096 (default: 64)\. +. .TP \fBldmBucketSizeLog\fR=\fIlblog\fR, \fBlblog\fR=\fIlblog\fR Specify the size of each bucket for the hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger bucket sizes improve collision resolution but decrease compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlblog\fR is 1 and the maximum is 8 (default: 3)\. +. .TP \fBldmHashRateLog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR, \fBlhrlog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR Specify the frequency of inserting entries into the long distance matching hash table\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger values will improve compression speed\. Deviating far from the default value will likely result in a decrease in compression ratio\. +. .IP The default value is \fBwlog \- lhlog\fR\. +. .SS "Example" The following parameters sets advanced compression options to something similar to predefined level 19 for files bigger than 256 KB: +. .P \fB\-\-zstd\fR=wlog=23,clog=23,hlog=22,slog=6,mml=3,tlen=48,strat=6 +. +.SS "\-B#:" +Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +. +.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" +\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR +Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. +. +.IP +Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. +. +.IP +\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. +. +.TP +\fB\-o FILE\fR +Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR +Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. +. +.TP +\fB\-#\fR +Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR +Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) +. +.TP +\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR +Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. +. +.IP +In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR +A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. +. +.IP +Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2^31, so they should not be used in public\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR +Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. +. +.IP +Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR +Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. +. +.IP +\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR +Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR +. +.SH "BENCHMARK" +The \fBzstd\fR CLI provides a benchmarking mode that can be used to easily find suitable compression parameters, or alternatively to benchmark a computer\'s performance\. Note that the results are highly dependent on the content being compressed\. +. +.TP +\fB\-b#\fR +benchmark file(s) using compression level # +. +.TP +\fB\-e#\fR +benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) +. +.TP +\fB\-d\fR +benchmark decompression speed only (requires providing an already zstd\-compressed content) +. +.TP +\fB\-i#\fR +minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR +cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) +. +.TP +\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR +set process priority to real\-time (Windows) +. +.P +\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed +. +.P +\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstdgrep\fR(1), \fBzstdless\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1) +. .P The \fIzstandard\fR format is specified in Y\. Collet, "Zstandard Compression and the \'application/zstd\' Media Type", https://www\.ietf\.org/rfc/rfc8878\.txt, Internet RFC 8878 (February 2021)\. +. .SH "BUGS" Report bugs at: https://github\.com/facebook/zstd/issues +. .SH "AUTHOR" Yann Collet diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ranlib.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ranlib.1 index 8bca8dc9..f189eedf 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ranlib.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ranlib.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "RANLIB 1" -.TH RANLIB 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH RANLIB 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readelf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readelf.1 index 67be33fd..110c3456 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readelf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readelf.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "READELF 1" -.TH READELF 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH READELF 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readlink.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readlink.1 index 30a4d61d..a029c06e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readlink.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/readlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH READLINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH READLINK "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME readlink \- print resolved symbolic links or canonical file names .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ readlink \- print resolved symbolic links or canonical file names [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR]... \fI\,FILE\/\fR... .SH DESCRIPTION .\" Add any additional description here -Note \fBrealpath\fP(1) is the preferred command to use +\fBrealpath\fP(1) is a better command for canonicalization functionality. .PP Print value of a symbolic link or canonical file name @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/realpath.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/realpath.1 index 61589eba..e8c594bc 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/realpath.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/realpath.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH REALPATH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH REALPATH "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME realpath \- print the resolved path .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 index 3a6a9ae6..560dbe8e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/recode-sr-latin.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH RECODE-SR-LATIN "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME recode-sr-latin \- convert Serbian text from Cyrillic to Latin script .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Written by Danilo Segan and Bruno Haible. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2006\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2006\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/resolvectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/resolvectl.1 index f625c8f7..1a735d74 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/resolvectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/resolvectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "RESOLVECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "resolvectl" +.TH "RESOLVECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "resolvectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -54,14 +54,16 @@ are specified, both of which turn this logic off\&. If an international domain name is specified, it is automatically translated according to IDNA rules when resolved via classic DNS \(em but not for look\-ups via MulticastDNS or LLMNR\&. If \fB\-\-type=\fR/\fB\-\-class=\fR is used IDNA translation is turned off and domain names are processed as specified\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBservice\fR [[\fINAME\fR] \fITYPE\fR] \fIDOMAIN\fR .RS 4 Resolve -\m[blue]\fBDNS\-SD\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBRFC 6763 DNS\-SD\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 and -\m[blue]\fBSRV\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBRFC 2782 SRV\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 services, depending on the specified list of parameters\&. If three parameters are passed the first is assumed to be the DNS\-SD service name, the second the \fBSRV\fR service type, and the third the domain to search in\&. In this case a full DNS\-SD style @@ -78,6 +80,8 @@ type, and an \fBSRV\fR lookup is done (no \fBTXT\fR)\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBopenpgp\fR \fIEMAIL@DOMAIN\fR\&... @@ -88,6 +92,8 @@ resource records, see \m[blue]\fBRFC 7929\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2\&. Specified e\-mail addresses are converted to the corresponding DNS domain name, and any \fBOPENPGPKEY\fR keys are printed\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBtlsa\fR [\fIFAMILY\fR] \fIDOMAIN\fR[:\fIPORT\fR]\&... @@ -100,16 +106,22 @@ resource records, see will be used by default\&. The family may be specified as the first argument, otherwise \fBtcp\fR will be used\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBstatus\fR [\fILINK\fR\&...] .RS 4 Shows the global and per\-link DNS settings currently in effect\&. If no command is specified, this is the implied default\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBstatistics\fR .RS 4 Shows general resolver statistics, including information whether DNSSEC is enabled and available, as well as resolution and validation statistics\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBreset\-statistics\fR @@ -117,6 +129,8 @@ Shows general resolver statistics, including information whether DNSSEC is enabl Resets the statistics counters shown in \fBstatistics\fR to zero\&. This operation requires root privileges\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBflush\-caches\fR @@ -126,6 +140,8 @@ Flushes all DNS resource record caches the service maintains locally\&. This is to the \fBsystemd\-resolved\fR service\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBreset\-server\-features\fR @@ -135,6 +151,8 @@ Flushes all feature level information the resolver learnt about specific servers to the \fBsystemd\-resolved\fR service\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBdns\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fISERVER\fR\&...]], \fBdomain\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIDOMAIN\fR\&...]], \fBdefault\-route\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIBOOL\fR\&...]], \fBllmnr\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIMODE\fR]], \fBmdns\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIMODE\fR]], \fBdnssec\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIMODE\fR]], \fBdnsovertls\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIMODE\fR]], \fBnta\fR [\fILINK\fR [\fIDOMAIN\fR\&...]] @@ -176,6 +194,8 @@ can take a single empty string argument to clear their respective value lists\&. .sp For details about these settings, their possible values and their effect, see the corresponding settings in \fBsystemd.network\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBrevert \fR\fB\fILINK\fR\fR @@ -189,6 +209,8 @@ Revert the per\-interface DNS configuration\&. If the DNS configuration is rever \fBdnssec\fR, \fBdnsovertls\fR, \fBnta\fR\&. Note that when a network interface disappears all configuration is lost automatically, an explicit reverting is not necessary in that case\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBmonitor\fR @@ -196,6 +218,8 @@ Revert the per\-interface DNS configuration\&. If the DNS configuration is rever Show a continuous stream of local client resolution queries and their responses\&. Whenever a local query is completed the query\*(Aqs DNS resource lookup key and resource records are shown\&. Note that this displays queries issued locally only, and does not immediately relate to DNS requests submitted to configured DNS servers or the LLMNR or MulticastDNS zones, as lookups may be answered from the local cache, or might result in multiple DNS transactions (for example to validate DNSSEC information)\&. If CNAME/CNAME redirection chains are followed, a separate query will be displayed for each element of the chain\&. Use \fB\-\-json=\fR to enable JSON output\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\-cache\fR @@ -203,6 +227,17 @@ to enable JSON output\&. Show current cache content, per scope\&. Use \fB\-\-json=\fR to enable JSON output\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBshow\-server\-state\fR +.RS 4 +Show detailed server state information, per DNS Server\&. Use +\fB\-\-json=\fR +to enable JSON output\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fBlog\-level\fR [\fILEVEL\fR] @@ -215,6 +250,8 @@ is provided, then the command changes the current log level of the manager to \fB\-\-log\-level=\fR described in \fBsystemd\fR(1))\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -225,6 +262,8 @@ By default, when resolving a hostname, both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are acquired only IPv4 addresses are requested, by specifying \fB\-6\fR only IPv6 addresses are requested\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-i\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR, \fB\-\-interface=\fR\fIINTERFACE\fR @@ -234,6 +273,8 @@ Specifies the network interface to execute the query on\&. This may either be sp /etc/resolv\&.conf or /etc/systemd/resolved\&.conf) in place of per\-link configuration is used\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-p\fR \fIPROTOCOL\fR, \fB\-\-protocol=\fR\fIPROTOCOL\fR @@ -258,6 +299,8 @@ and once via "llmnr\-ipv6"\&. Note that this option does not force the service to resolve the operation with the specified protocol, as that might require a suitable network interface and configuration\&. The special value "help" may be used to list known values\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-t\fR \fITYPE\fR, \fB\-\-type=\fR\fITYPE\fR, \fB\-c\fR \fICLASS\fR, \fB\-\-class=\fR\fICLASS\fR @@ -280,6 +323,8 @@ Without these options provides high\-level domain name to address and address to domain name resolution\&. With these options it provides low\-level DNS resource record resolution\&. The search domain logic is automatically turned off when these options are used, i\&.e\&. specified domain names need to be fully qualified domain names\&. Moreover, IDNA internal domain name translation is turned off as well, i\&.e\&. international domain names should be specified in "xn\-\-\&..." notation, unless look\-up in MulticastDNS/LLMNR is desired, in which case UTF\-8 characters should be used\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-service\-address=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -289,6 +334,8 @@ Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), when doing a service lookup the hostnames contained in the \fBSRV\fR resource records are resolved as well\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-service\-txt=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -298,6 +345,8 @@ Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), when doing a DNS\-SD service the \fBTXT\fR service metadata record is resolved as well\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cname=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -307,6 +356,8 @@ Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), DNS or \fBDNAME\fR redirections are followed\&. Otherwise, if a CNAME or DNAME record is encountered while resolving, an error is returned\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-validate=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -315,6 +366,8 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), DNSSEC validation is applied as usual \(em under the condition that it is enabled for the network and for systemd\-resolved\&.service as a whole\&. If false, DNSSEC validation is disabled for the specific query, regardless of whether it is enabled for the network or in the service\&. Note that setting this option to true does not force DNSSEC validation on systems/networks where DNSSEC is turned off\&. This option is only suitable to turn off such validation where otherwise enabled, not enable validation where otherwise disabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-synthesize=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -336,30 +389,40 @@ or and suchlike) or go to the network via regular DNS/mDNS/LLMNR lookups (in case of /etc/hosts entries)\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cache=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups use the local DNS resource record cache\&. If false, lookups are routed to the network instead, regardless if already available in the local cache\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-zone=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups are answered from locally registered LLMNR or mDNS resource records, if defined\&. If false, locally registered LLMNR/mDNS records are not considered for the lookup request\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-trust\-anchor=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups for DS and DNSKEY are answered from the local DNSSEC trust anchors if possible\&. If false, the local trust store is not considered for the lookup request\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups are answered via DNS, LLMNR or mDNS network requests if they cannot be synthesized locally, or be answered from the local cache, zone or trust anchors (see above)\&. If false, the request is not answered from the network and will thus fail if none of the indicated sources can answer them\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-search=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -367,6 +430,8 @@ Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), any specified single\-label hostnames will be searched in the domains configured in the search domain list, if it is non\-empty\&. Otherwise, the search domain logic is disabled\&. Note that this option has no effect if \fB\-\-type=\fR is used (see above), in which case the search domain logic is unconditionally turned off\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-raw\fR[=payload|packet] @@ -374,17 +439,23 @@ is used (see above), in which case the search domain logic is unconditionally tu Dump the answer as binary data\&. If there is no argument or if the argument is "payload", the payload of the packet is exported\&. If the argument is "packet", the whole packet is dumped in wire format, prefixed by length specified as a little\-endian 64\-bit number\&. This format allows multiple packets to be dumped and unambiguously parsed\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-legend=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter\&. If true (the default), column headers and meta information about the query response are shown\&. Otherwise, this output is suppressed\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-stale\-data=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean parameter; used in conjunction with \fBquery\fR\&. If true (the default), lookups are answered with stale data (expired resource records) if possible\&. If false, the stale data is not considered for the lookup request\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR @@ -402,6 +473,8 @@ Shows output formatted as JSON\&. Expects one of .RS 4 Short for \fB\-\-json=auto\fR +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR @@ -461,6 +534,8 @@ with a combination of and \fBdomain\fR commands\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-d\fR @@ -468,6 +543,8 @@ commands\&. Unregisters per\-interface DNS configuration data with \fBsystemd\-resolved\fR\&. This command is mostly identical to invoking \fBresolvectl revert\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-f\fR @@ -477,6 +554,8 @@ When specified and \fB\-d\fR will not complain about missing network interfaces and will silently execute no operation in that case\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-x\fR @@ -484,16 +563,22 @@ will not complain about missing network interfaces and will silently execute no This switch for "exclusive" operation is supported only partially\&. It is mapped to an additional configured search domain of "~\&." \(em i\&.e\&. ensures that DNS traffic is preferably routed to the DNS servers on this interface, unless there are other, more specific domains configured on other interfaces\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-m\fR, \fB\-p\fR .RS 4 These switches are not supported and are silently ignored\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-I\fR, \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-enable\-updates\fR, \fB\-\-disable\-updates\fR, \fB\-\-are\-updates\-enabled\fR .RS 4 These switches are not supported and the command will fail if used\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP See @@ -611,12 +696,12 @@ are optional and could be skipped\&. \fBresolvconf\fR(8) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 -DNS-SD +RFC 6763 DNS-SD .RS 4 \%https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6763 .RE .IP " 2." 4 -SRV +RFC 2782 SRV .RS 4 \%https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc2782 .RE diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rm.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rm.1 index d2ea1c77..b0e4913a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rm.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rm.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME rm \- remove files or directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -76,6 +76,9 @@ output version information and exit By default, rm does not remove directories. Use the \fB\-\-recursive\fR (\fB\-r\fR or \fB\-R\fR) option to remove each listed directory, too, along with all of its contents. .PP +Any attempt to remove a file whose last file name component is '.' or '..' +is rejected with a diagnostic. +.PP To remove a file whose name starts with a '\-', for example '\-foo', use one of these commands: .IP @@ -83,9 +86,9 @@ rm \fB\-\-\fR \fB\-foo\fR .IP rm ./\-foo .PP -Note that if you use rm to remove a file, it might be possible to recover +If you use rm to remove a file, it might be possible to recover some of its contents, given sufficient expertise and/or time. For greater -assurance that the contents are truly unrecoverable, consider using \fBshred\fP(1). +assurance that the contents are unrecoverable, consider using \fBshred\fP(1). .SH AUTHOR Written by Paul Rubin, David MacKenzie, Richard M. Stallman, and Jim Meyering. @@ -94,7 +97,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rmdir.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rmdir.1 index a70528a7..0d0789cc 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rmdir.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rmdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RMDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RMDIR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME rmdir \- remove empty directories .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rnano.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rnano.1 index 27762bc6..69c188b0 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rnano.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/rnano.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +.\" Copyright (C) 2002-2007, 2014-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .\" .\" This document is dual-licensed. You may distribute and/or modify it .\" under the terms of either of the following licenses: @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ .\" Documentation License along with this program. If not, see .\" <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. .\" -.TH RNANO 1 "version 7.2" "January 2023" +.TH RNANO 1 "version 8.0" "May 2024" .SH NAME rnano \- a restricted nano @@ -32,15 +32,19 @@ access to the filesystem nor to a command shell. .sp In restricted mode, \fBnano\fR will: .IP \[bu] 2 +not make backups; +.IP \[bu] not allow suspending; .IP \[bu] +not allow spell checking; +.IP \[bu] +not read nor write the history files; +.IP \[bu] not allow saving the current buffer under a different name; .IP \[bu] not allow inserting another file or opening a new buffer; .IP \[bu] -not allow appending or prepending to any file; -.IP \[bu] -not make backup files nor do spell checking. +not allow appending or prepending to any file. .SH OPTIONS .TP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/runcon.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/runcon.1 index 68d38135..912170f9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/runcon.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/runcon.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH RUNCON "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH RUNCON "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME runcon \- run command with specified security context .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -18,8 +18,7 @@ the first argument is used as the complete context. Any additional arguments after \fICOMMAND\fR are interpreted as arguments to the command. .PP -Note that only carefully-chosen contexts are likely to successfully -run. +Only carefully-chosen contexts are likely to run successfully. .PP Run a program in a different SELinux security context. With neither CONTEXT nor COMMAND, print the current security context. @@ -69,7 +68,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/scanimage.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/scanimage.1 index 32319e34..82fd53af 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/scanimage.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/scanimage.1 @@ -4,36 +4,32 @@ scanimage \- scan an image .SH SYNOPSIS .B scanimage -.RB [ \-d | \-\-device\-name +.RB [ \-d .IR dev ] -.RB [ \-\-format -.IR format ] -.RB [ \-i | \-\-icc\-profile +.RB [ \-\-format\fI=output-format ] +.RB [ \-i .IR profile ] -.RB [ \-L | \-\-list\-devices ] -.RB [ \-f | \-\-formatted\-device\-list -.IR format ] -.RB [ \-b | \-\-batch +.RB [ \-L ] +.RB [ \-f +.IR device-format ] +.RB [ \-b .RI [ format ]] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-start -.IR start ] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-count -.IR count ] -.RB [ \-\-batch\-increment -.IR increment ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-start\fI=start ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-count\fI=count ] +.RB [ \-\-batch\-increment\fI=increment ] .RB [ \-\-batch\-double ] .RB [ \-\-accept\-md5\-only ] -.RB [ \-p | \-\-progress ] -.RB [ \-o | \-\-output-file +.RB [ \-p] +.RB [ \-o .IR path ] -.RB [ \-n | \-\-dont\-scan ] -.RB [ \-T | \-\-test ] -.RB [ \-A | \-\-all-options ] -.RB [ \-h | \-\-help ] -.RB [ \-v | \-\-verbose ] -.RB [ \-B | \-\-buffer-size -.RI [= size ]] -.RB [ \-V | \-\-version ] +.RB [ \-n ] +.RB [ \-T ] +.RB [ \-A ] +.RB [ \-h ] +.RB [ \-v ] +.RB [ \-B +.RI size ] +.RB [ \-V ] .RI [ device\-specific\-options ] .SH DESCRIPTION .B scanimage @@ -96,9 +92,9 @@ control of the backend code. .PP Parameters are separated by a blank from single-character options (e.g. -.BI "\-d " epson ) +.BI "\-d " epson \fR) and by a "=" from multi-character options (e.g. -.BR \-\-device\-name =\fIepson\FR ). +.BR \-\-device\-name =\fIepson \fR). .TP .BR \-d "\fI dev\fR, " \-\-device\-name =\fIdev\fR @@ -117,12 +113,12 @@ If this variable is not set, will attempt to open the first available device. .TP -.BR \-\-format =\fIformat\fR +.BR \-\-format =\fIoutput-format\fR selects how image data is written to standard output or the file specified by the .B \-\-output\-file option. -.I format +.I output-format can be .BR pnm , .BR tiff , @@ -150,8 +146,8 @@ by its full device name. You may need to consult your system administrator to find out the names of such devices. .TP -.BR \-f "\fI format\fR, " \-\-formatted\-device\-list =\fIformat\fR -works similar to +.BR \-f "\fI format\fR, " \-\-formatted\-device\-list =\fIdevice-format\fR +works similarly to .BR \-\-list\-devices , but requires a format string. .B scanimage @@ -232,7 +228,7 @@ is a specific command provided to aid this. .B \-\-batch\-double will automatically set the increment to 2. Equivalent to -.BR \-\-batch\-increment =2 +.BR \-\-batch\-increment =2. .TP .B \-\-batch\-prompt @@ -301,17 +297,15 @@ standard output and no scan will be performed. .TP .BR \-v ", " \-\-verbose increases the verbosity of the output of -.B scanimage. +.BR scanimage . The option may be specified repeatedly, each time increasing the verbosity level. .TP -.BR \-B " [\fIsize\fR], " \-\-buffer\-size =[\fIsize\fR] -changes input buffer size from the default of 32KB to -.I size -KB. If +.BR \-B " [\fIsize\fR], " \-\-buffer\-size =\fIsize +changes input buffer size from the default of 1MB to .I size -is not specified then the buffer is set to 1 MB. +KB. .TP .BR \-V ", " \-\-version @@ -325,7 +319,7 @@ loads. If more information about the version numbers of the backends are necessary, the .B DEBUG variable for the dll layer can be used. Example: -.I "SANE_DEBUG_DLL=3 scanimage \-L" . +.IR "SANE_DEBUG_DLL=3 scanimage \-L" . .PP As you might imagine, much of the power of .B scanimage @@ -507,8 +501,8 @@ to 127 characters. .BR sane (7), .BR gamma4scanimage (1), .BR xscanimage (1), -.BR xcam (1) , -.BR xsane (1) , +.BR xcam (1), +.BR xsane (1), .BR scanadf (1), .BR sane\-dll (5), .BR sane\-net (5), diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/seq.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/seq.1 index 2e94c5d0..e85e1091 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/seq.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/seq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SEQ "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SEQ "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME seq \- print a sequence of numbers .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha1sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha1sum.1 index 133a3d43..d639d0c0 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha1sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha1sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA1SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA1SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha1sum \- compute and check SHA1 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH BUGS Do not use the SHA-1 algorithm for security related purposes. Instead, use an SHA\-2 algorithm, implemented in the programs @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha224sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha224sum.1 index 1ad5a3cc..65af4ac9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha224sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha224sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA224SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA224SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha224sum \- compute and check SHA224 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha256sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha256sum.1 index e097fc9b..5ec4940c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha256sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha256sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA256SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA256SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha256sum \- compute and check SHA256 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha384sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha384sum.1 index 198f1fbb..40f1a5b3 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha384sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha384sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA384SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA384SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha384sum \- compute and check SHA384 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha512sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha512sum.1 index cc569051..f7f9bd61 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha512sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sha512sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHA512SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHA512SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sha512sum \- compute and check SHA512 message digest .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ The default mode is to print a line with: checksum, a space, a character indicating input mode ('*' for binary, ' ' for text or where binary is insignificant), and name for each FILE. .PP -Note: There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. +There is no difference between binary mode and text mode on GNU systems. .SH AUTHOR Written by Ulrich Drepper, Scott Miller, and David Madore. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shred.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shred.1 index 8465cffc..9dfc7da8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shred.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shred.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHRED "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHRED "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME shred \- overwrite a file to hide its contents, and optionally delete it .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shuf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shuf.1 index 522aabfe..904f5f06 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shuf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/shuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SHUF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SHUF "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME shuf \- generate random permutations .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/size.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/size.1 index ff14dd34..98bfd810 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/size.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/size.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "SIZE 1" -.TH SIZE 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH SIZE 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sleep.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sleep.1 index 2dd34099..89b4c152 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sleep.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sleep.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SLEEP "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SLEEP "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sleep \- delay for a specified amount of time .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sort.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sort.1 index 2afb89bb..eaf7ad97 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sort.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SORT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SORT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sort \- sort lines of text files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ compare (unknown) < 'JAN' < ... < 'DEC' compare human readable numbers (e.g., 2K 1G) .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR -compare according to string numerical value +compare according to string numerical value; +see manual for which strings are supported .TP \fB\-R\fR, \fB\-\-random\-sort\fR shuffle, but group identical keys. See \fBshuf\fP(1) @@ -144,7 +145,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/split.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/split.1 index acbbe11a..871760d7 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/split.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/split.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SPLIT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SPLIT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME split \- split a file into pieces .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sprof.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sprof.1 index 186dad4d..88c52c90 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sprof.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sprof.1 @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: Linux-man-pages-copyleft .\" -.TH sprof 1 2023-05-03 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH sprof 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME sprof \- read and display shared object profiling data .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -27,30 +27,40 @@ in the current directory. The following command-line options specify the profile output to be produced: .TP -.BR \-c ", " \-\-call\-pairs +.B \-\-call\-pairs +.TQ +.B \-c Print a list of pairs of call paths for the interfaces exported by the shared object, along with the number of times each path is used. .TP -.BR \-p ", " \-\-flat\-profile +.B \-\-flat\-profile +.TQ +.B \-p Generate a flat profile of all of the functions in the monitored object, with counts and ticks. .TP -.BR \-q ", " \-\-graph +.B \-\-graph +.TQ +.B \-q Generate a call graph. -.PP +.P If none of the above options is specified, then the default behavior is to display a flat profile and a call graph. -.PP +.P The following additional command-line options are available: .TP -.BR \-? ", " \-\-help +.B \-\-help +.TQ +.B \-? Display a summary of command-line options and arguments and exit. .TP .B \-\-usage Display a short usage message and exit. .TP -.BR \-V ", " \-\-version +.B \-\-version +.TQ +.B \-V Display the program version and exit. .SH STANDARDS GNU. @@ -60,7 +70,7 @@ The following example demonstrates the use of The example consists of a main program that calls two functions in a shared object. First, the code of the main program: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcat prog.c\fP @@ -78,14 +88,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[]) } .EE .in -.PP +.P The functions .IR x1 () and .IR x2 () are defined in the following source file that is used to construct the shared object: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcat libdemo.c\fP @@ -119,32 +129,32 @@ x2(void) } .EE .in -.PP +.P Now we construct the shared object with the real name .IR libdemo.so.1.0.1 , and the soname .IR libdemo.so.1 : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcc \-g \-fPIC \-shared \-Wl,\-soname,libdemo.so.1 \e\fP \fB\-o libdemo.so.1.0.1 libdemo.c\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P Then we construct symbolic links for the library soname and the library linker name: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBln \-sf libdemo.so.1.0.1 libdemo.so.1\fP $ \fBln \-sf libdemo.so.1 libdemo.so\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P Next, we compile the main program, linking it against the shared object, and then list the dynamic dependencies of the program: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBcc \-g \-o prog prog.c \-L. \-ldemo\fP @@ -155,46 +165,46 @@ $ \fBldd prog\fP /lib64/ld\-linux\-x86\-64.so.2 (0x00007fd4dc51f000) .EE .in -.PP +.P In order to get profiling information for the shared object, we define the environment variable .B LD_PROFILE with the soname of the library: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBexport LD_PROFILE=libdemo.so.1\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P We then define the environment variable .B LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT with the pathname of the directory where profile output should be written, and create that directory if it does not exist already: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBexport LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT=$(pwd)/prof_data\fP $ \fBmkdir \-p $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P .B LD_PROFILE causes profiling output to be .I appended to the output file if it already exists, so we ensure that there is no preexisting profiling data: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBrm \-f $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/$LD_PROFILE.profile\fP .EE .in -.PP +.P We then run the program to produce the profiling output, which is written to a file in the directory specified in .BR LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT : -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBLD_LIBRARY_PATH=. ./prog\fP @@ -202,11 +212,11 @@ $ \fBls prof_data\fP libdemo.so.1.profile .EE .in -.PP +.P We then use the .B sprof \-p option to generate a flat profile with counts and ticks: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBsprof \-p libdemo.so.1 $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/libdemo.so.1.profile\fP @@ -221,11 +231,11 @@ Each sample counts as 0.01 seconds. 0.00 0.10 0.00 1 0.00 x2 .EE .in -.PP +.P The .B sprof \-q option generates a call graph: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBsprof \-q libdemo.so.1 $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/libdemo.so.1.profile\fP @@ -248,15 +258,15 @@ index % time self children called name \-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\-\- .EE .in -.PP +.P Above and below, the "<UNKNOWN>" strings represent identifiers that are outside of the profiled object (in this example, these are instances of .IR main() ). -.PP +.P The .B sprof \-c option generates a list of call pairs and the number of their occurrences: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX $ \fBsprof \-c libdemo.so.1 $LD_PROFILE_OUTPUT/libdemo.so.1.profile\fP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stat.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stat.1 index ee84d3fc..98e6164f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stat.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STAT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STAT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME stat \- display file or file system status .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ The MODE argument of \fB\-\-cached\fR can be: always, never, or default. The valid format sequences for files (without \fB\-\-file\-system\fR): .TP %a -permission bits in octal (note '#' and '0' printf flags) +permission bits in octal (see '#' and '0' printf flags) .TP %A permission bits and file type in human readable form @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ file system type in human readable form .IP %n %i %l %t %s %S %b %f %a %c %d .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of stat, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of stat, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stdbuf.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stdbuf.1 index 90fdb7bc..06d1035f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stdbuf.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stdbuf.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STDBUF "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STDBUF "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME stdbuf \- Run COMMAND, with modified buffering operations for its standard streams. @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strings.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strings.1 index 4ecce9d2..e9ebd4d1 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strings.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strings.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRINGS 1" -.TH STRINGS 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRINGS 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strip.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strip.1 index 35184f4b..dc2efd06 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strip.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/strip.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "STRIP 1" -.TH STRIP 1 2024-02-21 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" +.TH STRIP 1 2024-05-01 binutils-2.42.0 "GNU Development Tools" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stty.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stty.1 index b73399f5..7860eeeb 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stty.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/stty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH STTY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH STTY "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME stty \- change and print terminal line settings .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sum.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sum.1 index 2f0f8067..4ca32720 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sum.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sum.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SUM "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SUM "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sum \- checksum and count the blocks in a file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sync.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sync.1 index e80c72f4..f5baddd3 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sync.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/sync.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH SYNC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH SYNC "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME sync \- Synchronize cached writes to persistent storage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemctl.1 index e885512c..f5ce9dce 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemctl" +.TH "SYSTEMCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -136,6 +136,8 @@ Also see \fB\-\-show\-types\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR, and \fB\-\-state=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-paths\fR [\fIPATTERN\fR\&...] @@ -162,6 +164,8 @@ Also see \fB\-\-show\-types\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR, and \fB\-\-state=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-sockets\fR [\fIPATTERN\fR\&...] @@ -191,6 +195,8 @@ Also see \fB\-\-show\-types\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR, and \fB\-\-state=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 202\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-timers\fR [\fIPATTERN\fR\&...] @@ -235,6 +241,8 @@ Also see \fB\-\-all\fR and \fB\-\-state=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBis\-active \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -246,13 +254,18 @@ if at least one is active, or non\-zero otherwise\&. Unless is specified, this will also print the current unit state to standard output\&. .RE .PP -\fBis\-failed \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR +\fBis\-failed \fR\fB[\fIPATTERN\fR\&...]\fR .RS 4 -Check whether any of the specified units are in a "failed" state\&. Returns an exit code +Check whether any of the specified units is in the "failed" state\&. If no unit is specified, check whether there are any failed units, which corresponds to the +"degraded" +state returned by +\fBis\-system\-running\fR\&. Returns an exit code \fB0\fR if at least one has failed, non\-zero otherwise\&. Unless \fB\-\-quiet\fR -is specified, this will also print the current unit state to standard output\&. +is specified, this will also print the current unit or system state to standard output\&. +.sp +Added in version 197\&. .RE .PP \fBstatus\fR [\fIPATTERN\fR\&...|\fIPID\fR\&...]] @@ -384,11 +397,15 @@ For details about many of these properties, see the documentation of the D\-Bus Show backing files of one or more units\&. Prints the "fragment" and "drop\-ins" (source files) of units\&. Each file is preceded by a comment which includes the file name\&. Note that this shows the contents of the backing files on disk, which may not match the system manager\*(Aqs understanding of these units if any unit files were updated on disk and the \fBdaemon\-reload\fR command wasn\*(Aqt issued since\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBhelp \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...|\fR\fB\fIPID\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 Show manual pages for one or more units, if available\&. If a PID is given, the manual pages for the unit the process belongs to are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 185\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-dependencies\fR [\fIUNIT\fR\&.\&.\&.] @@ -423,6 +440,8 @@ Options may be used to change what types of dependencies are shown\&. .sp Note that this command only lists units currently loaded into memory by the service manager\&. In particular, this command is not suitable to get a comprehensive list at all reverse dependencies on a specific unit, as it won\*(Aqt list the dependencies declared by units currently not loaded\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fBstart \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -498,6 +517,8 @@ Reload one or more units if they support it\&. If not, stop and then start them \fBtry\-reload\-or\-restart \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 Reload one or more units if they support it\&. If not, stop and then start them instead\&. This does nothing if the units are not running\&. +.sp +Added in version 229\&. .RE .PP \fBisolate \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR @@ -552,6 +573,8 @@ is selected, see \fBsystemd.timer\fR(5)\&. This command only applies to units that use either of these settings\&. If \fB\-\-what=\fR is not specified, the cache and runtime data as well as the file descriptor store are removed (as these three types of resources are generally redundant and reproducible on the next invocation of the unit)\&. Note that the specified units must be stopped to invoke this operation\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fBfreeze \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -559,6 +582,8 @@ is not specified, the cache and runtime data as well as the file descriptor stor Freeze one or more units specified on the command line using cgroup freezer .sp Freezing the unit will cause all processes contained within the cgroup corresponding to the unit to be suspended\&. Being suspended means that unit\*(Aqs processes won\*(Aqt be scheduled to run on CPU until thawed\&. Note that this command is supported only on systems that use unified cgroup hierarchy\&. Unit is automatically thawed just before we execute a job against the unit, e\&.g\&. before the unit is stopped\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBthaw \fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -568,6 +593,8 @@ Thaw (unfreeze) one or more units specified on the command line\&. This is the inverse operation to the \fBfreeze\fR command and resumes the execution of processes in the unit\*(Aqs cgroup\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-property \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIPROPERTY\fR\fR\fB=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -591,6 +618,8 @@ Like with unit file configuration settings, assigning an empty setting usually r .sp Example: \fBsystemctl set\-property avahi\-daemon\&.service IPAddressDeny=\fR +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fBbind\fR \fIUNIT\fR \fIPATH\fR [\fIPATH\fR] @@ -608,6 +637,10 @@ Note that this option is currently only supported for units that run within a mo socket nodes, as well as FIFOs\&. The bind mount is ephemeral, and it is undone as soon as the current unit process exists\&. Note that the namespace mentioned here, where the bind mount will be added to, is the one where the main service process runs\&. Other processes (those exececuted by \fBExecReload=\fR, \fBExecStartPre=\fR, etc\&.) run in distinct namespaces\&. +.sp +If supported by the kernel, any prior mount on the selected target will be replaced by the new mount\&. If not supported, any prior mount will be over\-mounted, but remain pinned and inaccessible\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fBmount\-image\fR \fIUNIT\fR \fIIMAGE\fR [\fIPATH\fR [\fIPARTITION_NAME\fR:\fIMOUNT_OPTIONS\fR]] @@ -627,6 +660,8 @@ Note that this option is currently only supported for units that run within a mo \fBExecReload=\fR, \fBExecStartPre=\fR, etc\&.) run in distinct namespaces\&. .sp +If supported by the kernel, any prior mount on the selected target will be replaced by the new mount\&. If not supported, any prior mount will be over\-mounted, but remain pinned and inaccessible\&. +.sp Example: .sp .if n \{\ @@ -651,6 +686,7 @@ systemctl mount\-image \-\-mkdir bar\&.service /tmp/img\&.raw /var/lib/baz/img .RE .\} .sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fBservice\-log\-level\fR \fISERVICE\fR [\fILEVEL\fR] @@ -684,6 +720,8 @@ will use the generic D\-Bus protocol to access the org\&.freedesktop\&.LogControl1\&.LogLevel interface for the D\-Bus name \fIdestination\fR\&.) +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fBservice\-log\-target\fR \fISERVICE\fR [\fITARGET\fR] @@ -733,6 +771,8 @@ will use the generic D\-Bus protocol to access the org\&.freedesktop\&.LogControl1\&.LogLevel interface for the D\-Bus name \fIdestination\fR\&.) +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fBreset\-failed [\fR\fB\fIPATTERN\fR\fR\fB\&...]\fR @@ -754,6 +794,8 @@ state of a unit it also resets various other per\-unit properties: the start rat Returns the units the processes referenced by the given PIDs belong to (one per line)\&. If no PID is specified returns the unit the \fBsystemctl\fR command is invoked in\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .SS "Unit File Commands" .PP @@ -766,6 +808,8 @@ List unit files installed on the system, in combination with their enablement st Unlike \fBlist\-units\fR this command will list template units in addition to explicitly instantiated units\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBenable \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR, \fBenable \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -865,6 +909,8 @@ and \fB\-\-no\-warn\fR in a similar way as \fBenable\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fBreenable \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -874,6 +920,8 @@ Reenable one or more units, as specified on the command line\&. This is a combin and \fBenable\fR and is useful to reset the symlinks a unit file is enabled with to the defaults configured in its [Install] section\&. This command expects a unit name only, it does not accept paths to unit files\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fBpreset \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -893,6 +941,8 @@ must be the real unit name, any alias names are ignored silently\&. .sp For more information on the preset policy format, see \fBsystemd.preset\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fBpreset\-all\fR @@ -902,6 +952,8 @@ Resets all installed unit files to the defaults configured in the preset policy Use \fB\-\-preset\-mode=\fR to control whether units shall be enabled and disabled, or only enabled, or only disabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fBis\-enabled \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -1029,6 +1081,7 @@ T}:T{ T} .TE .sp 1 +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fBmask \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -1058,12 +1111,16 @@ mode, in which case the directories are below the user\*(Aqs home directory howe If a unit gets masked but its triggering units are still active, a warning containing the names of the triggering units is shown\&. \fB\-\-no\-warn\fR can be used to suppress the warning\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fBunmask \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 Unmask one or more unit files, as specified on the command line\&. This will undo the effect of \fBmask\fR\&. This command expects valid unit names only, it does not accept unit file paths\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fBlink \fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -1075,6 +1132,8 @@ Link a unit file that is not in the unit file search path into the unit file sea or /var/ is not allowed, unless those directories are located on the root file system)\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBrevert \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -1099,6 +1158,8 @@ Effectively, this command may be used to undo all changes made with and \fBsystemctl mask\fR and puts the original unit file with its settings back in effect\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fBadd\-wants \fR\fB\fITARGET\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR, \fBadd\-requires \fR\fB\fITARGET\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -1119,6 +1180,8 @@ and \fB\-\-global\fR in a way similar to \fBenable\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 217\&. .RE .PP \fBedit \fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR @@ -1161,6 +1224,8 @@ After the units have been edited, systemd configuration is reloaded (in a way th Note that this command cannot be used to remotely edit units and that you cannot temporarily edit units which are in /etc/, since they take precedence over /run/\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fBget\-default\fR @@ -1168,6 +1233,8 @@ Note that this command cannot be used to remotely edit units and that you cannot Return the default target to boot into\&. This returns the target unit name default\&.target is aliased (symlinked) to\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-default \fR\fB\fITARGET\fR\fR @@ -1175,6 +1242,8 @@ is aliased (symlinked) to\&. Set the default target to boot into\&. This sets (symlinks) the default\&.target alias to the given target unit\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .SS "Machine Commands" .PP @@ -1182,6 +1251,8 @@ alias to the given target unit\&. .RS 4 List the host and all running local containers with their state\&. If one or more \fIPATTERN\fRs are specified, only containers matching one of them are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 212\&. .RE .SS "Job Commands" .PP @@ -1195,11 +1266,15 @@ When combined with or \fB\-\-before\fR the list is augmented with information on which other job each job is waiting for, and which other jobs are waiting for it, see above\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBcancel \fR\fB[\fIJOB\fR\&...]\fR .RS 4 Cancel one or more jobs specified on the command line by their numeric job IDs\&. If no job ID is specified, cancel all pending jobs\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .SS "Environment Commands" .PP @@ -1224,16 +1299,34 @@ Dump the systemd manager environment block\&. This is the environment block that \fBdash\fR(1) or \fBfish\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Note that this shows the +\fIeffective\fR +block, i\&.e\&. the combination of environment variables configured via configuration files, environment generators and via IPC (i\&.e\&. via the +\fBset\-environment\fR +described below)\&. At the moment a unit process is forked off this combined environment block will be further combined with per\-unit environment variables, which are not visible in this command\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-environment \fR\fB\fIVARIABLE=VALUE\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 -Set one or more systemd manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +Set one or more service manager environment variables, as specified on the command line\&. This command will fail if variable names and values do not conform to the rules listed above\&. +.sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBunset\-environment \fR\fB\fIVARIABLE\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 Unset one or more systemd manager environment variables\&. If only a variable name is specified, it will be removed regardless of its value\&. If a variable and a value are specified, the variable is only removed if it has the specified value\&. +.sp +Note that this operates on an environment block separate from the environment block configured from service manager configuration and environment generators\&. Whenever a process is invoked the two blocks are combined (also incorporating any per\-service environment variables), and passed to it\&. The +\fBshow\-environment\fR +verb will show the combination of the blocks, see above\&. Note that this means this command cannot be used to unset environment variables defined in the service manager configuration files or via generators\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fBimport\-environment\fR \fIVARIABLE\&...\fR @@ -1243,6 +1336,8 @@ Import all, one or more environment variables set on the client into the systemd process is imported\&. In this mode, any inherited invalid environment variables are quietly ignored\&. .sp Importing of the full inherited environment block (calling this command without any arguments) is deprecated\&. A shell will set dozens of variables which only make sense locally and are only meant for processes which are descendants of the shell\&. Such variables in the global environment block are confusing to other processes\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .SS "Manager State Commands" .PP @@ -1272,6 +1367,8 @@ is provided, then the command changes the current log level of the manager to \fB\-\-log\-level=\fR described in \fBsystemd\fR(1))\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fBlog\-target\fR [\fITARGET\fR] @@ -1283,6 +1380,8 @@ is provided, then the command changes the current log target of the manager to (accepts the same values as \fB\-\-log\-target=\fR, described in \fBsystemd\fR(1))\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fBservice\-watchdogs\fR [yes|no] @@ -1292,6 +1391,8 @@ If no argument is given, print the current state of service runtime watchdogs of or \fBStartLimitAction=\fR); see \fBsystemd.service\fR(5)\&. The hardware watchdog is not affected by this setting\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .SS "System Commands" .PP @@ -1400,6 +1501,7 @@ T}:T{ T} .TE .sp 1 +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fBdefault\fR @@ -1488,12 +1590,26 @@ and \fB\-\-when=\fR in a similar way as \fBhalt\fR\&. +.sp +If a new kernel has been loaded via +\fBkexec \-\-load\fR, a +\fBkexec\fR +will be performed instead of a reboot, unless +"SYSTEMCTL_SKIP_AUTO_KEXEC=1" +has been set\&. If a new root file system has been set up on +"/run/nextroot/", a +\fBsoft\-reboot\fR +will be performed instead of a reboot, unless +"SYSTEMCTL_SKIP_AUTO_SOFT_REBOOT=1" +has been set\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBkexec\fR .RS 4 Shut down and reboot the system via -\fBkexec\fR\&. This command will load a kexec kernel if one wasn\*(Aqt loaded yet or fail\&. A kernel may be loaded earlier by a separate step, this is particularly useful if a custom initrd or additional kernel commandline options are desired\&. The +\fBkexec\fR\&. This command will load a kexec kernel if one wasn\*(Aqt loaded yet or fail\&. A kernel may be loaded earlier by a separate step, this is particularly useful if a custom initrd or additional kernel command line options are desired\&. The \fB\-\-force\fR can be used to continue without a kexec kernel, i\&.e\&. to perform a normal reboot\&. The final reboot step is equivalent to \fBsystemctl start kexec\&.target \-\-job\-mode=replace\-irreversibly \-\-no\-block\fR\&. @@ -1512,6 +1628,15 @@ and \fB\-\-when=\fR similarly to \fBhalt\fR\&. +.sp +If a new kernel has been loaded via +\fBkexec \-\-load\fR, a +\fBkexec\fR +will be performed when +\fBreboot\fR +is invoked, unless +"SYSTEMCTL_SKIP_AUTO_KEXEC=1" +has been set\&. .RE .PP \fBsoft\-reboot\fR @@ -1529,6 +1654,17 @@ in a similar way as This operation only reboots userspace, leaving the kernel running\&. See \fBsystemd-soft-reboot.service\fR(8) for details\&. +.sp +If a new root file system has been set up on +"/run/nextroot/", a +\fBsoft\-reboot\fR +will be performed when +\fBreboot\fR +is invoked, unless +"SYSTEMCTL_SKIP_AUTO_SOFT_REBOOT=1" +has been set\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBexit\fR [\fIEXIT_CODE\fR] @@ -1542,12 +1678,16 @@ otherwise\&. This command is asynchronous; it will return after the exit operati The service manager will exit with the specified exit code, if \fIEXIT_CODE\fR is passed\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fBswitch\-root\fR [\fIROOT\fR [\fIINIT\fR]] .RS 4 Switches to a different root directory and executes a new system manager process below it\&. This is intended for use in the initrd, and will transition from the initrd\*(Aqs system manager process (a\&.k\&.a\&. "init" process, PID 1) to the main system manager process which is loaded from the actual host root files system\&. This call takes two arguments: the directory that is to become the new root directory, and the path to the new system manager binary below it to execute as PID 1\&. If both are omitted or the former is an empty string it defaults to /sysroot/\&. If the latter is omitted or is an empty string, a systemd binary will automatically be searched for and used as service manager\&. If the system manager path is omitted, equal to the empty string or identical to the path to the systemd binary, the state of the initrd\*(Aqs system manager process is passed to the main system manager, which allows later introspection of the state of the services involved in the initrd boot phase\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fBsuspend\fR @@ -1566,6 +1706,8 @@ hibernate\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hi .RS 4 Hibernate and suspend the system\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit hybrid\-sleep\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hybrid sleep operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the sleep/wake\-up cycle to complete\&. +.sp +Added in version 196\&. .RE .PP \fBsuspend\-then\-hibernate\fR @@ -1573,6 +1715,8 @@ hybrid\-sleep\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after th Suspend the system and hibernate it after the delay specified in systemd\-sleep\&.conf\&. This will trigger activation of the special target unit suspend\-then\-hibernate\&.target\&. This command is asynchronous, and will return after the hybrid sleep operation is successfully enqueued\&. It will not wait for the sleep/wake\-up or hibernate/thaw cycle to complete\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .SS "Parameter Syntax" .PP @@ -1739,6 +1883,8 @@ to show only failed units\&. .sp As a special case, if one of the arguments is \fBhelp\fR, a list of allowed values will be printed and the program will exit\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-property=\fR @@ -1768,6 +1914,8 @@ Equivalent to \fB\-P\fR once will also affect all properties listed with \fB\-p\fR/\fB\-\-property=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -1789,6 +1937,8 @@ When used with \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-recursive\fR .RS 4 When listing units, also show units of local containers\&. Units of local containers will be prefixed with the container name, separated by a single colon character (":")\&. +.sp +Added in version 212\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-reverse\fR @@ -1802,6 +1952,8 @@ Show reverse dependencies between units with \fIBoundBy=\fR, instead of \fIWants=\fR and similar\&. +.sp +Added in version 203\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-after\fR @@ -1827,6 +1979,8 @@ When passed to the command, for each printed job show which other jobs are waiting for it\&. May be combined with \fB\-\-before\fR to show both the jobs waiting for each job as well as all jobs each job is waiting for\&. +.sp +Added in version 203\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-before\fR @@ -1841,6 +1995,8 @@ When passed to the command, for each printed job show which other jobs it is waiting for\&. May be combined with \fB\-\-after\fR to show both the jobs waiting for each job as well as all jobs each job is waiting for\&. +.sp +Added in version 212\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-with\-dependencies\fR @@ -1856,6 +2012,8 @@ Options \fB\-\-after\fR, \fB\-\-before\fR may be used to change what types of dependencies are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR @@ -1877,11 +2035,15 @@ When printing properties with "="\&. Also see option \fB\-P\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-show\-types\fR .RS 4 When showing sockets, show the type of the socket\&. +.sp +Added in version 202\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-job\-mode=\fR @@ -1945,6 +2107,8 @@ for more information about triggering units\&. "restart\-dependencies" may only be used with \fBsystemctl start\fR\&. In this mode, dependencies of the specified unit will receive restart propagation, as if a restart job had been enqueued for the unit\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-show\-transaction\fR @@ -1952,6 +2116,8 @@ may only be used with When enqueuing a unit job (for example as effect of a \fBsystemctl start\fR invocation or similar), show brief information about all jobs enqueued, covering both the requested job and any added because of unit dependencies\&. Note that the output will only include jobs immediately part of the transaction requested\&. It is possible that service start\-up program code run as effect of the enqueued jobs might request further jobs to be pulled in\&. This means that completion of the listed jobs might ultimately entail more jobs than the listed ones\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fail\fR @@ -1962,6 +2128,8 @@ Shorthand for When used with the \fBkill\fR command, if no units were killed, the operation results in an error\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-check\-inhibitors=\fR @@ -1990,12 +2158,16 @@ is specified on a non\-interactive requests, the operation will be attempted\&. Option \fB\-\-force\fR provides another way to override inhibitors\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-i\fR .RS 4 Shortcut for \fB\-\-check\-inhibitors=no\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR @@ -2013,6 +2185,8 @@ Just print what would be done\&. Currently supported by verbs \fBrescue\fR, \fBemergency\fR, and \fBexit\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR @@ -2083,6 +2257,7 @@ when a \fBmask\fR\-ed unit still has active triggering units\&. .RE .sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-block\fR @@ -2101,6 +2276,8 @@ Synchronously wait for started units to terminate again\&. This option may not b .sp When used with \fBis\-system\-running\fR, wait until the boot process is completed before returning\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\fR @@ -2117,6 +2294,8 @@ Talk to the service manager of the system\&. This is the implied default\&. .RS 4 List units in failed state\&. This is equivalent to \fB\-\-state=failed\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-wall\fR @@ -2172,6 +2351,8 @@ is always the main process itself\&. A service unit consists of zero or one main and /usr/bin/umount), but no main process is defined\&. If omitted, defaults to \fBall\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-kill\-value=\fR\fIINT\fR @@ -2192,6 +2373,8 @@ system call, rather than If this option is used the signal will only be enqueued on the control or main process of the unit, never on other processes belonging to the unit, i\&.e\&. \fB\-\-kill\-whom=all\fR will only affect main and control processes but no other processes\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-signal=\fR @@ -2233,6 +2416,8 @@ and resource type is only useful if the \fIFileDescriptorStorePreserve=\fR option is enabled, since the file descriptor store is otherwise cleaned automatically when the unit is stopped\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR @@ -2267,6 +2452,8 @@ When used with \fBpoweroff\fR or \fBreboot\fR, set a short message explaining the reason for the operation\&. The message will be logged together with the default shutdown message\&. +.sp +Added in version 225\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-now\fR @@ -2276,6 +2463,8 @@ When used with \fBdisable\fR or \fBmask\fR, the units will also be stopped\&. The start or stop operation is only carried out when the respective enable or disable operation has been successful\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root=\fR @@ -2295,6 +2484,8 @@ Takes a path to a disk image file or block device node\&. If specified, all oper \fB\-\-root=\fR, but operates on file systems stored in disk images or block devices\&. The disk image should either contain just a file system or a set of file systems within a GPT partition table, following the \m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. For further information on supported disk images, see \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1)\*(Aqs switch of the same name\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR @@ -2331,6 +2522,8 @@ Takes one of or \fBpreset\-all\fR commands, controls whether units shall be disabled and enabled according to the preset rules, or only enabled, or only disabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-lines=\fR @@ -2354,6 +2547,8 @@ When used with the \fBpoweroff\fR, or \fBhalt\fR command, indicate to the system\*(Aqs firmware to reboot into the firmware setup interface for the next boot\&. Note that this functionality is not available on all systems\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-boot\-loader\-menu=\fR\fB\fItimeout\fR\fR @@ -2363,6 +2558,8 @@ When used with the \fBpoweroff\fR, or \fBhalt\fR command, indicate to the system\*(Aqs boot loader to show the boot loader menu on the following boot\&. Takes a time value as parameter \(em indicating the menu timeout\&. Pass zero in order to disable the menu timeout\&. Note that not all boot loaders support this functionality\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-boot\-loader\-entry=\fR\fB\fIID\fR\fR @@ -2374,6 +2571,8 @@ When used with the command, indicate to the system\*(Aqs boot loader to boot into a specific boot loader entry on the following boot\&. Takes a boot loader entry identifier as argument, or "help" in order to list available entries\&. Note that not all boot loaders support this functionality\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-reboot\-argument=\fR @@ -2386,6 +2585,8 @@ might be used to trigger system recovery, and might be used to trigger a \(lqfirmware over the air\(rq update\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-plain\fR @@ -2395,6 +2596,8 @@ When used with \fBlist\-units\fR or \fBlist\-machines\fR, the output is printed as a list instead of a tree, and the bullet circles are omitted\&. +.sp +Added in version 203\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timestamp=\fR @@ -2404,33 +2607,47 @@ Change the format of printed timestamps\&. The following values may be used: \fBpretty\fR (this is the default) .RS 4 "Day YYYY\-MM\-DD HH:MM:SS TZ" +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fBunix\fR .RS 4 "@seconds\-since\-the\-epoch" +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fBus\fR, \fBμs\fR .RS 4 "Day YYYY\-MM\-DD HH:MM:SS\&.UUUUUU TZ" +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fButc\fR .RS 4 "Day YYYY\-MM\-DD HH:MM:SS UTC" +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fBus+utc\fR, \fBμs+utc\fR .RS 4 "Day YYYY\-MM\-DD HH:MM:SS\&.UUUUUU UTC" +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-mkdir\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBbind\fR, creates the destination file or directory before applying the bind mount\&. Note that even though the name of this option suggests that it is suitable only for directories, this option also creates the destination file node to mount over if the object to mount is not a directory, but a regular file, device node, socket or FIFO\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-marked\fR @@ -2448,19 +2665,27 @@ Unless is used, \fBsystemctl\fR will wait for the queued jobs to finish\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-read\-only\fR .RS 4 When used with \fBbind\fR, creates a read\-only bind mount\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR +\fB\-\-drop\-in=\fR\fINAME\fR .RS 4 When used with -\fBedit\fR, use the given drop\-in file name instead of +\fBedit\fR, use +\fINAME\fR +as the drop\-in file name instead of override\&.conf\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-when=\fR @@ -2476,6 +2701,8 @@ section "PARSING TIMESTAMPS"\&. Specially, if "show" is given, the currently scheduled action will be shown, which can be canceled by passing an empty string or "cancel"\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -2610,6 +2837,8 @@ are present or if it is set to an empty string or if their execution failed, sys \fBnano\fR(1), \fBvim\fR(1), \fBvi\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR @@ -2730,6 +2959,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -2741,6 +2976,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 index 9e03f443..aadfbf33 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ac-power.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-AC\-POWER" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-ac-power" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-AC\-POWER" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-ac-power" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -38,11 +38,15 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR .RS 4 Show result as text instead of just returning success or failure\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-low\fR .RS 4 Instead of showing AC power state, show low battery state\&. In this case will return zero if all batteries are currently discharging and below 5% of maximum charge\&. Returns non\-zero otherwise\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-analyze.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-analyze.1 index 3437ada0..64133538 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-analyze.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-analyze.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ANALYZE" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-analyze" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ANALYZE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-analyze" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -72,6 +72,8 @@ systemd-analyze \- Analyze and debug system manager \fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] image\-policy \fIPOLICY\fR... .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] pcrs [\fIPCR\fR...] +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-analyze\fR [OPTIONS...] srk > \fIFILE\fR .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBsystemd\-analyze\fR @@ -833,8 +835,7 @@ for details)\&. The listed inode numbers in the "INODE" column are on the file s .PP This command analyzes the specified image policy string, as per \fBsystemd.image-policy\fR(7)\&. The policy is normalized and simplified\&. For each currently defined partition identifier (as per the -\m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 -the effect of the image policy string is shown in tabular form\&. +\m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2) the effect of the image policy string is shown in tabular form\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&23.\ \&Example Output\fR .sp @@ -905,6 +906,19 @@ NR NAME SHA256 .if n \{\ .RE .\} +.SS "systemd\-analyze srk > \fIFILE\fR" +.PP +This command reads the Storage Root Key (SRK) from the TPM2 device, and writes it in marshalled TPM2B_PUBLIC format to stdout\&. Example: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +systemd\-analyze srk > srk\&.tpm2b_public +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} .SH "OPTIONS" .PP The following options are understood: @@ -912,16 +926,22 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-system\fR .RS 4 Operates on the system systemd instance\&. This is the implied default\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\fR .RS 4 Operates on the user systemd instance\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-global\fR .RS 4 Operates on the system\-wide configuration for user systemd instance\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-order\fR, \fB\-\-require\fR @@ -943,6 +963,8 @@ is passed, only dependencies of type and \fIConflicts=\fR are shown\&. If neither is passed, this shows dependencies of all these types\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-from\-pattern=\fR, \fB\-\-to\-pattern=\fR @@ -954,6 +976,8 @@ command (see above), this selects which relationships are shown in the dependenc pattern as an argument, which will be matched against the left\-hand and the right\-hand, respectively, nodes of a relationship\&. .sp Each of these can be used more than once, in which case the unit name must match one of the values\&. When tests for both sides of the relation are present, a relation must pass both tests to be shown\&. When patterns are also specified as positional arguments, they must match at least one side of the relation\&. In other words, patterns specified with those two options will trim the list of edges matched by the positional arguments, if any are given, and fully determine the list of edges shown otherwise\&. +.sp +Added in version 201\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fuzz=\fR\fItimespan\fR @@ -965,6 +989,8 @@ command (see above), also show units, which finished earlier, than the latest unit in the same level\&. The unit of \fItimespan\fR is seconds unless specified with a different unit, e\&.g\&. "50ms"\&. +.sp +Added in version 203\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-man=no\fR @@ -973,12 +999,16 @@ Do not invoke \fBman\fR(1) to verify the existence of man pages listed in \fIDocumentation=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 235\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-generators\fR .RS 4 Invoke unit generators, see \fBsystemd.generator\fR(7)\&. Some generators require root privileges\&. Under a normal user, running with generators enabled will generally result in some warnings\&. +.sp +Added in version 235\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-recursive\-errors=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR @@ -989,6 +1019,8 @@ exits with a non\-zero process exit status or not\&. With \fByes\fR, return a non\-zero process exit status when warnings arise during verification of either the specified unit or any of its associated dependencies\&. With \fBno\fR, return a non\-zero process exit status when warnings arise during verification of only the specified unit\&. With \fBone\fR, return a non\-zero process exit status when warnings arise during verification of either the specified unit or its immediate dependencies\&. If this option is not specified, zero is returned as the exit status regardless whether warnings arise during verification or not\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -998,6 +1030,8 @@ With and \fBverify\fR, operate on files underneath the specified root path \fIPATH\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -1007,6 +1041,8 @@ With and \fBverify\fR, operate on files inside the specified image path \fIPATH\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR @@ -1034,6 +1070,8 @@ as well\&. If a unit\*(Aqs overall exposure level is above that set by (default value is 100), \fB\-\-offline=\fR will return an error\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-profile=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -1041,6 +1079,8 @@ will return an error\&. With \fBsecurity\fR \fB\-\-offline=\fR, takes into consideration the specified portable profile when assessing unit settings\&. The profile can be passed by name, in which case the well\-known system locations will be searched, or it can be the full path to a specific drop\-in file\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-threshold=\fR\fB\fINUMBER\fR\fR @@ -1053,6 +1093,8 @@ will return an error\&. can be used with \fB\-\-offline=\fR as well and its default value is 100\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-security\-policy=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -1395,6 +1437,8 @@ T} .TE .sp 1 See example "JSON Policy" below\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fB\fIMODE\fR\fR @@ -1434,6 +1478,8 @@ which is how long the service took to activate from when it was initially starte which is the time after startup that the service was deactivated, \fIdeactivating\fR which is the time after startup that the service was initially told to deactivate\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-iterations=\fR\fB\fINUMBER\fR\fR @@ -1441,6 +1487,8 @@ which is the time after startup that the service was initially told to deactivat When used with the \fBcalendar\fR command, show the specified number of iterations the specified calendar expression will elapse next\&. Defaults to 1\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-base\-time=\fR\fB\fITIMESTAMP\fR\fR @@ -1448,6 +1496,8 @@ command, show the specified number of iterations the specified calendar expressi When used with the \fBcalendar\fR command, show next iterations relative to the specified point in time\&. If not specified defaults to the current time\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-unit=\fR\fB\fIUNIT\fR\fR @@ -1462,6 +1512,8 @@ assignments in the specified unit file\&. The full unit search path is formed by \fI$SYSTEMD_UNIT_PATH\fR is supported, and may be used to replace or augment the compiled in set of unit load paths; see \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5)\&. All units files present in the directory containing the specified unit will be used in preference to the other paths\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-table\fR @@ -1469,6 +1521,8 @@ is supported, and may be used to replace or augment the compiled in set of unit When used with the \fBplot\fR command, the raw time data is output in a table\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-legend\fR @@ -1479,6 +1533,8 @@ command in combination with either \fB\-\-table\fR or \fB\-\-json=\fR, no legends or hints are included in the output\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -1509,6 +1565,16 @@ are implied\&. \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR .RS 4 Suppress hints and other non\-essential output\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-tldr\fR +.RS 4 +With +\fBcat\-config\fR, only print the "interesting" parts of the configuration files, skipping comments and empty lines and section headers followed only by comments and empty lines\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -1672,6 +1738,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1683,6 +1755,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 index 2dde022c..8583162a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-ask-password.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ASK\-PASSWORD" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-ask-password" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ASK\-PASSWORD" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-ask-password" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ Specify an icon name alongside the password query, which may be used in all agen .RS 4 Specify an identifier for this password query\&. This identifier is freely choosable and allows recognition of queries by involved agents\&. It should include the subsystem doing the query and the specific object the query is done for\&. Example: "\-\-id=cryptsetup:/dev/sda5"\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-keyname=\fR @@ -130,6 +132,8 @@ Configure a kernel keyring key name to use as cache for the password\&. If set, \fBkeyctl\fR(1) to access the cached key via the kernel keyring directly\&. Example: "\-\-keyname=cryptsetup" +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-credential=\fR @@ -145,6 +149,8 @@ for details\&. If not specified, defaults to "password"\&. This option has no effect if no credentials directory is passed to the program (i\&.e\&. \fI$CREDENTIALS_DIRECTORY\fR is not set) or if the no credential of the specified name exists\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timeout=\fR @@ -157,12 +163,16 @@ Specify the query timeout in seconds\&. Defaults to 90s\&. A timeout of 0 waits Controls whether to echo user input\&. Takes a boolean or the special string "masked", the default being the latter\&. If enabled the typed characters are echoed literally, which is useful for prompting for usernames and other non\-protected data\&. If disabled the typed characters are not echoed in any form, the user will not get feedback on their input\&. If set to "masked", an asterisk ("*") is echoed for each character typed\&. In this mode, if the user hits the tabulator key ("↹"), echo is turned off\&. (Alternatively, if the user hits the backspace key ("⌫") while no data has been entered otherwise, echo is turned off, too)\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-echo\fR, \fB\-e\fR .RS 4 Equivalent to \fB\-\-echo=yes\fR, see above\&. +.sp +Added in version 217\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-emoji=yes|no|auto\fR @@ -172,6 +182,8 @@ Controls whether or not to prefix the query with a lock and key emoji (🔐), if "yes", unless \fB\-\-echo=yes\fR is given\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-tty\fR @@ -196,6 +208,8 @@ accept multiple passwords\&. This will output one password per line\&. Do not print passwords to standard output\&. This is useful if you want to store a password in kernel keyring with \fB\-\-keyname=\fR but do not want it to show up on screen or in logs\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR @@ -205,6 +219,8 @@ By default, when the acquired password is written to standard output it is suffi switch, similarly to the switch of the same name of the \fBecho\fR(1) command\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cat.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cat.1 index a14c4316..0e441745 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cat.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cat.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CAT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-cat" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CAT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cat" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -85,6 +85,8 @@ If is not specified, messages from stderr will still be logged, with the same default priority level as stdout\&. .sp Also, note that when stdout and stderr use the same default priority, the messages will be strictly ordered, because one channel is used for both\&. When the default priority differs, two channels are used, and so stdout messages will not be strictly ordered with respect to stderr messages \- though they will tend to be approximately ordered\&. +.sp +Added in version 241\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-level\-prefix=\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgls.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgls.1 index d119d07a..781d9307 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgls.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgls.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGLS" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-cgls" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGLS" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cgls" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -45,16 +45,22 @@ Do not hide empty control groups in the output\&. \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR .RS 4 Do not ellipsize process tree members\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-unit\fR .RS 4 Show cgroup subtrees for the specified units\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\-unit\fR .RS 4 Show cgroup subtrees for the specified user units\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-k\fR @@ -66,16 +72,22 @@ Include kernel threads in output\&. .RS 4 Limit control groups shown to the part corresponding to the container \fIMACHINE\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 203\&. .RE .PP \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-xattr=\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to include information about extended attributes of the listed control groups in the output\&. With the long option, expects a boolean value\&. Defaults to no\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-cgroup\-id=\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to include the numeric ID of the listed control groups in the output\&. With the long option, expects a boolean value\&. Defaults to no\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 index 3cd04ecf..c67d5e34 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-cgtop.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGTOP" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-cgtop" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CGTOP" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-cgtop" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -97,11 +97,15 @@ Run in "batch" mode: do not accept input and run until the iteration limit set w is exhausted or until killed\&. This mode could be useful for sending output from \fBsystemd\-cgtop\fR to other programs or to a file\&. +.sp +Added in version 188\&. .RE .PP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-raw\fR .RS 4 Format byte counts (as in memory usage and I/O metrics) and CPU time with raw numeric values rather than human\-readable numbers\&. +.sp +Added in version 221\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cpu=percentage\fR, \fB\-\-cpu=time\fR @@ -109,6 +113,8 @@ Format byte counts (as in memory usage and I/O metrics) and CPU time with raw nu Controls whether the CPU usage is shown as percentage or time\&. By default, the CPU usage is shown as percentage\&. This setting may also be toggled at runtime by pressing the % key\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .PP \fB\-P\fR @@ -117,6 +123,8 @@ Count only userspace processes instead of all tasks\&. By default, all tasks are P key\&. This option may not be combined with \fB\-k\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-k\fR @@ -125,6 +133,8 @@ Count only userspace processes and kernel threads instead of all tasks\&. By def k key\&. This option may not be combined with \fB\-P\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-recursive=\fR @@ -137,17 +147,23 @@ key\&. Note that this setting only applies to process counting, i\&.e\&. when th or \fB\-k\fR options are used\&. It has not effect if all tasks are counted, in which case the counting is always recursive\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-iterations=\fR .RS 4 Perform only this many iterations\&. A value of 0 indicates that the program should run indefinitely\&. +.sp +Added in version 188\&. .RE .PP \fB\-1\fR .RS 4 A shortcut for \fB\-\-iterations=1\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 238\&. .RE .PP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-delay=\fR @@ -174,6 +190,8 @@ shall traverse the control group hierarchies\&. If 0 is specified, only the root .RS 4 Limit control groups shown to the part corresponding to the container \fIMACHINE\fR\&. This option may not be used when a control group path is specified\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -198,6 +216,8 @@ Shows a short help text\&. Space .RS 4 Immediately refresh output\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .PP q @@ -217,6 +237,8 @@ command line switch\&. Toggle between showing CPU time as time or percentage\&. This setting may also be controlled using the \fB\-\-cpu=\fR command line switch\&. +.sp +Added in version 201\&. .RE .PP +, \- @@ -231,6 +253,8 @@ P Toggle between counting all tasks, or only userspace processes\&. This setting may also be controlled using the \fB\-P\fR command line switch (see above)\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP k @@ -238,6 +262,8 @@ k Toggle between counting all tasks, or only userspace processes and kernel threads\&. This setting may also be controlled using the \fB\-k\fR command line switch (see above)\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .PP r @@ -249,6 +275,8 @@ P or k keys\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-creds.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-creds.1 index 3a0e4b25..db9944ec 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-creds.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-creds.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-CREDS" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-creds" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-CREDS" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-creds" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -60,6 +60,8 @@ Along with each credential name, the size and security state is shown\&. The lat (in case it is backed by any other type of memory), or "insecure" (if having any access mode that is not 0400, i\&.e\&. if readable by anyone but the owner)\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fBcat\fR \fIcredential\&.\&.\&.\fR @@ -71,6 +73,8 @@ When combined with or \fB\-\-transcode=\fR the output is transcoded in simple ways before outputting\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fBsetup\fR @@ -83,6 +87,8 @@ or \fBdecrypt\fR, and is only accessible to the root user\&. Note that there\*(Aqs typically no need to invoke this command explicitly as it is implicitly called when \fBencrypt\fR is invoked, and credential host key encryption selected\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fBencrypt\fR \fIinput|\-\fR \fIoutput|\-\fR @@ -154,6 +160,8 @@ Use (see below) to undo the encryption operation, and acquire the decrypted plaintext credential from the encrypted ciphertext credential\&. .sp The credential data is encrypted using AES256\-GCM, i\&.e\&. providing both confidentiality and integrity, keyed by a SHA256 hash of one or both of the secret keys described above\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fBdecrypt\fR \fIinput|\-\fR [\fIoutput|\-\fR] @@ -170,6 +178,8 @@ switch\&. If the input path is specified as \fB\-\-name=\fR\&. .sp Decrypting credentials requires access to the original TPM2 chip and/or credentials host key, see above\&. Information about which keys are required is embedded in the encrypted credential data, and thus decryption is entirely automatic\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fBhas\-tpm2\fR @@ -183,6 +193,8 @@ and exits with exit status zero\&. If no such device is discovered/supported/use Combine with \fB\-\-quiet\fR to suppress the output\&. +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -203,6 +215,8 @@ When specified with the and \fBcat\fR commands operates on the credentials passed to system as a whole instead of on those passed to the current execution context\&. This is useful in container environments where credentials may be passed in from the container manager\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-transcode=\fR @@ -222,6 +236,8 @@ as argument, in order to encode/decode the credential data with Base64 or as ser Note that this has no effect on the \fBencrypt\fR command, as encrypted credentials are unconditionally encoded in Base64\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-newline=\fR @@ -237,6 +253,8 @@ or "no"\&. The default mode of "auto" will suffix the output with a single newline character only when writing credential data to a TTY\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pretty\fR, \fB\-p\fR @@ -250,6 +268,8 @@ setting that may be pasted directly into a unit file\&. Has effect only when use and "\-" as the output file\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-name=\fR\fIname\fR @@ -265,6 +285,8 @@ command control the credential name to validate the credential name embedded in with an empty string was used when encrypted) the specified name has no effect as no credential name validation is done\&. .sp Embedding the credential name in the encrypted credential is done in order to protect against reuse of credentials for purposes they weren\*(Aqt originally intended for, under the assumption the credential name is chosen carefully to encode its intended purpose\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timestamp=\fR\fItimestamp\fR @@ -279,6 +301,8 @@ When specified with the command controls the timestamp to use to validate the "not\-after" timestamp that was configured with \fB\-\-not\-after=\fR during encryption\&. If not specified defaults to the current system time\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-not\-after=\fR\fItimestamp\fR @@ -287,6 +311,8 @@ When specified with the \fBencrypt\fR command controls the time when the credential shall not be used anymore\&. This embeds the specified timestamp in the encrypted credential\&. During decryption the timestamp is checked against the current system clock, and if the timestamp is in the past the decryption will fail\&. By default no such timestamp is set\&. Takes a timestamp specification in the format described in \fBsystemd.time\fR(7)\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-with\-key=\fR, \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-T\fR @@ -332,6 +358,8 @@ mode, to disable binding against the host secret\&. This switch has no effect on the \fBdecrypt\fR command, as information on which key to use for decryption is included in the encrypted credential already\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -342,6 +370,8 @@ Controls the TPM2 device to use\&. Expects a device node path referring to the T may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a suitable TPM2 device (of which there must be exactly one)\&. The special value "list" may be used to enumerate all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs=\fR [PCR...] @@ -350,6 +380,8 @@ Configures the TPM2 PCRs (Platform Configuration Registers) to bind the encrypti "+" separated list of numeric PCR indexes in the range 0\&...23\&. If not used, defaults to PCR 7 only\&. If an empty string is specified, binds the encryption key to no PCRs at all\&. For details about the PCRs available, see the documentation of the switch of the same name for \fBsystemd-cryptenroll\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key=\fR [PATH], \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key\-pcrs=\fR [PCR...] @@ -374,6 +406,8 @@ Note the difference between \fB\-\-tpm2\-pcrs=\fR and \fB\-\-tpm2\-public\-key\-pcrs=\fR: the former binds decryption to the current, specific PCR values; the latter binds decryption to any set of PCR values for which a signature by the specified public key can be provided\&. The latter is hence more useful in scenarios where software updates shall be possible without losing access to all previously encrypted secrets\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tpm2\-signature=\fR [PATH] @@ -389,6 +423,8 @@ is searched for in /run/systemd/, /usr/lib/systemd/ (in this order) and used\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-q\fR @@ -396,6 +432,8 @@ is searched for in When used with \fBhas\-tpm2\fR suppresses the output, and only returns an exit status indicating support for TPM2\&. +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-delta.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-delta.1 index ba0c2984..d874587b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-delta.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-delta.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-DELTA" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-delta" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-DELTA" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-delta" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ Show overridden, and changed files\&. Show *\&.conf files in drop\-in directories for units\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .PP \fIunchanged\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 index 0c4280ab..1a0b04e5 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-detect-virt.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-DETECT\-VIRT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-detect-virt" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-DETECT\-VIRT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-detect-virt" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -258,6 +258,8 @@ Detect whether invoked in a environment\&. In this mode, no output is written, but the return value indicates whether the process was invoked in a \fBchroot()\fR environment or not\&. +.sp +Added in version 228\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-private\-users\fR @@ -265,11 +267,15 @@ environment or not\&. Detect whether invoked in a user namespace\&. In this mode, no output is written, but the return value indicates whether the process was invoked inside of a user namespace or not\&. See \fBuser_namespaces\fR(7) for more information\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cvm\fR .RS 4 Detect whether invoked in a confidential virtual machine\&. The result of this detection may be used to disable features that should not be used in confidential VMs\&. It must not be used to release security sensitive information\&. The latter must only be released after attestation of the confidential environment\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR @@ -280,11 +286,15 @@ Suppress output of the virtualization technology identifier\&. \fB\-\-list\fR .RS 4 Output all currently known and detectable container and VM environments\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-list\-cvm\fR .RS 4 Output all currently known and detectable confidential virtualization technologies\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-dissect.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-dissect.1 index 9606c8d3..994c72a0 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-dissect.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-dissect.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-DISSECT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-dissect" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-DISSECT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-dissect" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -185,12 +185,16 @@ Note that this functionality is also available in via a command such as \fBmount \-t ddi myimage\&.raw targetdir/\fR, as well as in \fBfstab\fR(5)\&. For details, see below\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-M\fR .RS 4 This is a shortcut for \fB\-\-mount \-\-mkdir\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-umount\fR, \fB\-u\fR @@ -198,18 +202,24 @@ This is a shortcut for Unmount an OS image from the specified directory\&. This command expects one argument: a directory where an OS image was mounted\&. .sp All mounted partitions will be recursively unmounted, and the underlying loop device will be removed, along with all its partition sub\-devices\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-U\fR .RS 4 This is a shortcut for \fB\-\-umount \-\-rmdir\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-attach\fR .RS 4 Attach the specified disk image to an automatically allocated loopback block device, and print the path to the loopback block device to standard output\&. This is similar to an invocation of \fBlosetup \-\-find \-\-show\fR, but will validate the image as DDI before attaching, and derive the correct sector size to use automatically\&. Moreover, it ensures the per\-partition block devices are created before returning\&. Takes a path to a disk image file\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-detach\fR @@ -217,11 +227,15 @@ Attach the specified disk image to an automatically allocated loopback block dev Detach the specified disk image from a loopback block device\&. This undoes the effect of \fB\-\-attach\fR above\&. This expects either a path to a loopback block device as an argument, or the path to the backing image file\&. In the latter case it will automatically determine the right device to detach\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-list\fR, \fB\-l\fR .RS 4 Prints the paths of all the files and directories in the specified OS image or directory to standard output\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-mtree\fR @@ -233,6 +247,8 @@ compatible file manifest of the specified disk image or directory\&. This is use file flags, \fBbtrfs\fR(5) subvolume information, and various other file metadata\&. File content information is shown via a SHA256 digest\&. Additional fields might be added in future\&. Note that inode information such as link counts, inode numbers and timestamps is excluded from the output on purpose, as it typically complicates reproducibility\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-with\fR @@ -241,12 +257,18 @@ Runs the specified command with the specified OS image mounted\&. This will moun \fB\-\-read\-only\fR to switch to read\-only operation\&. The invoked process will have the \fI$SYSTEMD_DISSECT_ROOT\fR -environment variable set, containing the absolute path name of the temporary mount point, i\&.e\&. the same directory that is set as the current working directory\&. +environment variable set, containing the absolute path name of the temporary mount point, i\&.e\&. the same directory that is set as the current working directory\&. It will also have the +\fI$SYSTEMD_DISSECT_DEVICE\fR +environment variable set, containing the absolute path name of the loop device the image was attached to\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-copy\-from\fR, \fB\-x\fR .RS 4 Copies a file or directory from the specified OS image or directory into the specified location on the host file system\&. Expects three arguments: a path to an image file or directory, a source path (relative to the image\*(Aqs root directory) and a destination path (relative to the current working directory, or an absolute path, both outside of the image)\&. If the destination path is omitted or specified as dash ("\-"), the specified file is written to standard output\&. If the source path in the image file system refers to a regular file it is copied to the destination path\&. In this case access mode, extended attributes and timestamps are copied as well, but file ownership is not\&. If the source path in the image refers to a directory, it is copied to the destination path, recursively with all containing files and directories\&. In this case the file ownership is copied too\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-copy\-to\fR, \fB\-a\fR @@ -256,6 +278,8 @@ Copies a file or directory from the specified location in the host file system i As with \fB\-\-mount\fR file system checks are implicitly run before the copy operation begins\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-discover\fR @@ -268,12 +292,16 @@ Show a list of DDIs in well\-known directories\&. This will show machine, portab /var/lib/portables/, /var/lib/extensions/ and so on\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-validate\fR .RS 4 Validates the partition arrangement of a disk image (DDI), and ensures it matches the image policy specified via \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR, if one is specified\&. This parses the partition table and probes the file systems in the image, but does not attempt to mount them (nor to set up disk encryption/authentication via LUKS/Verity)\&. It does this taking the configured image dissection policy into account\&. Since this operation does not mount file systems, this command \(en unlike all other commands implemented by this tool \(en requires no privileges other than the ability to access the specified file\&. Prints "OK" and returns zero if the image appears to be in order and matches the specified image dissection policy\&. Otherwise prints an error message and returns non\-zero\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -294,6 +322,8 @@ The following options are understood: Operate in read\-only mode\&. By default \fB\-\-mount\fR will establish writable mount points\&. If this option is specified they are established in read\-only mode instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fsck=no\fR @@ -305,6 +335,8 @@ or \fBfsck\fR(8) command, in automatic fixing mode\&. This behavior may be switched off using \fB\-\-fsck=no\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-growfs=no\fR @@ -383,6 +415,8 @@ The \fB\-\-growfs=no\fR option is not passed\&. .RE +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-mkdir\fR @@ -390,6 +424,8 @@ option is not passed\&. If combined with \fB\-\-mount\fR the directory to mount the OS image to is created if it is missing\&. Note that the directory is not automatically removed when the disk image is unmounted again\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-rmdir\fR @@ -397,6 +433,8 @@ the directory to mount the OS image to is created if it is missing\&. Note that If combined with \fB\-\-umount\fR the specified directory where the OS image is mounted is removed after unmounting the OS image\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-discard=\fR @@ -414,11 +452,15 @@ discarding is enabled if operating on a regular file\&. If discarding is enabled even on encrypted file systems\&. If "all" discarding is unconditionally enabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-in\-memory\fR .RS 4 If specified an in\-memory copy of the specified disk image is used\&. This may be used to operate with write\-access on a (possibly read\-only) image, without actually modifying the original file\&. This may also be used in order to operate on a disk image without keeping the originating file system busy, in order to allow it to be unmounted\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root\-hash=\fR, \fB\-\-root\-hash\-sig=\fR, \fB\-\-verity\-data=\fR @@ -431,6 +473,8 @@ specifies the path to a file containing a PKCS#7 signature for the hash\&. This \fB\-\-verity\-data=\fR specifies a path to a file with the Verity data to use for the OS image, in case it is stored in a detached file\&. It is recommended to embed the Verity data directly in the image, using the Verity mechanisms in the \m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-loop\-ref=\fR @@ -440,6 +484,16 @@ Configures the "reference" string the kernel shall report as backing file for th field for the block device\&. Note this is distinct from the /sys/class/block/loopX/loop/backing_file attribute file that always reports a path referring to the actual backing file\&. The latter is subject to mount namespace translation, the former is not\&. +.sp +This setting is particularly useful in combination with the +\fB\-\-attach\fR +command, as it allows later referencing the allocated loop device via +/dev/disk/by\-loop\-ref/\&... +symlinks\&. Example: first, set up the loopback device via +\fBsystemd\-dissect attach \-\-loop\-ref=quux foo\&.raw\fR, and then reference it in a command via the specified filename: +\fBcfdisk /dev/disk/by\-loop\-ref/quux\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-mtree\-hash=no\fR @@ -448,6 +502,8 @@ If combined with \fB\-\-mtree\fR, turns off inclusion of file hashes in the mtree output\&. This makes the \fB\-\-mtree\fR faster when operating on large images\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-escape.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-escape.1 index 07c3b79e..a69c2c8d 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-escape.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-escape.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ESCAPE" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-escape" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ESCAPE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-escape" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ or \fB\-\-unescape\fR or \fB\-\-mangle\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-template=\fR @@ -64,20 +66,27 @@ foobar@\&.service\&. With \fB\-\-instance\fR or \fB\-\-mangle\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-path\fR, \fB\-p\fR .RS 4 -When escaping or unescaping a string, assume it refers to a file system path\&. This eliminates leading, trailing or duplicate +When escaping or unescaping a string, assume it refers to a file system path\&. This simplifies the path (leading, trailing, and duplicate "/" -characters and rejects +characters are removed, no\-op path "\&." -and +components are removed, and for absolute paths, leading "\&.\&." -path components\&. This is particularly useful for generating strings suitable for unescaping with the +components are removed)\&. After the simplification, the path must not contain +"\&.\&."\&. +.sp +This is particularly useful for generating strings suitable for unescaping with the "%f" specifier in unit files, see \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-unescape\fR, \fB\-u\fR @@ -86,6 +95,8 @@ Instead of escaping the specified strings, undo the escaping, reversing the oper \fB\-\-suffix=\fR or \fB\-\-mangle\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-mangle\fR, \fB\-m\fR @@ -96,6 +107,8 @@ Like \fB\-\-template=\fR or \fB\-\-unescape\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-instance\fR @@ -108,6 +121,8 @@ ssh\&.service\&. Must be used in conjunction with \fB\-\-unescape\fR and may not be used in conjunction with \fB\-\-template\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 index fd64c003..2b65a8ad 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-firstboot.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-FIRSTBOOT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-firstboot" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-FIRSTBOOT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-firstboot" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ initializes basic system settings interactively during the first boot, or non\-i \fIConditionFirstBoot=yes\fR is met, which essentially means that /etc/ -is empty, see +is unpopulated, see \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) for details\&. .PP @@ -141,6 +141,8 @@ The following options are understood: Takes a directory path as an argument\&. All paths will be prefixed with the given alternate \fIroot\fR path, including config search paths\&. This is useful to operate on a system image mounted to the specified directory instead of the host system itself\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image=\fR\fB\fIpath\fR\fR @@ -150,6 +152,8 @@ Takes a path to a disk image file or block device node\&. If specified all opera but operates on file systems stored in disk images or block devices\&. The disk image should either contain just a file system or a set of file systems within a GPT partition table, following the \m[blue]\fBDiscoverable Partitions Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2\&. For further information on supported disk images, see \fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1)\*(Aqs switch of the same name\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-locale=\fR\fB\fILOCALE\fR\fR, \fB\-\-locale\-messages=\fR\fB\fILOCALE\fR\fR @@ -162,6 +166,8 @@ settings\&. The argument should be a valid locale identifier, such as "de_DE\&.UTF\-8"\&. This controls the \fBlocale.conf\fR(5) configuration file\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-keymap=\fR\fB\fIKEYMAP\fR\fR @@ -172,6 +178,8 @@ Sets the system keyboard layout\&. The argument should be a valid keyboard map, entry in the \fBvconsole.conf\fR(5) configuration file\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timezone=\fR\fB\fITIMEZONE\fR\fR @@ -180,6 +188,8 @@ Sets the system time zone\&. The argument should be a valid time zone identifier "Europe/Berlin"\&. This controls the \fBlocaltime\fR(5) symlink\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-hostname=\fR\fB\fIHOSTNAME\fR\fR @@ -187,6 +197,8 @@ symlink\&. Sets the system hostname\&. The argument should be a hostname, compatible with DNS\&. This controls the \fBhostname\fR(5) configuration file\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-setup\-machine\-id\fR @@ -202,12 +214,16 @@ or machine\-id is written by the manager with help from \fBsystemd-machine-id-commit.service\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-machine\-id=\fR\fB\fIID\fR\fR .RS 4 Set the system\*(Aqs machine ID to the specified value\&. The same restrictions apply as to \fB\-\-setup\-machine\-id\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root\-password=\fR\fB\fIPASSWORD\fR\fR, \fB\-\-root\-password\-file=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-root\-password\-hashed=\fR\fB\fIHASHED_PASSWORD\fR\fR @@ -226,6 +242,8 @@ accepts an already hashed password on the command line\&. See \fBshadow\fR(5) for more information on the format of the hashed password\&. Note that it is not recommended to specify plaintext passwords on the command line, as other users might be able to see them simply by invoking \fBps\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root\-shell=\fR\fB\fISHELL\fR\fR @@ -233,6 +251,8 @@ for more information on the format of the hashed password\&. Note that it is not Sets the shell of the system\*(Aqs root user\&. This creates/modifies the \fBpasswd\fR(5) file\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-kernel\-command\-line=\fR\fB\fICMDLINE\fR\fR @@ -241,11 +261,15 @@ Sets the system\*(Aqs kernel command line\&. This controls the /etc/kernel/cmdline file which is used by \fBkernel-install\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-prompt\-locale\fR, \fB\-\-prompt\-keymap\fR, \fB\-\-prompt\-timezone\fR, \fB\-\-prompt\-hostname\fR, \fB\-\-prompt\-root\-password\fR, \fB\-\-prompt\-root\-shell\fR .RS 4 Prompt the user interactively for a specific basic setting\&. Note that any explicit configuration settings specified on the command line take precedence, and the user is not prompted for it\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-prompt\fR @@ -258,6 +282,8 @@ Query the user for locale, keymap, timezone, hostname, root\*(Aqs password, and \fB\-\-prompt\-root\-password\fR, \fB\-\-prompt\-root\-shell\fR in combination\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-copy\-locale\fR, \fB\-\-copy\-keymap\fR, \fB\-\-copy\-timezone\fR, \fB\-\-copy\-root\-password\fR, \fB\-\-copy\-root\-shell\fR @@ -266,6 +292,8 @@ Copy a specific basic setting from the host\&. This only works in combination wi \fB\-\-root=\fR or \fB\-\-image=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-copy\fR @@ -277,14 +305,16 @@ Copy locale, keymap, time zone, root password and shell from the host\&. This is \fB\-\-copy\-root\-password\fR, \fB\-\-copy\-root\-shell\fR in combination\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-force\fR .RS 4 Write configuration even if the relevant files already exist\&. Without this option, -systemd\-firstboot +\fBsystemd\-firstboot\fR doesn\*(Aqt modify or replace existing files\&. Note that when configuring the root account, even with this option, -systemd\-firstboot +\fBsystemd\-firstboot\fR only modifies the entry of the "root" user, leaving other entries in @@ -292,6 +322,8 @@ user, leaving other entries in and /etc/shadow intact\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-reset\fR @@ -301,16 +333,22 @@ If specified, all existing files that are configured by are removed\&. Note that the files are removed regardless of whether they\*(Aqll be configured with a new value or not\&. This operation ensures that the next boot of the image will be considered a first boot, and \fBsystemd\-firstboot\fR will prompt again to configure each of the removed files\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-delete\-root\-password\fR .RS 4 Removes the password of the system\*(Aqs root user, enabling login as root without a password unless the root account is locked\&. Note that this is extremely insecure and hence this option should not be used lightly\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-welcome=\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. By default when prompting the user for configuration options a brief welcome text is shown before the first question is asked\&. Pass false to this option to turn off the welcome text\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -336,6 +374,8 @@ for details)\&. The following credentials are used when passed in: A hashed or plaintext version of the root password to use, in place of prompting the user\&. These credentials are equivalent to the same ones defined for the \fBsystemd-sysusers.service\fR(8) service\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fIpasswd\&.shell\&.root\fR @@ -343,11 +383,15 @@ service\&. Specifies the shell binary to use for the specified account\&. Equivalent to the credential of the same name defined for the \fBsystemd-sysusers.service\fR(8) service\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fIfirstboot\&.locale\fR, \fIfirstboot\&.locale\-messages\fR .RS 4 These credentials specify the locale settings to set during first boot, in place of prompting the user\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fIfirstboot\&.keymap\fR @@ -367,11 +411,15 @@ on first boot (if not already configured), and then read from there by is read on every boot, and is not persisted to disk (but any configuration in vconsole\&.conf will take precedence if present)\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fIfirstboot\&.timezone\fR .RS 4 This credential specifies the system timezone setting to set during first boot, in place of prompting the user\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP Note that by default the @@ -403,6 +451,8 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. Takes a boolean argument, defaults to on\&. If off, systemd\-firstboot\&.service won\*(Aqt interactively query the user for basic settings at first boot, even if those settings are not initialized yet\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-id128.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-id128.1 index d37116ca..79d82b32 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-id128.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-id128.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-ID128" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-id128" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-ID128" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-id128" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -30,6 +30,8 @@ systemd-id128 \- Generate and print sd\-128 identifiers \fBsystemd\-id128\fR [OPTIONS...] boot\-id .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-id128\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-id128\fR [OPTIONS...] invocation\-id +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-id128\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-id128\fR [OPTIONS...] show [NAME|UUID...] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP \fBid128\fR @@ -47,24 +49,25 @@ With With \fBboot\-id\fR, the identifier of the current boot will be printed\&. .PP -Both -\fBmachine\-id\fR -and -\fBboot\-id\fR -may be combined with the -\fB\-\-app\-specific=\fR\fB\fIapp\-id\fR\fR -switch to generate application\-specific IDs\&. See -\fBsd_id128_get_machine\fR(3) -for the discussion when this is useful\&. -.PP With \fBinvocation\-id\fR, the identifier of the current service invocation will be printed\&. This is available in systemd services\&. See \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. .PP With -\fBshow\fR, well\-known IDs are printed (for now, only GPT partition type UUIDs), along with brief identifier strings\&. When no arguments are specified, all known IDs are shown\&. When arguments are specified, they must be the identifiers or ID values of one or more known IDs, which are then printed\&. Combine with +\fBshow\fR, well\-known IDs are printed (for now, only GPT partition type UUIDs), along with brief identifier strings\&. When no arguments are specified, all known IDs are shown\&. When arguments are specified, they may be the identifiers or ID values of one or more known IDs, which are then printed with their name, or arbitrary IDs, which are then printed with a placeholder name\&. Combine with \fB\-\-uuid\fR to list the IDs in UUID style, i\&.e\&. the way GPT partition type UUIDs are usually shown\&. +.PP +\fBmachine\-id\fR, +\fBboot\-id\fR, and +\fBshow\fR +may be combined with the +\fB\-\-app\-specific=\fR\fB\fIapp\-id\fR\fR +switch to generate application\-specific IDs\&. See +\fBsd_id128_get_machine\fR(3) +for the discussion when this is useful\&. Support for +\fBshow \-\-app\-specific=\fR +was added in version 255\&. .SH "OPTIONS" .PP The following options are understood: @@ -72,22 +75,40 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-pretty\fR .RS 4 Generate output as programming language snippets\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-P\fR, \fB\-\-value\fR +.RS 4 +Only print the value\&. May be combined with +\fB\-u\fR/\fB\-\-uuid\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a \fR\fB\fIapp\-id\fR\fR, \fB\-\-app\-specific=\fR\fB\fIapp\-id\fR\fR .RS 4 -With this option, an identifier that is the result of hashing the application identifier +With this option, identifiers will be printed that are the result of hashing the application identifier \fIapp\-id\fR -and the machine identifier will be printed\&. The +and another ID\&. The \fIapp\-id\fR -argument must be a valid sd\-id128 string identifying the application\&. +argument must be a valid sd\-id128 string identifying the application\&. When used with +\fBmachine\-id\fR, the other ID will be the machine ID as described in +\fBmachine-id\fR(5), when used with +\fBboot\-id\fR, the other ID will be the boot ID, and when used with +\fBshow\fR, the other ID or IDs should be specified via the positional arguments\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-uuid\fR .RS 4 -Generate output as a UUID formatted in the "canonical representation", with five groups of digits separated by hyphens\&. See the -\m[blue]\fBwikipedia\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +Generate output as a UUID formatted in the "canonical representation", with five groups of digits separated by hyphens\&. See the Wikipedia entry for +\m[blue]\fBUniversally Unique Identifiers\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 for more discussion\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -101,7 +122,56 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. .RE .SH "EXIT STATUS" .PP -On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. +On success 0 is returned, and a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Show a well\-known UUID\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ systemd\-id128 show \-\-value user\-home +773f91ef66d449b5bd83d683bf40ad16 + +$ systemd\-id128 show \-\-value \-\-uuid user\-home +773f91ef\-66d4\-49b5\-bd83\-d683bf40ad16 + +$ systemd\-id128 show 773f91ef\-66d4\-49b5\-bd83\-d683bf40ad16 +NAME ID +user\-home 773f91ef66d449b5bd83d683bf40ad16 + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Generate an application\-specific UUID\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ systemd\-id128 machine\-id \-u +3a9d668b\-4db7\-4939\-8a4a\-5e78a03bffb7 + +$ systemd\-id128 new \-u +1fb8f24b\-02df\-458d\-9659\-cc8ace68e28a + +$ systemd\-id128 machine\-id \-u \-a 1fb8f24b\-02df\-458d\-9659\-cc8ace68e28a +47b82cb1\-5339\-43da\-b2a6\-1c350aef1bd1 + +$ systemd\-id128 \-Pu show 3a9d668b\-4db7\-4939\-8a4a\-5e78a03bffb7 \e + \-a 1fb8f24b\-02df\-458d\-9659\-cc8ace68e28a +47b82cb1\-5339\-43da\-b2a6\-1c350aef1bd1 + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +On a given machine with the ID 3a9d668b\-4db7\-4939\-8a4a\-5e78a03bffb7, for the application 1fb8f24b\-02df\-458d\-9659\-cc8ace68e28a, we generate an application\-specific machine ID (47b82cb1\-5339\-43da\-b2a6\-1c350aef1bd1)\&. If we want to later recreate the same calculation on a different machine, we need to specify both IDs explicitly as parameters to +\fBshow\fR\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsystemd\fR(1), @@ -109,7 +179,7 @@ On success, 0 is returned, a non\-zero failure code otherwise\&. \fBsd_id128_get_machine\fR(3) .SH "NOTES" .IP " 1." 4 -wikipedia +Universally Unique Identifiers .RS 4 \%https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Universally_unique_identifier#Format .RE diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 index 6c975015..54834968 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-inhibit.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-INHIBIT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-inhibit" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-INHIBIT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-inhibit" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -257,6 +257,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -268,6 +274,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 index 575da630..4dbbe6f3 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-machine-id-setup.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-MACHINE\-ID\-SETUP" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-machine-id-setup" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-MACHINE\-ID\-SETUP" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-machine-id-setup" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -105,6 +105,8 @@ Takes a directory path as argument\&. All paths operated on will be prefixed wit path, including the path for /etc/machine\-id itself\&. +.sp +Added in version 212\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image=\fR\fB\fIpath\fR\fR @@ -112,6 +114,8 @@ itself\&. Takes a path to a device node or regular file as argument\&. This is similar to \fB\-\-root=\fR as described above, but operates on a disk image instead of a directory tree\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR @@ -143,11 +147,15 @@ mount point in a race\-free manner to ensure that this file is always valid and This command is primarily used by the \fBsystemd-machine-id-commit.service\fR(8) early boot service\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-print\fR .RS 4 Print the machine ID generated or committed after the operation is complete\&. +.sp +Added in version 231\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-measure.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-measure.1 index 6c9f79ee..cbb356f3 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-measure.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-measure.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-MEASURE" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-measure" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-MEASURE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-measure" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -53,6 +53,8 @@ The following commands are understood: This is the default command if none is specified\&. This queries the local system\*(Aqs TPM2 PCR 11+12+13 values and displays them\&. The data is written in a similar format as the \fBcalculate\fR command below, and may be used to quickly compare expectation with reality\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fBcalculate\fR @@ -64,6 +66,7 @@ Pre\-calculate the expected values seen in PCR register 11 after boot\-up of a u \fB\-\-initrd=\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR, \fB\-\-dtb=\fR, +\fB\-\-uname=\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR, \fB\-\-pcrpkey=\fR see below\&. Only @@ -71,6 +74,8 @@ see below\&. Only is mandatory\&. (Alternatively, specify \fB\-\-current\fR to use the current values of PCR register 11 instead\&.) +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fBsign\fR @@ -87,12 +92,14 @@ option below), which may be used to unlock encrypted credentials (see \fBsystemd-cryptsetup@.service\fR(8))\&. This allows binding secrets to a set of kernels for which such PCR 11 signatures can be provided\&. .sp Note that a TPM2 device must be available for this signing to take place, even though the result is not tied to any TPM2 device or its state\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP The following options are understood: .PP -\fB\-\-linux=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-osrel=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-initrd=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-dtb=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcrpkey=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR +\fB\-\-linux=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-osrel=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-initrd=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-dtb=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-uname=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcrpkey=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 When used with the \fBcalculate\fR @@ -103,6 +110,8 @@ verb, configures the files to read the unified kernel image components from\&. E switch expects the path to the ELF kernel file that the unified PE kernel will wrap\&. All switches except \fB\-\-linux=\fR are optional\&. Each option may be used at most once\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-current\fR @@ -114,6 +123,8 @@ or verb, takes the PCR 11 values currently in effect for the system (which should typically reflect the hashes of the currently booted kernel)\&. This can be used in place of \fB\-\-linux=\fR and the other switches listed above\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-bank=\fR\fB\fIDIGEST\fR\fR @@ -129,6 +140,8 @@ output\&. May be used more then once to specify multiple banks\&. If not specifi "sha256", "sha384", "sha512"\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-private\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-public\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -150,6 +163,8 @@ If the is not specified but \fB\-\-private\-key=\fR is specified the public key is automatically derived from the private key\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tpm2\-device=\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -160,13 +175,15 @@ Controls which TPM2 device to use\&. Expects a device node path referring to the may be specified, in order to automatically determine the device node of a suitable TPM2 device (of which there must be exactly one)\&. The special value "list" may be used to enumerate all suitable TPM2 devices currently discovered\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-phase=\fR\fIPHASE\fR .RS 4 Controls which boot phases to calculate expected PCR 11 values for\&. This takes a series of colon\-separated strings that encode boot "paths" for entering a specific phase of the boot process\&. Each of the specified strings is measured by the -systemd\-pcrphase\-initrd\&.service -and +systemd\-pcrphase\-initrd\&.service, +systemd\-pcrphase\-sysinit\&.service, and \fBsystemd-pcrphase.service\fR(8) into PCR 11 during different milestones of the boot process\&. This switch may be specified multiple times to calculate PCR values for multiple boot phases at once\&. If not used defaults to "enter\-initrd", @@ -179,6 +196,8 @@ and .sp For further details about PCR boot phases, see \fBsystemd-pcrphase.service\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-append=\fR\fIPATH\fR @@ -186,6 +205,8 @@ For further details about PCR boot phases, see When generating a PCR JSON signature (via the \fBsign\fR command), combine it with a previously generated PCR JSON signature, and output it as one\&. The specified path must refer to a regular file that contains a valid JSON PCR signature object\&. The specified file is not modified\&. It will be read first, then the newly generated signature appended to it, and the resulting object is written to standard output\&. Use this to generate a single JSON object consisting from signatures made with a number of signing keys (for example, to have one key per boot phase)\&. The command will suppress duplicates: if a specific signature is already included in a JSON signature object it is not added a second time\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR @@ -298,7 +319,7 @@ And then unlock the device with the signature: .RS 4 .\} .nf -# /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-cryptsetup attach \e +# systemd\-cryptsetup attach \e volume5 /dev/sda5 \- \e tpm2\-device=auto,tpm2\-signature=/path/to/tpm2\-pcr\-signature\&.json .fi diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-mount.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-mount.1 index 302acb4c..22f5c0be 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-mount.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-mount.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-MOUNT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-mount" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-MOUNT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-mount" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -25,6 +25,8 @@ systemd-mount, systemd-umount \- Establish and destroy transient mount or auto\- .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-mount\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-mount\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR...] \fIWHAT\fR [\fIWHERE\fR] .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-mount\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-mount\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR...] \fB\-\-tmpfs\fR [\fINAME\fR] \fIWHERE\fR +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-mount\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-mount\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR...] \fB\-\-list\fR .HP \w'\fBsystemd\-mount\fR\ 'u \fBsystemd\-mount\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR...] \fB\-\-umount\fR \fIWHAT|WHERE\fR... @@ -55,7 +57,9 @@ or /run/media/system/ whose name is generated from the file system label\&. In this mode the block device or image file must exist at the time of invocation of the command, so that it may be probed\&. If the device is found to be a removable block device (e\&.g\&. a USB stick), an automount point is created instead of a regular mount point (i\&.e\&. the \fB\-\-automount=\fR -option is implied, see below)\&. +option is implied, see below)\&. If the option +\fB\-\-tmpfs\fR +is specified, then the argument is interpreted as the path where the new temporary file system shall be mounted\&. .PP If two arguments are specified, the first indicates the mount source (the \fIWHAT\fR) and the second indicates the path to mount it on (the @@ -79,6 +83,8 @@ The following options are understood: Do not synchronously wait for the requested operation to finish\&. If this is not specified, the job will be verified, enqueued and \fBsystemd\-mount\fR will wait until the mount or automount unit\*(Aqs start\-up is completed\&. By passing this argument, it is only verified and enqueued\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-full\fR @@ -86,6 +92,8 @@ will wait until the mount or automount unit\*(Aqs start\-up is completed\&. By p Do not ellipsize the output when \fB\-\-list\fR is specified\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR @@ -106,11 +114,15 @@ Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-q\fR .RS 4 Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-discover\fR .RS 4 Enable probing of the mount source\&. This switch is implied if a single argument is specified on the command line\&. If passed, additional metadata is read from the device to enhance the unit to create\&. For example, a descriptive string for the transient units is generated from the file system label and device model\&. Moreover if a removable block device (e\&.g\&. USB stick) is detected an automount unit instead of a regular mount unit is created, with a short idle timeout, in order to ensure the file\-system is placed in a clean state quickly after each access\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-type=\fR, \fB\-t\fR @@ -120,11 +132,15 @@ Specifies the file system type to mount (e\&.g\&. or "ext4")\&. If omitted or set to "auto", the file system type is determined automatically\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-options=\fR, \fB\-o\fR .RS 4 Additional mount options for the mount point\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-owner=\fR\fB\fIUSER\fR\fR @@ -136,6 +152,8 @@ own the mounted file system\&. This is done by appending and \fBgid=\fR options to the list of mount options\&. Only certain file systems support this option\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fsck=\fR @@ -143,6 +161,8 @@ options to the list of mount options\&. Only certain file systems support this o Takes a boolean argument, defaults to on\&. Controls whether to run a file system check immediately before the mount operation\&. In the automount case (see \fB\-\-automount=\fR below) the check will be run the moment the first access to the device is made, which might slightly delay the access\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-description=\fR @@ -151,6 +171,8 @@ Provide a description for the mount or automount unit\&. See \fIDescription=\fR in \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-property=\fR, \fB\-p\fR @@ -159,6 +181,8 @@ Sets a unit property for the mount unit that is created\&. This takes an assignm \fBsystemctl\fR(1)\*(Aqs \fBset\-property\fR command\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-automount=\fR @@ -171,12 +195,16 @@ If this switch is not specified it defaults to false\&. If not specified and \fB\-\-discover\fR is used (or only a single argument passed, which implies \fB\-\-discover\fR, see above), and the file system block device is detected to be removable, it is set to true, in order to increase the chance that the file system is in a fully clean state if the device is unplugged abruptly\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-A\fR .RS 4 Equivalent to \fB\-\-automount=yes\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timeout\-idle\-sec=\fR @@ -193,12 +221,16 @@ is used (or only a single argument passed, which implies \fB\-\-discover\fR, see above), and the file system block device is detected to be removable, \fB\-\-timeout\-idle\-sec=1s\fR is implied\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-automount\-property=\fR .RS 4 Similar to \fB\-\-property=\fR, but applies additional properties to the automount unit created, instead of the mount unit\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-bind\-device\fR @@ -209,12 +241,16 @@ Note that if \fB\-\-discover\fR is used (or only a single argument passed, which implies \fB\-\-discover\fR, see above), and the file system block device is detected to be removable, this option is implied\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-list\fR .RS 4 Instead of establishing a mount or automount point, print a terse list of block devices containing file systems that may be mounted with "systemd\-mount", along with useful metadata such as labels, etc\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-umount\fR @@ -234,6 +270,8 @@ style node names, or backing files corresponding to loop devices, like or \fB\-M\fR is specified, only absolute paths to mount points are supported\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-G\fR, \fB\-\-collect\fR @@ -246,6 +284,30 @@ or an equivalent command\&. On the other hand, units that stopped successfully a in \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) for further information\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-T\fR, \fB\-\-tmpfs\fR +.RS 4 +Create and mount a new +\fBtmpfs\fR +file system on +\fIWHERE\fR, with an optional +\fINAME\fR +that defaults to +"tmpfs"\&. +.sp +The file system is mounted with the top\-level directory mode determined by the +\fBumask\fR(2) +setting of the caller, i\&.e\&. +\fBrwxrwxrwx\fR +masked by the umask of the caller\&. This matches what +\fBmkdir\fR(1) +does, but is different from the kernel default of +"rwxrwxrwxt", i\&.e\&. a world\-writable directory with the sticky bit set\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\fR @@ -308,11 +370,15 @@ honors a couple of additional udev properties of block devices: The mount options to use, if \fB\-\-options=\fR is not used\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fISYSTEMD_MOUNT_WHERE=\fR .RS 4 The file system path to place the mount point at, instead of the automatically generated one\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLE" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-notify.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-notify.1 index 5a3a243b..a8f251e3 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-notify.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-notify.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-NOTIFY" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-notify" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-NOTIFY" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-notify" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -93,6 +93,8 @@ services, see \fBsystemd.service\fR(5) for details)\&. For details about the semantics of this option see \fBsd_notify\fR(3)\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-stopping\fR @@ -100,6 +102,8 @@ for details)\&. For details about the semantics of this option see Inform the invoking service manager about the beginning of the shutdown phase of the service\&. This is equivalent to \fBsystemd\-notify STOPPING=1\fR\&. For details about the semantics of this option see \fBsd_notify\fR(3)\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pid=\fR @@ -129,6 +133,8 @@ for details\&. \fB\-\-uid=\fR\fIUSER\fR .RS 4 Set the user ID to send the notification from\&. Takes a UNIX user name or numeric UID\&. When specified the notification message will be sent with the specified UID as sender, in place of the user the command was invoked as\&. This option requires sufficient privileges in order to be able manipulate the user identity of the process\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-status=\fR @@ -160,6 +166,8 @@ Do not synchronously wait for the requested operation to finish\&. Use of this o is spawned by the service manager, or when the invoking process is directly spawned by the service manager and has enough privileges to allow \fBsystemd\-notify\fR to send the notification on its behalf\&. Sending notifications with this option set is prone to race conditions in all other cases\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-exec\fR @@ -176,6 +184,8 @@ as their own separator for command lines, hence when \fBsystemd\-notify\fR is invoked from a shell the semicolon must usually be escaped as "\e;"\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fd=\fR @@ -189,7 +199,7 @@ for details\&. The specified file descriptor must be passed to when invoked\&. This option may be used multiple times to pass multiple file descriptors in a single notification message\&. .sp To use this functionality from a -\fBbash\fR +\fBbash\fR(1) shell, use an expression like the following: .sp .if n \{\ @@ -201,6 +211,8 @@ systemd\-notify \-\-fd=4 \-\-fd=5 4</some/file 5</some/other/file .if n \{\ .RE .\} +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fdname=\fR @@ -210,6 +222,8 @@ Set a name to assign to the file descriptors passed via (see above)\&. This controls the "FDNAME=" field\&. This setting may only be specified once, and applies to all file descriptors passed\&. Invoke this tool multiple times in case multiple file descriptors with different file descriptor names shall be submitted\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 index 2b67e183..c9ee1594 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-nspawn.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-NSPAWN" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-nspawn" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-NSPAWN" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-nspawn" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -134,6 +134,8 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR .RS 4 Turns off any status output by the tool itself\&. When this switch is used, the only output from nspawn will be the console output of the container OS itself\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-settings=\fR\fIMODE\fR @@ -175,6 +177,8 @@ or next to the image file or container root directory, all settings will take ef If disabled, no \&.nspawn file is read and no settings except the ones on the command line are in effect\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .SS "Image Options" .PP @@ -217,6 +221,8 @@ or \fB\-\-ephemeral\fR\&. .sp Note that this switch leaves hostname, machine ID and all other settings that could identify the instance unmodified\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-x\fR, \fB\-\-ephemeral\fR @@ -233,6 +239,8 @@ or new With this option no modifications of the container image are retained\&. Use \fB\-\-volatile=\fR (described below) for other mechanisms to restrict persistency of container images during runtime\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-image=\fR @@ -304,6 +312,8 @@ and Any other partitions, such as foreign partitions or swap partitions are not mounted\&. May not be specified together with \fB\-\-directory=\fR, \fB\-\-template=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-image\-policy=\fR\fB\fIpolicy\fR\fR @@ -312,6 +322,8 @@ Takes an image policy string as argument, as per \fBsystemd.image-policy\fR(7)\&. The policy is enforced when operating on the disk image specified via \fB\-\-image=\fR, see above\&. If not specified defaults to "root=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent:usr=verity+signed+encrypted+unprotected+absent:home=encrypted+unprotected+absent:srv=encrypted+unprotected+absent:esp=unprotected+absent:xbootldr=unprotected+absent:tmp=encrypted+unprotected+absent:var=encrypted+unprotected+absent", i\&.e\&. all recognized file systems in the image are used, but not the swap partition\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-oci\-bundle=\fR @@ -320,6 +332,8 @@ Takes the path to an OCI runtime bundle to invoke, as specified in the \m[blue]\fBOCI Runtime Specification\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[3]\d\s+2\&. In this case no \&.nspawn file is loaded, and the root directory and various settings are read from the OCI runtime JSON data (but data passed on the command line takes precedence)\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-read\-only\fR @@ -418,6 +432,8 @@ as container payload\&. The option does not require any particular preparations in the OS, but do note that "overlayfs" behaviour differs from regular file systems in a number of ways, and hence compatibility is limited\&. +.sp +Added in version 216\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root\-hash=\fR @@ -445,6 +461,8 @@ Also see the \fIRootHash=\fR option in \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-root\-hash\-sig=\fR @@ -455,6 +473,8 @@ option\&. The semantics are the same as for the \fIRootHashSignature=\fR option, see \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-verity\-data=\fR @@ -464,6 +484,8 @@ Takes the path to a data integrity (dm\-verity) file\&. This option enables data suffix is found next to the image file, bearing otherwise the same name (except if the image has the \&.raw suffix, in which case the verity data file must not have it in its name), the verity data is read from it and automatically used\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pivot\-root=\fR @@ -480,6 +502,8 @@ will be pivoted to the other directory\&. Both paths must be absolute, and are r This is for containers which have several bootable directories in them; for example, several \m[blue]\fBOSTree\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[4]\d\s+2 deployments\&. It emulates the behavior of the boot loader and the initrd which normally select which directory to mount as the root and start the container\*(Aqs PID 1 in\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .SS "Execution Options" .PP @@ -493,6 +517,8 @@ compatible signal handling (specifically: it needs to reboot on SIGINT, reexecut \fB\-\-as\-pid2\fR a minimal stub init process is run as PID 1 and the selected program is executed as PID 2 (and hence does not need to implement any special semantics)\&. The stub init process will reap processes as necessary and react appropriately to signals\&. It is recommended to use this mode to invoke arbitrary commands in containers, unless they have been modified to run correctly as PID 1\&. Or in other words: this switch should be used for pretty much all commands, except when the command refers to an init or shell implementation, as these are generally capable of running correctly as PID 1\&. This option may not be combined with \fB\-\-boot\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 229\&. .RE .PP \fB\-b\fR, \fB\-\-boot\fR @@ -548,6 +574,8 @@ template unit file is used\&. \fB\-\-chdir=\fR .RS 4 Change to the specified working directory before invoking the process in the container\&. Expects an absolute path in the container\*(Aqs file system namespace\&. +.sp +Added in version 229\&. .RE .PP \fB\-E \fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR, \fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR @@ -557,6 +585,8 @@ Specifies an environment variable to pass to the init process in the container\& and \fIVALUE\fR are omitted, the value of the variable with the same name in the program environment will be used\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-u\fR, \fB\-\-user=\fR @@ -578,6 +608,8 @@ triggers an orderly shutdown)\&. If is not used and this option is not specified the container\*(Aqs processes are terminated abruptly via \fBSIGKILL\fR\&. For a list of valid signals, see \fBsignal\fR(7)\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-notify\-ready=\fR @@ -596,6 +628,8 @@ systemd\-nspawn waits for the "READY=1" message from the init process in the container before sending its own to systemd\&. For more details about notifications see \fBsd_notify\fR(3)\&. +.sp +Added in version 231\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-suppress\-sync=\fR @@ -608,6 +642,8 @@ Expects a boolean argument\&. If true, turns off any form of on\-disk file syste flags to \fBopen\fR(2) and related calls will be made unavailable\&. This is potentially dangerous, as assumed data integrity guarantees to the container payload are not actually enforced (i\&.e\&. data assumed to have been written to disk might be lost if the system is shut down abnormally)\&. However, this can dramatically improve container runtime performance \(en as long as these guarantees are not required or desirable, for example because any data written by the container is of temporary, redundant nature, or just an intermediary artifact that will be further processed and finalized by a later step in a pipeline\&. Defaults to false\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .SS "System Identity Options" .PP @@ -618,6 +654,8 @@ Sets the machine name for this container\&. This name may be used to identify th and similar), and is used to initialize the container\*(Aqs hostname (which the container can choose to override, however)\&. If not specified, the last component of the root directory path of the container is used, possibly suffixed with a random identifier in case \fB\-\-ephemeral\fR mode is selected\&. If the root directory selected is the host\*(Aqs root directory the host\*(Aqs hostname is used as default instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 202\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-hostname=\fR @@ -630,6 +668,8 @@ exclusively\&. Note that regardless whether the container\*(Aqs hostname is init \fB\-\-hostname=\fR or the one set with \fB\-\-machine=\fR, the container can later override its kernel hostname freely on its own as well\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-uuid=\fR @@ -648,6 +688,8 @@ Make the container part of the specified slice, instead of the default machine\&.slice\&. This applies only if the machine is run in its own scope unit, i\&.e\&. if \fB\-\-keep\-unit\fR isn\*(Aqt used\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-property=\fR @@ -656,6 +698,8 @@ Set a unit property on the scope unit to register for the machine\&. This applie \fB\-\-keep\-unit\fR isn\*(Aqt used\&. Takes unit property assignments in the same format as \fBsystemctl set\-property\fR\&. This is useful to set memory limits and similar for the container\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-register=\fR @@ -667,6 +711,8 @@ Controls whether the container is registered with and shown by tools such as \fBps\fR(1)\&. If the container does not run a service manager, it is recommended to set this option to "no"\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-keep\-unit\fR @@ -693,6 +739,8 @@ and \fB\-\-register=no\fR in combination to disable any kind of unit allocation or registration with \fBsystemd\-machined\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .SS "User Namespacing Options" .PP @@ -781,6 +829,8 @@ or /etc/group\&. In fact, the allocation of the range is not stored persistently anywhere, except in the file ownership of the files and directories of the container\&. .sp Note that when user namespacing is used file ownership on disk reflects this, and all of the container\*(Aqs files and directories are owned by the container\*(Aqs effective user and group IDs\&. This means that copying files from and to the container image requires correction of the numeric UID/GID values, according to the UID/GID shift applied\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-private\-users\-ownership=\fR @@ -815,6 +865,8 @@ The option is implied if \fB\-\-private\-users=pick\fR is used\&. This option has no effect if user namespacing is not used\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-U\fR @@ -843,6 +895,8 @@ systemd\-nspawn \&... \-\-private\-users=0 \-\-private\-users\-ownership=chown .if n \{\ .RE .\} +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .SS "Networking Options" .PP @@ -884,6 +938,8 @@ After=sys\-subsystem\-net\-devices\-ens1\&.device This will make sure that activation of the container service will be delayed until the "ens1" network interface has shown up\&. This is required since hardware probing is fully asynchronous, and network interfaces might be discovered only later during the boot process, after the container would normally be started without these explicit dependencies\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network\-macvlan=\fR @@ -900,6 +956,8 @@ implies .sp As with \fB\-\-network\-interface=\fR, the underlying Ethernet network interface must already exist at the time the container is started, and thus similar unit file drop\-ins as described above might be useful\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network\-ipvlan=\fR @@ -918,6 +976,8 @@ implies .sp As with \fB\-\-network\-interface=\fR, the underlying Ethernet network interface must already exist at the time the container is started, and thus similar unit file drop\-ins as described above might be useful\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-network\-veth\fR @@ -955,6 +1015,8 @@ for details on older naming algorithms for this interface)\&. Alternatively, the option may be used, which allows free configuration of the host\-side interface name independently of the container name \(em but might require a bit more additional configuration in case bridging in a fashion similar to \fB\-\-network\-bridge=\fR is desired\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network\-veth\-extra=\fR @@ -964,6 +1026,8 @@ Adds an additional virtual Ethernet link between host and container\&. Takes a c \fB\-\-network\-bridge=\fR has no effect on interfaces created with \fB\-\-network\-veth\-extra=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 228\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network\-bridge=\fR @@ -980,6 +1044,8 @@ prefix instead of .sp As with \fB\-\-network\-interface=\fR, the underlying bridge network interface must already exist at the time the container is started, and thus similar unit file drop\-ins as described above might be useful\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network\-zone=\fR @@ -1000,6 +1066,8 @@ includes by default a network file matching the bridge interfaces created this way, which contains settings to enable automatic address provisioning on the created virtual network via DHCP, as well as automatic IP routing onto the host\*(Aqs external network interfaces\&. Using \fB\-\-network\-zone=\fR is hence in most cases fully automatic and sufficient to connect multiple local containers in a joined broadcast domain to the host, with further connectivity to the external network\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-network\-namespace\-path=\fR @@ -1013,6 +1081,8 @@ created by \fB\-\-private\-network\fR or \fB\-\-network\-interface=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-port=\fR @@ -1026,6 +1096,8 @@ is assumed\&. The container port number and its colon may be omitted, in which c \fB\-\-network\-veth\fR, \fB\-\-network\-zone=\fR \fB\-\-network\-bridge=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .SS "Security Options" .PP @@ -1073,6 +1145,8 @@ is passed, the program will print known capability names and exit\&. .sp This option sets the bounding set of capabilities which also limits the ambient capabilities as given with the \fB\-\-ambient\-capability=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-drop\-capability=\fR @@ -1085,6 +1159,8 @@ is passed, the program will print known capability names and exit\&. .sp This option sets the bounding set of capabilities which also limits the ambient capabilities as given with the \fB\-\-ambient\-capability=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-ambient\-capability=\fR @@ -1105,6 +1181,8 @@ This option cannot be combined with the boot mode of the container (as requested If the special value of "help" is passed, the program will print known capability names and exit\&. +.sp +Added in version 248\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-new\-privileges=\fR @@ -1114,6 +1192,8 @@ Takes a boolean argument\&. Specifies the value of the flag for the container payload\&. Defaults to off\&. When turned on the payload code of the container cannot acquire new privileges, i\&.e\&. the "setuid" file bit as well as file system capabilities will not have an effect anymore\&. See \fBprctl\fR(2) for details about this flag\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-system\-call\-filter=\fR @@ -1131,16 +1211,22 @@ always implements a system call allow list (as opposed to a deny list!), and thi "~" prefix\&. Note that the applied system call filter is also altered implicitly if additional capabilities are passed using the \fB\-\-capabilities=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 235\&. .RE .PP \fB\-Z\fR, \fB\-\-selinux\-context=\fR .RS 4 Sets the SELinux security context to be used to label processes in the container\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .PP \fB\-L\fR, \fB\-\-selinux\-apifs\-context=\fR .RS 4 Sets the SELinux security context to be used to label files in the virtual API file systems in the container\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .SS "Resource Options" .PP @@ -1168,6 +1254,8 @@ may be used to turn off resource limiting for the specific type of resource\&. T \fB\-\-private\-users=\fR is used, see above), any limits set will be applied to the resource usage of the same user on all local containers as well as the host\&. This means particular care needs to be taken with these limits as they might be triggered by possibly less trusted code\&. Example: "\-\-rlimit=RLIMIT_NOFILE=8192:16384"\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-oom\-score\-adjust=\fR @@ -1176,6 +1264,8 @@ Changes the OOM ("Out Of Memory") score adjustment value for the container paylo /proc/self/oom_score_adj which influences the preference with which this container is terminated when memory becomes scarce\&. For details see \fBproc\fR(5)\&. Takes an integer in the range \-1000\&...1000\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-cpu\-affinity=\fR @@ -1183,6 +1273,8 @@ which influences the preference with which this container is terminated when mem Controls the CPU affinity of the container payload\&. Takes a comma separated list of CPU numbers or number ranges (the latter\*(Aqs start and end value separated by dashes)\&. See \fBsched_setaffinity\fR(2) for details\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-personality=\fR @@ -1194,6 +1286,8 @@ in the container\&. Currently, only and "x86\-64" are supported\&. This is useful when running a 32\-bit container on a 64\-bit host\&. If this setting is not used, the personality reported in the container is the same as the one reported on the host\&. +.sp +Added in version 209\&. .RE .SS "Integration Options" .PP @@ -1297,6 +1391,8 @@ is preferable, as it means direct changes to /etc/resolv\&.conf in the container are not allowed, as it is a read\-only bind mount (but note that if the container has enough privileges, it might simply go ahead and unmount the bind mount anyway)\&. Note that both if the file is bind mounted and if it is copied no further propagation of configuration is generally done after the one\-time early initialization (this is because the file is usually updated through copying and renaming)\&. Defaults to "auto"\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-timezone=\fR @@ -1336,6 +1432,8 @@ otherwise, except if the image is read\-only in which case "bind" is used instead\&. Defaults to "auto"\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-link\-journal=\fR @@ -1355,7 +1453,9 @@ Control whether the container\*(Aqs journal shall be made visible to the host sy "try\-host" and "try\-guest" -do the same but do not fail if the host does not have persistent journaling enabled\&. If +do the same but do not fail if the host does not have persistent journaling enabled, or if the container is in the +\fB\-\-ephemeral\fR +mode\&. If "auto" (the default), and the right subdirectory of /var/log/journal @@ -1372,12 +1472,16 @@ Note that is the default if the systemd\-nspawn@\&.service template unit file is used\&. +.sp +Added in version 187\&. .RE .PP \fB\-j\fR .RS 4 Equivalent to \fB\-\-link\-journal=try\-guest\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 187\&. .RE .SS "Mount Options" .PP @@ -1397,7 +1501,8 @@ Mount options are comma\-separated\&. \fBrbind\fR and \fBnorbind\fR -control whether to create a recursive or a regular bind mount\&. Defaults to "rbind"\&. +control whether to create a recursive or a regular bind mount\&. Defaults to +\fBrbind\fR\&. \fBnoidmap\fR, \fBidmap\fR, and \fBrootidmap\fR @@ -1407,7 +1512,8 @@ Using \fBidmap\fR or \fBrootidmap\fR -requires support by the source filesystem for user/group ID mapped mounts\&. Defaults to "noidmap"\&. With +requires support by the source filesystem for user/group ID mapped mounts\&. Defaults to +\fBnoidmap\fR\&. With \fBx\fR being the container\*(Aqs UID range offset, \fBy\fR @@ -1489,6 +1595,8 @@ Note that when this option is used in combination with \fBnobody\fR user\&. That\*(Aqs because the mount and its files and directories continue to be owned by the relevant host users and groups, which do not exist in the container, and thus show up under the wildcard UID 65534 (nobody)\&. If such bind mounts are created, it is recommended to make them read\-only, using \fB\-\-bind\-ro=\fR\&. Alternatively you can use the "idmap" mount option to map the filesystem IDs\&. +.sp +Added in version 198\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-bind\-user=\fR @@ -1555,11 +1663,15 @@ and .sp This operation is only supported in combination with \fB\-\-private\-users=\fR/\fB\-U\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-inaccessible=\fR .RS 4 Make the specified path inaccessible in the container\&. This over\-mounts the specified path (which must exist in the container) with a file node of the same type that is empty and has the most restrictive access mode supported\&. This is an effective way to mask files, directories and other file system objects from the container payload\&. This option may be used more than once in case all specified paths are masked\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tmpfs=\fR @@ -1571,6 +1683,8 @@ may be used to embed colons in the path\&. Note that this option cannot be used to replace the root file system of the container with a temporary file system\&. However, the \fB\-\-volatile=\fR option described below provides similar functionality, with a focus on implementing stateless operating system images\&. +.sp +Added in version 214\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-overlay=\fR, \fB\-\-overlay\-ro=\fR @@ -1608,6 +1722,8 @@ mount option receives the paths to stack in the opposite order of this switch\&. Note that this option cannot be used to replace the root file system of the container with an overlay file system\&. However, the \fB\-\-volatile=\fR option described above provides similar functionality, with a focus on implementing stateless operating system images\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .SS "Input/Output Options" .PP @@ -1660,12 +1776,16 @@ to be available\&. On the other hand, in this mode container invocations can be may be used to synthesize input that might be used for escaping the container\&. Hence \fBpipe\fR mode should only be used if the payload is sufficiently trusted or when the standard input/output/error output file descriptors are known safe, for example pipes\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pipe\fR, \fB\-P\fR .RS 4 Equivalent to \fB\-\-console=pipe\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .SS "Credentials" .PP @@ -1692,7 +1812,7 @@ to embed a newline, or "\ex00" to embed a \fBNUL\fR -byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping!\&. +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! .sp The \fBsystemd-sysusers.service\fR(8) @@ -1725,6 +1845,8 @@ in volatile mode, i\&.e\&. with empty and /var/\&. The container payload will recognize this as a first boot, and will invoke systemd\-firstboot\&.service, which then reads the two passed credentials to configure the system\*(Aqs initial locale and root password\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .SS "Other" .PP @@ -1875,6 +1997,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -1886,6 +2014,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -1948,9 +2082,9 @@ and other conditions\&. .\} .nf # machinectl pull\-raw \-\-verify=no \e - https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/37/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e - Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86\-64 -# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-37\-1\&.7\&.x86\-64 + https://download\&.fedoraproject\&.org/pub/fedora/linux/releases/40/Cloud/x86_64/images/Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86_64\&.raw\&.xz \e + Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 +# systemd\-nspawn \-M Fedora\-Cloud\-Base\-40\-1\&.6\&.x86\-64 .fi .if n \{\ .RE @@ -1966,21 +2100,21 @@ and opens a shell in it\&. .RS 4 .\} .nf -# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=37 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f37 \e +# dnf \-y \-\-releasever=40 \-\-installroot=/var/lib/machines/f40 \e \-\-repo=fedora \-\-repo=updates \-\-setopt=install_weak_deps=False install \e passwd dnf fedora\-release vim\-minimal util\-linux systemd systemd\-networkd -# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f37 +# systemd\-nspawn \-bD /var/lib/machines/f40 .fi .if n \{\ .RE .\} .PP This installs a minimal Fedora distribution into the directory -/var/lib/machines/f37 +/var/lib/machines/f40 and then boots that OS in a namespace container\&. Because the installation is located underneath the standard /var/lib/machines/ directory, it is also possible to start the machine using -\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f37\fR\&. +\fBsystemd\-nspawn \-M f40\fR\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Spawn a shell in a container of a minimal Debian unstable distribution\fR .sp diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-path.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-path.1 index 65d799d9..ca933fef 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-path.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-path.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-PATH" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-path" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-PATH" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-path" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -41,6 +41,15 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-suffix=\fR .RS 4 Printed paths are suffixed by the specified string\&. +.sp +Added in version 215\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +.RS 4 +Do not pipe output into a pager\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-run.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-run.1 index 4127c887..b2792c09 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-run.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-run.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-RUN" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-run" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-RUN" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-run" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -111,6 +111,8 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-no\-ask\-password\fR .RS 4 Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. +.sp +Added in version 226\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-scope\fR @@ -120,11 +122,15 @@ Create a transient unit instead of the default transient \&.service unit (see above)\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-unit=\fR, \fB\-u\fR .RS 4 Use this unit name instead of an automatically generated one\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-property=\fR, \fB\-p\fR @@ -133,6 +139,8 @@ Sets a property on the scope or service unit that is created\&. This option take \fBsystemctl\fR(1)\*(Aqs \fBset\-property\fR command\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-description=\fR @@ -141,6 +149,8 @@ Provide a description for the service, scope, path, socket, or timer unit\&. If \fIDescription=\fR in \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-slice=\fR @@ -156,6 +166,8 @@ system\&.slice mode) or the root slice (when running in \fB\-\-user\fR mode)\&. +.sp +Added in version 206\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-slice\-inherit\fR @@ -177,6 +189,8 @@ foo\&.slice, and the argument is bar, the unit will be placed under the foo\-bar\&.slice\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-expand\-environment=\fR\fB\fIBOOL\fR\fR @@ -201,6 +215,8 @@ See for a description of variable expansion\&. Disabling variable expansion is useful if the specified command includes or may include a "$" sign\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-remain\-after\-exit\fR @@ -209,6 +225,8 @@ After the service process has terminated, keep the service around until it is ex \fIRemainAfterExit=\fR in \fBsystemd.service\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 207\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-send\-sighup\fR @@ -217,6 +235,8 @@ When terminating the scope or service unit, send a SIGHUP immediately after SIGT \fISendSIGHUP=\fR in \fBsystemd.kill\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 207\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-service\-type=\fR @@ -227,6 +247,8 @@ in \fBsystemd.service\fR(5)\&. This option has no effect in conjunction with \fB\-\-scope\fR\&. Defaults to \fBsimple\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-uid=\fR, \fB\-\-gid=\fR @@ -237,6 +259,8 @@ and \fIGroup=\fR in \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-nice=\fR @@ -245,6 +269,8 @@ Runs the service process with the specified nice level\&. Also see \fINice=\fR in \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-working\-directory=\fR @@ -253,12 +279,16 @@ Runs the service process with the specified working directory\&. Also see \fIWorkingDirectory=\fR in \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-same\-dir\fR, \fB\-d\fR .RS 4 Similar to \fB\-\-working\-directory=\fR, but uses the current working directory of the caller for the service to execute\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-E \fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR, \fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB[=\fR\fB\fIVALUE\fR\fR\fB]\fR @@ -273,6 +303,8 @@ Also see \fIEnvironment=\fR in \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 211\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pty\fR, \fB\-t\fR @@ -288,6 +320,8 @@ command is usually a better alternative for requesting a new, interactive login .sp See below for details on how this switch combines with \fB\-\-pipe\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-pipe\fR, \fB\-P\fR @@ -317,12 +351,16 @@ receives are passed to the service processes as\-is\&. If the service runs with construct for writing messages to stderr, this might cause problems, as this only works if stderr can be re\-opened\&. To mitigate this use the construct \fBecho "hello" >&2\fR instead, which is mostly equivalent and avoids this pitfall\&. +.sp +Added in version 235\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-shell\fR, \fB\-S\fR .RS 4 A shortcut for "\-\-pty \-\-same\-dir \-\-wait \-\-collect \-\-service\-type=exec $SHELL", i\&.e\&. requests an interactive shell in the current working directory, running in service context, accessible with a single switch\&. +.sp +Added in version 240\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-q\fR @@ -330,6 +368,8 @@ A shortcut for Suppresses additional informational output while running\&. This is particularly useful in combination with \fB\-\-pty\fR when it will suppress the initial message explaining how to terminate the TTY connection\&. +.sp +Added in version 219\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-on\-active=\fR, \fB\-\-on\-boot=\fR, \fB\-\-on\-startup=\fR, \fB\-\-on\-unit\-active=\fR, \fB\-\-on\-unit\-inactive=\fR @@ -349,6 +389,8 @@ with the relevant properties\&. These options may not be combined with \fB\-\-scope\fR or \fB\-\-pty\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-on\-calendar=\fR @@ -361,6 +403,8 @@ in \fB\-\-scope\fR or \fB\-\-pty\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-on\-clock\-change\fR, \fB\-\-on\-timezone\-change\fR @@ -377,6 +421,8 @@ and \fB\-\-scope\fR or \fB\-\-pty\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 242\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-path\-property=\fR, \fB\-\-socket\-property=\fR, \fB\-\-timer\-property=\fR @@ -389,6 +435,8 @@ command\&. These options may not be combined with \fB\-\-scope\fR or \fB\-\-pty\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 218\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-block\fR @@ -397,6 +445,8 @@ Do not synchronously wait for the unit start operation to finish\&. If this opti \fBsystemd\-run\fR will wait until the unit\*(Aqs start\-up is completed\&. By passing this argument, it is only verified and enqueued\&. This option may not be combined with \fB\-\-wait\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 220\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-wait\fR @@ -408,6 +458,8 @@ was set) and the exit code and status of the main process\&. This output may be \fB\-\-no\-block\fR, \fB\-\-scope\fR or the various path, socket, or timer options\&. +.sp +Added in version 232\&. .RE .PP \fB\-G\fR, \fB\-\-collect\fR @@ -420,6 +472,8 @@ or an equivalent command\&. On the other hand, units that ran successfully are u in \fBsystemd.unit\fR(5) for further information\&. +.sp +Added in version 236\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-user\fR @@ -633,11 +687,11 @@ $ systemd\-run \-t echo "<${INVOCATION_ID}>" \*(Aq<${INVOCATION_ID}>\*(Aq .\} .PP The first argument is expanded by the shell (double quotes), but the second one is not expanded by the shell (single quotes)\&. -\fBecho\fR +\fBecho\fR(1) is called with ["/usr/bin/echo", -"[]", -"[${INVOCATION_ID}]"] as the argument array, and then -\fBsystemd\fR +"<>", +"<${INVOCATION_ID}>"] as the argument array, and then +\fBsystemd\fR(1) generates \fI${INVOCATION_ID}\fR and substitutes it in the command\-line\&. This substitution could not be done on the client side, because the target ID that will be set for the service isn\*(Aqt known before the call is made\&. @@ -645,7 +699,7 @@ and substitutes it in the command\-line\&. This substitution could not be done o \fBExample\ \&7.\ \&Variable expansion and output redirection using a shell\fR .PP Variable expansion by -\fBsystemd\fR +\fBsystemd\fR(1) can be disabled with \fI\-\-expand\-environment=no\fR\&. .PP @@ -665,7 +719,7 @@ $ systemd\-run \-\-expand\-environment=no \-t bash \e .\} .PP The last argument is passed verbatim to the -\fBbash\fR +\fBbash\fR(1) shell which is started by the service unit\&. The shell expands "$SHELL" to the path of the shell, and diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 index db89b884..e9235e31 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-socket-activate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-SOCKET\-ACTIVATE" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-socket-activate" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-SOCKET\-ACTIVATE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-socket-activate" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -56,23 +56,31 @@ Listen on this "2000" or "127\&.0\&.0\&.1:2001"\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-accept\fR .RS 4 Launch an instance of the service program for each connection and pass the connection socket\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-datagram\fR .RS 4 Listen on a datagram socket (\fBSOCK_DGRAM\fR), instead of a stream socket (\fBSOCK_STREAM\fR)\&. May not be combined with \fB\-\-seqpacket\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-seqpacket\fR .RS 4 Listen on a sequential packet socket (\fBSOCK_SEQPACKET\fR), instead of a stream socket (\fBSOCK_STREAM\fR)\&. May not be combined with \fB\-\-datagram\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-inetd\fR @@ -80,6 +88,8 @@ Listen on a sequential packet socket (\fBSOCK_SEQPACKET\fR), instead of a stream Use the inetd protocol for passing file descriptors, i\&.e\&. as standard input and standard output, instead of the new\-style protocol for passing file descriptors using \fI$LISTEN_FDS\fR (see above)\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-E \fR\fB\fIVAR\fR\fR\fB[=\fIVALUE\fR]\fR, \fB\-\-setenv=\fR\fB\fIVAR\fR\fR\fB[=\fIVALUE\fR]\fR @@ -90,6 +100,8 @@ is followed by "=", assume that it is a variable\(envalue pair\&. Otherwise, obtain the value from the environment of \fBsystemd\-socket\-activate\fR itself\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-fdname=\fR\fINAME\fR[:\fINAME\fR\&...] @@ -98,6 +110,8 @@ Specify names for the file descriptors passed\&. This is equivalent to setting \fIFileDescriptorName=\fR in socket unit files, and enables use of \fBsd_listen_fds_with_names\fR(3)\&. Multiple entries may be specifies using separate options or by separating names with colons (":") in one option\&. In case more names are given than descriptors, superfluous ones will be ignored\&. In case less names are given than descriptors, the remaining file descriptors will be unnamed\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -115,12 +129,16 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. .RS 4 See \fBsd_listen_fds\fR(3)\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TARGET\fR, \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR, \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME\fR, \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR, \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LOCATION\fR .RS 4 Same as in \fBsystemd\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 230\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 index 31a080c6..e5c06413 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-stdio-bridge.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-STDIO\-BRIDGE" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-stdio-bridge" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-STDIO\-BRIDGE" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-stdio-bridge" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -75,6 +75,8 @@ are implied\&. .RS 4 Path to the bus address\&. Default: "unix:path=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket" +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 index c1372539..d6643734 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-tty-ask-password-agent.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD\-TTY\-ASK\-PASSWORD\-AGENT" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd-tty-ask-password-agent" +.TH "SYSTEMD\-TTY\-ASK\-PASSWORD\-AGENT" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-tty-ask-password-agent" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -40,16 +40,22 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-list\fR .RS 4 Lists all currently pending system password requests\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-query\fR .RS 4 Process all currently pending system password requests by querying the user on the calling TTY\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-watch\fR .RS 4 Continuously process password requests\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-wall\fR @@ -57,6 +63,8 @@ Continuously process password requests\&. Forward password requests to \fBwall\fR(1) instead of querying the user on the calling TTY\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-plymouth\fR @@ -64,6 +72,8 @@ instead of querying the user on the calling TTY\&. Ask question with \fBplymouth\fR(8) instead of querying the user on the calling TTY\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-console\fR[=\fIDEVICE\fR] @@ -75,6 +85,8 @@ instead of querying the user on the calling TTY\&. If is not specified, /dev/console will be used\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..8bbdc177 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd-vmspawn.1 @@ -0,0 +1,411 @@ +'\" t +.TH "SYSTEMD\-VMSPAWN" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd-vmspawn" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +systemd-vmspawn \- Spawn an OS in a virtual machine +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR\ 'u +\fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR [OPTIONS...] [ARGS...] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBsystemd\-vmspawn\fR +may be used to start a virtual machine from an OS image\&. In many ways it is similar to +\fBsystemd-nspawn\fR(1), but it launches a full virtual machine instead of using namespaces\&. +.PP +Note: on Ubuntu/Debian derivatives systemd\-vmspawn requires the user to be in the +"kvm" +group to use the VSock options\&. +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +The excess arguments are passed as extra kernel command line arguments using SMBIOS\&. +.PP +The following options are understood: +.SS "Image Options" +.PP +\fB\-D\fR, \fB\-\-directory=\fR +.RS 4 +Directory to use as file system root for the virtual machine\&. +.sp +One of either +\fB\-\-directory=\fR +or +\fB\-\-image=\fR +must be specified\&. If neither are specified +\fB\-\-directory=\&.\fR +is assumed\&. +.sp +Note: If mounting a non\-root owned directory you may require +\fB\-\-private\-users=\fR +to map into the user\*(Aqs subuid namespace\&. An example of how to use +\fB/etc/subuid\fR +for this is given later\&. +.sp +Added in version 256\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-i\fR, \fB\-\-image=\fR +.RS 4 +Root file system disk image (or device node) for the virtual machine\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.SS "Host Configuration" +.PP +\fB\-\-qemu\-smp=\fR\fISMP\fR +.RS 4 +Configures the number of CPUs to start the virtual machine with\&. Defaults to 1\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-qemu\-mem=\fR\fIMEM\fR +.RS 4 +Configures the amount of memory to start the virtual machine with\&. Defaults to 2G\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-qemu\-kvm=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +.RS 4 +Configures whether to use KVM\&. If the option is not specified KVM support will be detected automatically\&. If true, KVM is always used, and if false, KVM is never used\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-qemu\-vsock=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +.RS 4 +Configure whether to use VSock networking\&. +.sp +If the option is not specified VSock support will be detected automatically\&. If yes is specified VSocks are always used, and vice versa if no is set VSocks are never used\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-vsock\-cid=\fR\fICID\fR +.RS 4 +Configure vmspawn to use a specific CID for the guest\&. +.sp +If the option is not specified or an empty argument is supplied the guest will be assigned a random CID\&. +.sp +Valid CIDs are in the range +\fB3\fR +to +\fB4294967294\fR +(\fB0xFFFF_FFFE\fR)\&. CIDs outside of this range are reserved\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-qemu\-gui\fR +.RS 4 +Start QEMU in graphical mode\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-secure\-boot=\fR\fIBOOL\fR +.RS 4 +Configure whether to search for firmware which supports Secure Boot\&. +.sp +If the option is not specified the first firmware which is detected will be used\&. If the option is set to yes then the first firmware with Secure Boot support will be selected\&. If no is specified then the first firmware without Secure Boot will be selected\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.SS "System Identity Options" +.PP +\fB\-M\fR, \fB\-\-machine=\fR +.RS 4 +Sets the machine name for this container\&. This name may be used to identify this container during its runtime (for example in tools like +\fBmachinectl\fR(1) +and similar)\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.SS "Credentials" +.PP +\fB\-\-load\-credential=\fR\fIID\fR:\fIPATH\fR, \fB\-\-set\-credential=\fR\fIID\fR:\fIVALUE\fR +.RS 4 +Pass a credential to the container\&. These two options correspond to the +\fILoadCredential=\fR +and +\fISetCredential=\fR +settings in unit files\&. See +\fBsystemd.exec\fR(5) +for details about these concepts, as well as the syntax of the option\*(Aqs arguments\&. +.sp +In order to embed binary data into the credential data for +\fB\-\-set\-credential=\fR, use C\-style escaping (i\&.e\&. +"\en" +to embed a newline, or +"\ex00" +to embed a +\fBNUL\fR +byte)\&. Note that the invoking shell might already apply unescaping once, hence this might require double escaping! +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.SS "Other" +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +.RS 4 +Do not pipe output into a pager\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short help text and exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-version\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short version string and exit\&. +.RE +.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL\fR +.RS 4 +The maximum log level of emitted messages (messages with a higher log level, i\&.e\&. less important ones, will be suppressed)\&. Either one of (in order of decreasing importance) +\fBemerg\fR, +\fBalert\fR, +\fBcrit\fR, +\fBerr\fR, +\fBwarning\fR, +\fBnotice\fR, +\fBinfo\fR, +\fBdebug\fR, or an integer in the range 0\&...7\&. See +\fBsyslog\fR(3) +for more information\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_COLOR\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, messages written to the tty will be colored according to priority\&. +.sp +This setting is only useful when messages are written directly to the terminal, because +\fBjournalctl\fR(1) +and other tools that display logs will color messages based on the log level on their own\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, console log messages will be prefixed with a timestamp\&. +.sp +This setting is only useful when messages are written directly to the terminal or a file, because +\fBjournalctl\fR(1) +and other tools that display logs will attach timestamps based on the entry metadata on their own\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LOCATION\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, messages will be prefixed with a filename and line number in the source code where the message originates\&. +.sp +Note that the log location is often attached as metadata to journal entries anyway\&. Including it directly in the message text can nevertheless be convenient when debugging programs\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TID\fR +.RS 4 +A boolean\&. If true, messages will be prefixed with the current numerical thread ID (TID)\&. +.sp +Note that the this information is attached as metadata to journal entries anyway\&. Including it directly in the message text can nevertheless be convenient when debugging programs\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TARGET\fR +.RS 4 +The destination for log messages\&. One of +\fBconsole\fR +(log to the attached tty), +\fBconsole\-prefixed\fR +(log to the attached tty but with prefixes encoding the log level and "facility", see +\fBsyslog\fR(3), +\fBkmsg\fR +(log to the kernel circular log buffer), +\fBjournal\fR +(log to the journal), +\fBjournal\-or\-kmsg\fR +(log to the journal if available, and to kmsg otherwise), +\fBauto\fR +(determine the appropriate log target automatically, the default), +\fBnull\fR +(disable log output)\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_RATELIMIT_KMSG\fR +.RS 4 +Whether to ratelimit kmsg or not\&. Takes a boolean\&. Defaults to +"true"\&. If disabled, systemd will not ratelimit messages written to kmsg\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +.RS 4 +Pager to use when +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +is not given; overrides +\fI$PAGER\fR\&. If neither +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +nor +\fI$PAGER\fR +are set, a set of well\-known pager implementations are tried in turn, including +\fBless\fR(1) +and +\fBmore\fR(1), until one is found\&. If no pager implementation is discovered no pager is invoked\&. Setting this environment variable to an empty string or the value +"cat" +is equivalent to passing +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR\&. +.sp +Note: if +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +is not set, +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +(as well as +\fI$PAGER\fR) will be silently ignored\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LESS\fR +.RS 4 +Override the options passed to +\fBless\fR +(by default +"FRSXMK")\&. +.sp +Users might want to change two options in particular: +.PP +\fBK\fR +.RS 4 +This option instructs the pager to exit immediately when +Ctrl+C +is pressed\&. To allow +\fBless\fR +to handle +Ctrl+C +itself to switch back to the pager command prompt, unset this option\&. +.sp +If the value of +\fI$SYSTEMD_LESS\fR +does not include +"K", and the pager that is invoked is +\fBless\fR, +Ctrl+C +will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBX\fR +.RS 4 +This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. +.RE +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp +See +\fBless\fR(1) +for more discussion\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_LESSCHARSET\fR +.RS 4 +Override the charset passed to +\fBless\fR +(by default +"utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean argument\&. When true, the "secure" mode of the pager is enabled; if false, disabled\&. If +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +is not set at all, secure mode is enabled if the effective UID is not the same as the owner of the login session, see +\fBgeteuid\fR(2) +and +\fBsd_pid_get_owner_uid\fR(3)\&. In secure mode, +\fBLESSSECURE=1\fR +will be set when invoking the pager, and the pager shall disable commands that open or create new files or start new subprocesses\&. When +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +is not set at all, pagers which are not known to implement secure mode will not be used\&. (Currently only +\fBless\fR(1) +implements secure mode\&.) +.sp +Note: when commands are invoked with elevated privileges, for example under +\fBsudo\fR(8) +or +\fBpkexec\fR(1), care must be taken to ensure that unintended interactive features are not enabled\&. "Secure" mode for the pager may be enabled automatically as describe above\&. Setting +\fISYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE=0\fR +or not removing it from the inherited environment allows the user to invoke arbitrary commands\&. Note that if the +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGER\fR +or +\fI$PAGER\fR +variables are to be honoured, +\fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR +must be set too\&. It might be reasonable to completely disable the pager using +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +instead\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_COLORS\fR +.RS 4 +Takes a boolean argument\&. When true, +\fBsystemd\fR +and related utilities will use colors in their output, otherwise the output will be monochrome\&. Additionally, the variable can take one of the following special values: +"16", +"256" +to restrict the use of colors to the base 16 or 256 ANSI colors, respectively\&. This can be specified to override the automatic decision based on +\fI$TERM\fR +and what the console is connected to\&. +.RE +.PP +\fI$SYSTEMD_URLIFY\fR +.RS 4 +The value must be a boolean\&. Controls whether clickable links should be generated in the output for terminal emulators supporting this\&. This can be specified to override the decision that +\fBsystemd\fR +makes based on +\fI$TERM\fR +and other conditions\&. +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Run an Arch Linux VM image generated by mkosi\fR +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ mkosi \-d arch \-p systemd \-p linux \-\-autologin \-o image\&.raw \-f build +$ systemd\-vmspawn \-\-image=image\&.raw + +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.SH "EXIT STATUS" +.PP +If an error occurred the value errno is propagated to the return code\&. If EXIT_STATUS is supplied by the running image that is returned\&. Otherwise EXIT_SUCCESS is returned\&. +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBsystemd\fR(1), +\fBmkosi\fR(1) diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd.1 index f187d58f..fe96f7e2 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/systemd.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "SYSTEMD" "1" "" "systemd 254" "systemd" +.TH "SYSTEMD" "1" "" "systemd 255" "systemd" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -517,6 +517,8 @@ Reboots userspace, starts the soft\-reboot\&.target unit\&. This is mostly equivalent to \fBsystemctl start soft\-reboot\&.target \-\-job\-mode=replace\-irreversibly\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBSIGRTMIN+13\fR @@ -542,6 +544,8 @@ Immediately reboots the machine with kexec\&. \fBSIGRTMIN+17\fR .RS 4 Immediately reboots the userspace\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fBSIGRTMIN+20\fR @@ -574,11 +578,15 @@ on the kernel command line, or the value specified with \fBLogLevel=\fR in the configuration file, or the built\-in default of "info"\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBSIGRTMIN+24\fR .RS 4 Immediately exits the manager (only available for \-\-user instances)\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBSIGRTMIN+25\fR @@ -589,6 +597,8 @@ except that it will be done asynchronously\&. .sp The systemd system manager treats this signal the same way as \fBSIGTERM\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fBSIGRTMIN+26\fR @@ -598,6 +608,8 @@ Restores the log target to its configured value\&. The configured value is deriv on the kernel command line, or the value specified with \fBLogTarget=\fR in the configuration file, or the built\-in default\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBSIGRTMIN+27\fR, \fBSIGRTMIN+28\fR @@ -615,6 +627,8 @@ on \fIsystemd\&.log_target=kmsg\fR on \fBSIGRTMIN+28\fR) on the kernel command line\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .SH "ENVIRONMENT" .PP @@ -673,6 +687,8 @@ A boolean\&. If true, console log messages will be prefixed with a timestamp\&. .sp This can be overridden with \fB\-\-log\-time=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_LOCATION\fR @@ -686,6 +702,8 @@ This can be overridden with \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TID\fR .RS 4 A boolean\&. If true, messages will be prefixed with the current numerical thread ID (TID)\&. +.sp +Added in version 247\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_LOG_TARGET\fR @@ -715,6 +733,8 @@ This can be overridden with .RS 4 Whether to ratelimit kmsg or not\&. Takes a boolean\&. Defaults to "true"\&. If disabled, systemd will not ratelimit messages written to kmsg\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fI$XDG_CONFIG_HOME\fR, \fI$XDG_CONFIG_DIRS\fR, \fI$XDG_DATA_HOME\fR, \fI$XDG_DATA_DIRS\fR @@ -789,6 +809,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -800,6 +826,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR @@ -902,22 +934,30 @@ is honored only in the initrd, while the one that is not prefixed only in the ma \fIsystemd\&.dump_core\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument\&. If enabled, the systemd manager (PID 1) dumps core when it crashes\&. Otherwise, no core dump is created\&. Defaults to enabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.crash_chvt\fR .RS 4 Takes a positive integer, or a boolean argument\&. Can be also specified without an argument, with the same effect as a positive boolean\&. If a positive integer (in the range 1\(en63) is specified, the system manager (PID 1) will activate the specified virtual terminal when it crashes\&. Defaults to disabled, meaning that no such switch is attempted\&. If set to enabled, the virtual terminal the kernel messages are written to is used instead\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.crash_shell\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument\&. If enabled, the system manager (PID 1) spawns a shell when it crashes, after a 10s delay\&. Otherwise, no shell is spawned\&. Defaults to disabled, for security reasons, as the shell is not protected by password authentication\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.crash_reboot\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument\&. If enabled, the system manager (PID 1) will reboot the machine automatically when it crashes, after a 10s delay\&. Otherwise, the system will hang indefinitely\&. Defaults to disabled, in order to avoid a reboot loop\&. If combined with \fIsystemd\&.crash_shell\fR, the system is rebooted after the shell exits\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.confirm_spawn\fR @@ -925,6 +965,8 @@ Takes a boolean argument or enables the option if specified without an argument\ Takes a boolean argument or a path to the virtual console where the confirmation messages should be emitted\&. Can be also specified without an argument, with the same effect as a positive boolean\&. If enabled, the system manager (PID 1) asks for confirmation when spawning processes using \fB/dev/console\fR\&. If a path or a console name (such as "ttyS0") is provided, the virtual console pointed to by this path or described by the give name will be used instead\&. Defaults to disabled\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.service_watchdogs=\fR @@ -934,6 +976,8 @@ Takes a boolean argument\&. If disabled, all service runtime watchdogs (\fBWatch or \fBStartLimitAction=\fR) are ignored by the system manager (PID 1); see \fBsystemd.service\fR(5)\&. Defaults to enabled, i\&.e\&. watchdogs and failure actions are processed normally\&. The hardware watchdog is not affected by this option\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.show_status\fR @@ -952,6 +996,8 @@ is passed as kernel command line option, in which case it defaults to \fBerror\fR\&. If specified overrides the system manager configuration file option \fBShowStatus=\fR, see \fBsystemd-system.conf\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 233\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.status_unit_format=\fR @@ -966,6 +1012,8 @@ as the value\&. If \fBcombined\fR, the system manager will use unit names and description in status messages\&. When specified, overrides the system manager configuration file option \fBStatusUnitFormat=\fR, see \fBsystemd-system.conf\fR(5)\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.log_color\fR, \fIsystemd\&.log_level=\fR, \fIsystemd\&.log_location\fR, \fIsystemd\&.log_target=\fR, \fIsystemd\&.log_time\fR, \fIsystemd\&.log_tid\fR, \fIsystemd\&.log_ratelimit_kmsg\fR @@ -1022,6 +1070,8 @@ Takes a string argument in the form VARIABLE=VALUE\&. May be used to set default \fIsystemd\&.machine_id=\fR .RS 4 Takes a 32 character hex value to be used for setting the machine\-id\&. Intended mostly for network booting where the same machine\-id is desired for every boot\&. +.sp +Added in version 229\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.set_credential=\fR, \fIsystemd\&.set_credential_binary=\fR @@ -1042,11 +1092,15 @@ parameter takes binary data encoded in Base64\&. Note that the kernel command li For further information see \m[blue]\fBSystem and Service Credentials\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[8]\d\s+2 documentation\&. +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fIsystemd\&.import_credentials=\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. If false disables importing credentials from the kernel command line, the DMI/SMBIOS OEM string table, the qemu_fw_cfg subsystem or the EFI kernel stub\&. +.sp +Added in version 251\&. .RE .PP \fIquiet\fR @@ -1054,12 +1108,16 @@ Takes a boolean argument\&. If false disables importing credentials from the ker Turn off status output at boot, much like \fIsystemd\&.show_status=no\fR would\&. Note that this option is also read by the kernel itself and disables kernel log output\&. Passing this option hence turns off the usual output from both the system manager and the kernel\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fIdebug\fR .RS 4 Turn on debugging output\&. This is equivalent to \fIsystemd\&.log_level=debug\fR\&. Note that this option is also read by the kernel itself and enables kernel debug output\&. Passing this option hence turns on the debug output from both the system manager and the kernel\&. +.sp +Added in version 205\&. .RE .PP \fIemergency\fR, \fIrd\&.emergency\fR, \fI\-b\fR @@ -1068,6 +1126,8 @@ Boot into emergency mode\&. This is equivalent to \fIsystemd\&.unit=emergency\&.target\fR or \fIrd\&.systemd\&.unit=emergency\&.target\fR, respectively, and provided for compatibility reasons and to be easier to type\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fIrescue\fR, \fIrd\&.rescue\fR, \fIsingle\fR, \fIs\fR, \fIS\fR, \fI1\fR @@ -1076,6 +1136,8 @@ Boot into rescue mode\&. This is equivalent to \fIsystemd\&.unit=rescue\&.target\fR or \fIrd\&.systemd\&.unit=rescue\&.target\fR, respectively, and provided for compatibility reasons and to be easier to type\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fI2\fR, \fI3\fR, \fI4\fR, \fI5\fR @@ -1085,6 +1147,8 @@ Boot into the specified legacy SysV runlevel\&. These are equivalent to \fIsystemd\&.unit=runlevel3\&.target\fR, \fIsystemd\&.unit=runlevel4\&.target\fR, and \fIsystemd\&.unit=runlevel5\&.target\fR, respectively, and provided for compatibility reasons and to be easier to type\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP \fIlocale\&.LANG=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LANGUAGE=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_CTYPE=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_NUMERIC=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_TIME=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_COLLATE=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_MONETARY=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_MESSAGES=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_PAPER=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_NAME=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_ADDRESS=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_TELEPHONE=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_MEASUREMENT=\fR, \fIlocale\&.LC_IDENTIFICATION=\fR @@ -1094,6 +1158,8 @@ Set the system locale to use\&. This overrides the settings in \fBlocale.conf\fR(5) and \fBlocale\fR(7)\&. +.sp +Added in version 186\&. .RE .PP For other kernel command line parameters understood by components of the core OS, please refer to @@ -1206,6 +1272,8 @@ should be in the form "vsock:CID:PORT"\&. .sp This feature is useful for hypervisors/VMMs or other processes on the host to receive a notification via VSOCK when a virtual machine has finished booting\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fIsystem\&.machine_id\fR @@ -1215,6 +1283,8 @@ Takes a 128bit hexadecimal ID to initialize from, if the file is not set up yet\&. See \fBmachine-id\fR(5) for details\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -1238,6 +1308,8 @@ Dump understood unit configuration items\&. This outputs a terse but complete li \fB\-\-dump\-bus\-properties\fR .RS 4 Dump exposed bus properties\&. This outputs a terse but complete list of properties exposed on D\-Bus\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-test\fR @@ -1300,6 +1372,8 @@ above\&. Switch to a specific virtual console (VT) on crash\&. This switch has no effect when running as user instance\&. Same as \fIsystemd\&.crash_chvt=\fR above (but not the different spelling!)\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-crash\-shell\fR @@ -1314,6 +1388,8 @@ above\&. Automatically reboot the system on crash\&. This switch has no effect when running as user instance\&. See \fIsystemd\&.crash_reboot\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 227\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-confirm\-spawn\fR @@ -1328,6 +1404,8 @@ above\&. Show terse unit status information on the console during boot\-up and shutdown\&. See \fIsystemd\&.show_status\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-log\-color\fR @@ -1335,6 +1413,8 @@ above\&. Highlight important log messages\&. See \fIsystemd\&.log_color\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-log\-level=\fR @@ -1349,6 +1429,8 @@ above\&. Include code location in log messages\&. See \fIsystemd\&.log_location\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 244\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-log\-target=\fR @@ -1363,6 +1445,8 @@ above\&. Prefix console messages with timestamp\&. See \fIsystemd\&.log_time\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-machine\-id=\fR @@ -1370,6 +1454,8 @@ above\&. Override the machine\-id set on the hard drive\&. See \fIsystemd\&.machine_id=\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 229\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-service\-watchdogs\fR @@ -1377,6 +1463,8 @@ above\&. Globally enable/disable all service watchdog timeouts and emergency actions\&. See \fIsystemd\&.service_watchdogs\fR above\&. +.sp +Added in version 237\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-default\-standard\-output=\fR, \fB\-\-default\-standard\-error=\fR @@ -1421,6 +1509,8 @@ Kernel command\-line arguments and \fIsystemd\&.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller\fR were deprecated\&. Please switch to the unified cgroup hierarchy\&. +.sp +Added in version 252\&. .RE .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tabs.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tabs.1 index 76d0d42c..bc4c1c69 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tabs.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tabs.1 @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.55 2024/01/20 16:54:03 tom Exp $ -.TH tabs 1 2024-01-20 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tabs.1,v 1.59 2024/04/20 19:08:15 tom Exp $ +.TH tabs 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -272,15 +272,14 @@ and in 3BSD (later the same year); it supported a \*(``\-n\*('' option to set the first tab stop at the left margin. -That option is not documented by POSIX. +That option is not specified by POSIX. .PP The PWB/Unix .B tabs utility returned in System III (1980), -and used built-in tables, -rather than the terminal database, +and used built-in tables to support a half-dozen hardcopy terminal (printer) types. -It also had built-in logic to support setting the left margin, +It also had logic to support setting the left margin, as well as a feature for copying the tab settings from a file. .PP Versions of the program in later releases of AT&T Unix, diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tac.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tac.1 index 0dc5b04b..ab18ea3b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tac.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tac.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TAC "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tac \- concatenate and print files in reverse .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tail.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tail.1 index ceedfc92..58239af9 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tail.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tail.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TAIL "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TAIL "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tail \- output the last part of files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,8 @@ to see if it has been unlinked or renamed with inotify, this option is rarely useful .TP \fB\-\-pid\fR=\fI\,PID\/\fR -with \fB\-f\fR, terminate after process ID, PID dies +with \fB\-f\fR, terminate after process ID, PID dies; +can be repeated to watch multiple processes .TP \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR, \fB\-\-silent\fR never output headers giving file names @@ -85,7 +86,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tee.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tee.1 index 9be88388..0384e31c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tee.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tee.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TEE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tee \- read from standard input and write to standard output and files .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/test.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/test.1 index d26d04ba..73150ed8 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/test.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/test.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TEST "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TEST "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME test \- check file types and compare values .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -149,13 +149,12 @@ Except for \fB\-h\fR and \fB\-L\fR, all FILE\-related tests dereference symbolic Beware that parentheses need to be escaped (e.g., by backslashes) for shells. INTEGER may also be \fB\-l\fR STRING, which evaluates to the length of STRING. .PP -NOTE: Binary \fB\-a\fR and \fB\-o\fR are inherently ambiguous. Use 'test EXPR1 && test -EXPR2' or 'test EXPR1 || test EXPR2' instead. +Binary \fB\-a\fR and \fB\-o\fR are ambiguous. Use 'test EXPR1 && test EXPR2' +or 'test EXPR1 || test EXPR2' instead. .PP -NOTE: [ honors the \fB\-\-help\fR and \fB\-\-version\fR options, but test does not. -test treats each of those as it treats any other nonempty STRING. +\&'[' honors \fB\-\-help\fR and \fB\-\-version\fR, but 'test' treats them as STRINGs. .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of test and/or [, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of test and/or [, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -165,7 +164,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tic.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tic.1 index bef6871b..489cedf7 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tic.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tic.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.106 2023/12/30 21:36:32 tom Exp $ -.TH tic 1 2023-12-30 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tic.1m,v 1.110 2024/04/27 17:57:06 tom Exp $ +.TH tic 1 2024-04-27 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -324,7 +324,7 @@ descriptions are limited (e.g., 1023 for termcap, 4096 for terminfo). tells \fBtic\fP to discard commented-out capabilities. Normally when translating from terminfo to termcap, untranslatable capabilities are commented-out. -.TP 5 +.TP \fB\-U\fP tells \fBtic\fP to not post-process the data after parsing the source file. Normally, it infers data which is commonly missing in older terminfo data, diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/time.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/time.1 index df09106a..eb80248c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/time.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/time.1 @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ .\" .\" SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-1.0-or-later .\" -.TH time 1 2023-07-30 "Linux man-pages 6.05.01" +.TH time 1 2024-05-02 "Linux man-pages (unreleased)" .SH NAME time \- time a simple command or give resource usage .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ values in a .I "struct tms" as returned by .BR times (2)). -.PP +.P Note: some shells (e.g., .BR bash (1)) have a built-in @@ -98,20 +98,20 @@ using the option or the .B TIME environment variable. -.PP +.P The default format string is: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX %Uuser %Ssystem %Eelapsed %PCPU (%Xtext+%Ddata %Mmax)k %Iinputs+%Ooutputs (%Fmajor+%Rminor)pagefaults %Wswaps .EE .in -.PP +.P When the .I \-p option is given, the (portable) output format is used: -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX real %e @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ The conversions follow. All of those used by .BR tcsh (1) are supported. -.PP +.P .B "Time" .TP .B %E @@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ Total number of CPU-seconds that the process spent in user mode. .TP .B %P Percentage of the CPU that this job got, computed as (%U + %S) / %E. -.PP +.P .B "Memory" .TP .B %M @@ -205,7 +205,7 @@ Number of times the process was context-switched involuntarily .B %w Number of waits: times that the program was context-switched voluntarily, for instance while waiting for an I/O operation to complete. -.PP +.P .B "I/O" .TP .B %I @@ -272,10 +272,10 @@ Not all resources are measured by all versions of UNIX, so some of the values might be reported as zero. The present selection was mostly inspired by the data provided by 4.2 or 4.3BSD. -.PP +.P GNU time version 1.7 is not yet localized. Thus, it does not implement the POSIX requirements. -.PP +.P The environment variable .B TIME was badly chosen. @@ -287,14 +287,14 @@ to use environment variables with the name of a utility to override the utility to be used. Uses like MORE or TIME for options to programs (instead of program pathnames) tend to lead to difficulties. -.PP +.P It seems unfortunate that .I \-o overwrites instead of appends. (That is, the .I \-a option should be the default.) -.PP +.P Mail suggestions and bug reports for GNU .B time to @@ -302,13 +302,13 @@ to Please include the version of .BR time , which you can get by running -.PP +.P .in +4n .EX time \-\-version .EE .in -.PP +.P and the operating system and C compiler you used. .\" .SH AUTHORS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timedatectl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timedatectl.1 index c3cb3aad..971175bb 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timedatectl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timedatectl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "TIMEDATECTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "timedatectl" +.TH "TIMEDATECTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "timedatectl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -43,6 +43,8 @@ The following commands are understood: \fBstatus\fR .RS 4 Show current settings of the system clock and RTC, including whether network time synchronization is active\&. If no command is specified, this is the implied default\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\fR @@ -56,11 +58,15 @@ By default, empty properties are suppressed\&. Use \fB\-\-all\fR to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-time [TIME]\fR .RS 4 Set the system clock to the specified time\&. This will also update the RTC time accordingly\&. The time may be specified in the format "2012\-10\-30 18:17:16"\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-timezone [TIMEZONE]\fR @@ -71,12 +77,16 @@ Set the system time zone to the specified value\&. Available timezones can be li symlink\&. See \fBlocaltime\fR(5) for more information\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBlist\-timezones\fR .RS 4 List available time zones, one per line\&. Entries from the list can be set as the system timezone with \fBset\-timezone\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-local\-rtc [BOOL]\fR @@ -88,12 +98,16 @@ Takes a boolean argument\&. If is passed (see above)\&. This command will change the 3rd line of /etc/adjtime, as documented in \fBhwclock\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fBset\-ntp [BOOL]\fR .RS 4 Takes a boolean argument\&. Controls whether network time synchronization is active and enabled (if available)\&. If the argument is true, this enables and starts the first existing network synchronization service\&. If the argument is false, then this disables and stops the known network synchronization services\&. The way that the list of services is built is described in \fBsystemd-timedated.service\fR(8)\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .SS "systemd\-timesyncd Commands" .PP @@ -106,6 +120,8 @@ Show current status of \fBsystemd-timesyncd.service\fR(8)\&. If \fB\-\-monitor\fR is specified, then this will monitor the status updates\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBshow\-timesync\fR @@ -119,18 +135,24 @@ By default, empty properties are suppressed\&. Use \fB\-\-all\fR to show those too\&. To select specific properties to show, use \fB\-\-property=\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fBntp\-servers \fR\fB\fIINTERFACE\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fISERVER\fR\fR\fB\&...\fR .RS 4 Set the interface specific NTP servers\&. This command can be used only when the interface is managed by \fBsystemd\-networkd\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .PP \fBrevert \fR\fB\fIINTERFACE\fR\fR .RS 4 Revert the interface specific NTP servers\&. This command can be used only when the interface is managed by \fBsystemd\-networkd\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 243\&. .RE .SH "OPTIONS" .PP @@ -139,6 +161,8 @@ The following options are understood: \fB\-\-no\-ask\-password\fR .RS 4 Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-adjust\-system\-clock\fR @@ -146,6 +170,8 @@ Do not query the user for authentication for privileged operations\&. If \fBset\-local\-rtc\fR is invoked and this option is passed, the system clock is synchronized from the RTC again, taking the new setting into account\&. Otherwise, the RTC is synchronized from the system clock\&. +.sp +Added in version 195\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-monitor\fR @@ -159,12 +185,16 @@ monitors the status of and updates the outputs\&. Use Ctrl+C to terminate the monitoring\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-a\fR, \fB\-\-all\fR .RS 4 When showing properties of \fBsystemd-timesyncd.service\fR(8), show all properties regardless of whether they are set or not\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-p\fR, \fB\-\-property=\fR @@ -172,6 +202,8 @@ When showing properties of When showing properties of \fBsystemd-timesyncd.service\fR(8), limit display to certain properties as specified as argument\&. If not specified, all set properties are shown\&. The argument should be a property name, such as "ServerName"\&. If specified more than once, all properties with the specified names are shown\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-value\fR @@ -179,6 +211,8 @@ When showing properties of When printing properties with \fBshow\-timesync\fR, only print the value, and skip the property name and "="\&. +.sp +Added in version 239\&. .RE .PP \fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-host=\fR @@ -356,6 +390,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -367,6 +407,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timeout.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timeout.1 index 70e27d5c..cfd15f65 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timeout.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/timeout.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TIMEOUT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TIMEOUT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME timeout \- run a command with a time limit .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/toe.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/toe.1 index 04e4713d..df5d82a1 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/toe.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/toe.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.64 2024/01/20 16:51:21 tom Exp $ -.TH toe 1 2024-01-20 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: toe.1m,v 1.68 2024/04/20 18:59:26 tom Exp $ +.TH toe 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -85,10 +85,13 @@ lists entries from all terminal database directories that \fIterminfo\fP would search, instead of only the first that it finds. .IP -If the \fB\-s\fP option is also given, -\fB\%toe\fP adds a column to the report, -showing (like \fB\%conflict\fP(1)) which entries belong to a given -terminal database. +If +.B \-s +is also given, +\fB\%toe\fP +additionally reports, +like \fI\%conflict\fP(1), +which entries correspond to a given terminal database. An \*(``*\*('' marks entries that differ, and \*(``+\*('' marks equivalent entries. .IP diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/touch.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/touch.1 index f562a6c4..861b9490 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/touch.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/touch.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TOUCH "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TOUCH "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME touch \- change file timestamps .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -41,21 +41,20 @@ change only the modification time \fB\-r\fR, \fB\-\-reference\fR=\fI\,FILE\/\fR use this file's times instead of current time .TP -\fB\-t\fR STAMP -use [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.ss] instead of current time +\fB\-t\fR [[CC]YY]MMDDhhmm[.ss] +use specified time instead of current time, +with a date\-time format that differs from \fB\-d\fR's .TP \fB\-\-time\fR=\fI\,WORD\/\fR -change the specified time: -WORD is access, atime, or use: equivalent to \fB\-a\fR -WORD is modify or mtime: equivalent to \fB\-m\fR +specify which time to change: +access time (\fB\-a\fR): 'access', 'atime', 'use'; +modification time (\fB\-m\fR): 'modify', 'mtime' .TP \fB\-\-help\fR display this help and exit .TP \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit -.PP -Note that the \fB\-d\fR and \fB\-t\fR options accept different time\-date formats. .SH "DATE STRING" .\" NOTE: keep this paragraph in sync with the one in date.x The --date=STRING is a mostly free format human readable date string @@ -73,7 +72,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tput.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tput.1 index 54e8fe4e..ffe8801c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tput.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tput.1 @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.105 2024/01/20 19:41:02 tom Exp $ -.TH tput 1 2024-01-20 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tput.1,v 1.113 2024/04/20 19:58:50 tom Exp $ +.TH tput 1 2024-04-20 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Terminal capabilities are accessed by .PP \fB\%terminfo\fP(5) discusses terminal capabilities at length and presents a complete list of -.I cap-codes. +.IR cap-codes . .PP When retrieving capability values, the result depends upon the capability's type. @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Boolean \fB\%tput\fP sets its exit status to .B 0 if the terminal possesses -.I cap-code, +.IR cap-code , and .B 1 if it does not. @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ see section \*(``EXIT STATUS\*('' below. .SS Operands Generally, an operand is a -.I cap-code, +.IR cap-code , a capability code from the terminal database, or a parameter thereto. Three others are specially recognized by \fB\%tput\fP: @@ -129,8 +129,13 @@ we term them \*(``pseudo-capabilities\*(''. .I cap-code indicates a capability from the terminal database. .IP -If the capability is of string type and takes parameters, -the arguments following the capability will be used as its parameters. +If +.I cap-code +is of string type and takes parameters, +\fB\%tput\fP interprets arguments following +.I cap-code +as the parameters, +up to the (fixed) quantity the capability requires. .IP Most parameters are numeric. Only a few terminal capabilities require string parameters; @@ -319,7 +324,7 @@ Finally, it inspects the environment variables .I LINES and -.I \%COLUMNS, +.IR \%COLUMNS , which may override the terminal size. .PP If the @@ -357,7 +362,7 @@ and whether to use \fB\%tparm\fP(3NCURSES). .TP .BI \-T\ type indicates the terminal's -.I type. +.IR type . Normally this option is unnecessary, because a default is taken from the .I TERM @@ -514,7 +519,7 @@ to port NetBSD's .IR termcap -based .B tput to -.I \%term\%info, +.IR \%term\%info , and modified it to interpret multiple .I cap-codes (and parameters) @@ -556,7 +561,7 @@ to but .B \%parm_delete_line to -.I \%term\%info. +.IR \%term\%info . .I termcap uses the code .B DL @@ -564,7 +569,7 @@ for .BR \%parm_delete_line . .I \%term\%info uses the code -.B dch1 +.B dl1 for .BR \%delete_line . .bP @@ -578,7 +583,7 @@ to but .B \%clr_eos to -.I \%term\%info. +.IR \%term\%info . .I termcap uses the code .B cd @@ -623,7 +628,7 @@ A few observations of interest arise from that selection. supports .B clear as it does any other standard -.I cap-code. +.IR cap-code . The others .RB ( init and @@ -693,13 +698,13 @@ X/Open Curses and the terminal capability database. While it is certainly possible to write a .B tput program without using -.I curses, +.IR curses , no system with a .I curses implementation provides a .B tput utility that does not also support standard -.I cap-codes. +.IR cap-codes . .PP X/Open Curses Issue 7 (2009) is the first version to document utilities. However that part of X/Open Curses does not follow existing practice @@ -729,7 +734,7 @@ The various System\ V implementations HP-UX, Solaris) use the same exit statuses as -.I \%ncurses. +.IR \%ncurses . .PP NetBSD .I curses diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tr.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tr.1 index 6c12a59c..6dedf45a 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tr.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tr.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tr \- translate or delete characters .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/true.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/true.1 index a9e769ef..6a476b0f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/true.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/true.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TRUE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME true \- do nothing, successfully .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ display this help and exit \fB\-\-version\fR output version information and exit .PP -NOTE: your shell may have its own version of true, which usually supersedes +Your shell may have its own version of true, which usually supersedes the version described here. Please refer to your shell's documentation for details about the options it supports. .SH AUTHOR @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/truncate.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/truncate.1 index 6973314f..b1148aea 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/truncate.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/truncate.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TRUNCATE "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TRUNCATE "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME truncate \- shrink or extend the size of a file to the specified size .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tset.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tset.1 index cee05757..df53565e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tset.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tset.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\"*************************************************************************** -.\" Copyright 2018-2022,2023 Thomas E. Dickey * +.\" Copyright 2018-2023,2024 Thomas E. Dickey * .\" Copyright 1998-2016,2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc. * .\" * .\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a * @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ .\" authorization. * .\"*************************************************************************** .\" -.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.79 2023/12/23 16:20:07 tom Exp $ -.TH tset 1 2023-12-23 "ncurses 6.4" "User commands" +.\" $Id: tset.1,v 1.85 2024/04/27 17:57:47 tom Exp $ +.TH tset 1 2024-04-27 "ncurses 6.5" "User commands" .ie \n(.g \{\ .ds `` \(lq .ds '' \(rq @@ -391,23 +391,25 @@ to set the window size if \fBtset\fP is not able to obtain the window size from the operating system. .bP In \fI\%ncurses\fP, \fBtset\fP obtains the window size using -\fBsetupterm\fP, which may be from +\fB\%setupterm\fP(3NCURSES), which may be from the operating system, the \fILINES\fP and \fICOLUMNS\fP environment variables or the terminal description. .PP -Obtaining the window size from the terminal description is common to -both implementations, but considered obsolescent. +Obtaining the window size from a terminal's type description is common +to both implementations, +but considered obsolescent. Its only practical use is for hardware terminals. -Generally speaking, a window size would be unset only if there were -some problem obtaining the value from the operating system -(and \fBsetupterm\fP would still fail). -For that reason, -the \fILINES\fP and \fI\%COLUMNS\fP environment variables -may be useful for working around window-size problems. -Those have the drawback that if the window is resized, -those variables must be recomputed and reassigned. -To do this more easily, use the \fBresize\fP(1) program. +Generally, +the window size will remain uninitialized only if there were a problem +obtaining the value from the operating system +(and \fB\%setupterm\fP would still fail). +The \fILINES\fP and \fI\%COLUMNS\fP environment variables +may thus be useful for working around window-size problems, +but have the drawback that if the window is resized, +their values must be recomputed and reassigned. +The \fI\%resize\fP(1) program distributed with +\fI\%xterm\fP(1) assists this activity. .SH HISTORY A \fB\%reset\fP command written by Kurt Shoens appeared in 1BSD (March 1978). diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tsort.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tsort.1 index f61e36f7..3685681b 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tsort.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tsort.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TSORT "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TSORT "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tsort \- perform topological sort .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tty.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tty.1 index f79e8155..7b711635 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tty.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/tty.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH TTY "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH TTY "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME tty \- print the file name of the terminal connected to standard input .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ukify.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ukify.1 index 4ca57564..e4377af7 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ukify.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/ukify.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "UKIFY" "1" "" "systemd 254" "ukify" +.TH "UKIFY" "1" "" "systemd 255" "ukify" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -22,14 +22,14 @@ .SH "NAME" ukify \- Combine components into a signed Unified Kernel Image for UEFI systems .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.HP \w'\fB/usr/lib/systemd/ukify\fR\ 'u -\fB/usr/lib/systemd/ukify\fR [OPTIONS...] build +.HP \w'\fBukify\fR\ 'u +\fBukify\fR [OPTIONS...] build .HP \w'\fBukify\fR\ 'u \fBukify\fR [OPTIONS...] genkey +.HP \w'\fBukify\fR\ 'u +\fBukify\fR [OPTIONS...] inspect FILE... .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP -Note: this command is experimental for now\&. While it is intended to become a regular component of systemd, it might still change in behaviour and interface\&. -.PP \fBukify\fR is a tool whose primary purpose is to combine components (usually a kernel, an initrd, and a UEFI boot stub) to create a \m[blue]\fBUnified Kernel Image (UKI)\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ option, the resulting PE binary will be signed as a whole, allowing the resultin If the stub and/or the kernel contain "\&.sbat" sections they will be merged in the UKI so that revocation updates affecting either are considered when the UKI is loaded by Shim\&. For more information on SBAT see -\m[blue]\fBShim\*(Aqs documentation\&.\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 +\m[blue]\fBShim documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. .SS "genkey" .PP This command creates the keys for PCR signing and the key and certificate used for SecureBoot signing\&. The same configuration options that determine what keys and in which paths will be needed for signing when @@ -111,12 +111,35 @@ is used, here determine which keys will be created\&. See the discussion of below\&. .PP The output files must not exist\&. +.SS "inspect" +.PP +Display information about the sections in a given binary or binaries\&. If +\fB\-\-all\fR +is given, all sections are shown\&. Otherwise, if +\fB\-\-section=\fR +option is specified at least once, only those sections are shown\&. Otherwise, well\-known sections that are typically included in an UKI are shown\&. For each section, its name, size, and sha256\-digest is printed\&. For text sections, the contents are printed\&. +.PP +Also see the description of +\fB\-j\fR/\fB\-\-json=\fR +and +\fB\-\-section=\fR\&. .SH "CONFIGURATION SETTINGS" .PP Settings can appear in configuration files (the syntax with \fISomeSetting=\fR\fI\fIvalue\fR\fR) and on the command line (the syntax with \fB\-\-some\-setting=\fR\fB\fIvalue\fR\fR)\&. For some command line parameters, a single\-letter shortcut is also allowed\&. In the configuration files, the setting must be in the appropriate section, so the descriptions are grouped by section below\&. When the same setting appears in the configuration file and on the command line, generally the command line setting has higher priority and overwrites the config file setting completely\&. If some setting behaves differently, this is described below\&. .PP +If no config file is provided via the option +\fB\-\-config=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR, +\fBukify\fR +will try to look for a default configuration file in the following paths in this order: +/run/systemd/ukify\&.conf, +/etc/systemd/ukify\&.conf, +/usr/local/lib/systemd/ukify\&.conf, and +/usr/lib/systemd/ukify\&.conf, and then load the first one found\&. +\fBukify\fR +will proceed normally if no configuration file is specified and no default one is found\&. +.PP The \fILINUX\fR and @@ -128,11 +151,13 @@ and settings, are optional\&. If more than one initrd is specified, they will all be combined into a single PE section\&. This is useful to, for example, prepend microcode before the actual initrd\&. .PP The following options and settings are understood: -.SS "Commandline\-only options" +.SS "Command line\-only options" .PP \fB\-\-config=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 -Load configuration from the given config file\&. In general, settings specified in the config file have lower precedence than the settings specified via options\&. In cases where the commandline option does not fully override the config file setting are explicitly mentioned in the descriptions of individual options\&. +Load configuration from the given config file\&. In general, settings specified in the config file have lower precedence than the settings specified via options\&. In cases where the command line option does not fully override the config file setting are explicitly mentioned in the descriptions of individual options\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-measure\fR, \fB\-\-no\-measure\fR @@ -140,17 +165,32 @@ Load configuration from the given config file\&. In general, settings specified Enable or disable a call to \fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) to print pre\-calculated PCR values\&. Defaults to false\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP -\fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR +\fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-section=\fR\fB\fINAME\fR\fR\fB:\fR\fBtext|binary\fR\fB[@\fIPATH\fR]\fR .RS 4 -Specify an arbitrary additional section -"\fINAME\fR"\&. Note that the name is used as\-is, and if the section name should start with a dot, it must be included in -\fINAME\fR\&. The argument may be a literal string, or +For all verbs except +\fBinspect\fR, the first syntax is used\&. Specify an arbitrary additional section +"\fINAME\fR"\&. The argument may be a literal string, or "@" followed by a path name\&. This option may be specified more than once\&. Any sections specified in this fashion will be inserted (in order) before the "\&.linux" section which is always last\&. +.sp +For the +\fBinspect\fR +verb, the second syntax is used\&. The section +\fINAME\fR +will be inspected (if found)\&. If the second argument is +"text", the contents will be printed\&. If the third argument is given, the contents will be saved to file +\fIPATH\fR\&. +.sp +Note that the name is used as\-is, and if the section name should start with a dot, it must be included in +\fINAME\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-tools=\fR\fB\fIDIRS\fR\fR @@ -160,6 +200,8 @@ Specify one or more directories with helper tools\&. will look for helper tools in those directories first, and if not found, try to load them from \fI$PATH\fR in the usual fashion\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-output=\fR\fB\fIFILENAME\fR\fR @@ -171,11 +213,33 @@ argument, with the suffix or "\&.signed\&.efi" will be used, depending on whether signing for SecureBoot was performed\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-summary\fR .RS 4 -Print a summary of loaded config and exit\&. This is useful to check how the options form the configuration file and the commandline are combined\&. +Print a summary of loaded config and exit\&. This is useful to check how the options from the configuration file and the command line are combined\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-all\fR +.RS 4 +Print all sections (with +\fBinspect\fR +verb)\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-json\fR +.RS 4 +Generate JSON output (with +\fBinspect\fR +verb)\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. .RE .PP \fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR @@ -192,11 +256,15 @@ Print a short version string and exit\&. \fILinux=\fR\fI\fILINUX\fR\fR, \fB\-\-linux=\fR\fB\fILINUX\fR\fR .RS 4 A path to the kernel binary\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fIInitrd=\fR\fI\fIINITRD\fR\fR\fI\&.\&.\&.\fR, \fB\-\-initrd=\fR\fB\fILINUX\fR\fR .RS 4 Zero or more initrd paths\&. In the configuration file, items are separated by whitespace\&. The initrds are combined in the order of specification, with the initrds specified in the config file first\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fICmdline=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-cmdline=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR @@ -206,6 +274,8 @@ The kernel command line (the section)\&. The argument may be a literal string, or "@" followed by a path name\&. If not specified, no command line will be embedded\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIOSRelease=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-os\-release=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR @@ -217,6 +287,8 @@ section)\&. The argument may be a literal string, or followed by a path name\&. If not specified, the \fBos-release\fR(5) file will be picked up from the host system\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIDeviceTree=\fR\fI\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-devicetree=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -224,6 +296,8 @@ file will be picked up from the host system\&. The devicetree description (the "\&.dtb" section)\&. The argument is a path to a compiled binary DeviceTree file\&. If not specified, the section will not be present\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fISplash=\fR\fI\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-splash=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -231,6 +305,8 @@ section)\&. The argument is a path to a compiled binary DeviceTree file\&. If no A picture to display during boot (the "\&.splash" section)\&. The argument is a path to a BMP file\&. If not specified, the section will not be present\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIPCRPKey=\fR\fI\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcrpkey=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -240,6 +316,8 @@ A path to a public key to embed in the section\&. If not specified, and there\*(Aqs exactly one \fIPCRPublicKey=\fR/\fB\-\-pcr\-public\-key=\fR argument, that key will be used\&. Otherwise, the section will not be present\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIUname=\fR\fI\fIVERSION\fR\fR, \fB\-\-uname=\fR\fB\fIVERSION\fR\fR @@ -248,6 +326,8 @@ Specify the kernel version (as in \fBuname \-r\fR, the "\&.uname" section)\&. If not specified, an attempt will be made to extract the version string from the kernel image\&. It is recommended to pass this explicitly if known, because the extraction is based on heuristics and not very reliable\&. If not specified and extraction fails, the section will not be present\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIPCRBanks=\fR\fI\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcr\-banks=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR @@ -256,6 +336,8 @@ A comma or space\-separated list of PCR banks to sign a policy for\&. If not pre "sha256", "sha384", "sha512"), which will fail if not supported by the system\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fISecureBootSigningTool=\fR\fI\fISIGNER\fR\fR, \fB\-\-signtool=\fR\fB\fISIGNER\fR\fR @@ -265,6 +347,8 @@ Whether to use or "pesign"\&. Depending on this choice, different parameters are required in order to sign an image\&. Defaults to "sbsign"\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fISecureBootPrivateKey=\fR\fI\fISB_KEY\fR\fR, \fB\-\-secureboot\-private\-key=\fR\fB\fISB_KEY\fR\fR @@ -273,6 +357,8 @@ A path to a private key to use for signing of the resulting binary\&. If the \fISigningEngine=\fR/\fB\-\-signing\-engine=\fR option is used, this may also be an engine\-specific designation\&. This option is required by \fISecureBootSigningTool=sbsign\fR/\fB\-\-signtool=sbsign\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fISecureBootCertificate=\fR\fI\fISB_CERT\fR\fR, \fB\-\-secureboot\-certificate=\fR\fB\fISB_CERT\fR\fR @@ -281,6 +367,8 @@ A path to a certificate to use for signing of the resulting binary\&. If the \fISigningEngine=\fR/\fB\-\-signing\-engine=\fR option is used, this may also be an engine\-specific designation\&. This option is required by \fISecureBootSigningTool=sbsign\fR/\fB\-\-signtool=sbsign\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fISecureBootCertificateDir=\fR\fI\fISB_PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-secureboot\-certificate\-dir=\fR\fB\fISB_PATH\fR\fR @@ -289,18 +377,24 @@ A path to a nss certificate database directory to use for signing of the resulti \fISecureBootSigningTool=pesign\fR/\fB\-\-signtool=pesign\fR is used\&. Defaults to /etc/pki/pesign\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fISecureBootCertificateName=\fR\fI\fISB_CERTNAME\fR\fR, \fB\-\-secureboot\-certificate\-name=\fR\fB\fISB_CERTNAME\fR\fR .RS 4 The name of the nss certificate database entry to use for signing of the resulting binary\&. This option is required by \fISecureBootSigningTool=pesign\fR/\fB\-\-signtool=pesign\fR\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fISecureBootCertificateValidity=\fR\fI\fIDAYS\fR\fR, \fB\-\-secureboot\-certificate\-validity=\fR\fB\fIDAYS\fR\fR .RS 4 Period of validity (in days) for a certificate created by \fBgenkey\fR\&. Defaults to 3650, i\&.e\&. 10 years\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .PP \fISigningEngine=\fR\fI\fIENGINE\fR\fR, \fB\-\-signing\-engine=\fR\fB\fIENGINE\fR\fR @@ -309,6 +403,8 @@ An "engine" for signing of the resulting binary\&. This option is currently pass \fB\-\-engine=\fR option of \fBsbsign\fR(1)\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fISignKernel=\fR\fI\fIBOOL\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sign\-kernel\fR, \fB\-\-no\-sign\-kernel\fR @@ -318,33 +414,43 @@ Override the detection of whether to sign the Linux binary itself before it is e option and the binary has not already been signed\&. If \fISignKernel=\fR/\fB\-\-sign\-kernel\fR is true, and the binary has already been signed, the signature will be appended anyway\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fISBAT=\fR\fI\fITEXT\fR\fR\fI|\fR\fI\fI@PATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-sbat=\fR\fB\fITEXT\fR\fR\fB|\fR\fB\fI@PATH\fR\fR .RS 4 SBAT metadata associated with the UKI or addon\&. SBAT policies are useful to revoke whole groups of UKIs or addons with a single, static policy update that does not take space in DBX/MOKX\&. If not specified manually, a default metadata entry consisting of -"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html" -will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke UKIs and addons\&. For more information on SBAT see -\m[blue]\fBShim\*(Aqs documentation\&.\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2 +"uki,1,UKI,uki,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/" +for UKIs and +"uki\-addon,1,UKI Addon,addon,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/latest/systemd\-stub\&.html" +for addons will be used, to ensure it is always possible to revoke them\&. For more information on SBAT see +\m[blue]\fBShim documentation\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[2]\d\s+2\&. +.sp +Added in version 254\&. .RE .SS "[PCRSignature:\fINAME\fR] section" .PP -In the config file, those options are grouped by section\&. On the commandline, they must be specified in the same order\&. The sections specified in both sources are combined\&. +In the config file, those options are grouped by section\&. On the command line, they must be specified in the same order\&. The sections specified in both sources are combined\&. .PP \fIPCRPrivateKey=\fR\fI\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcr\-private\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 -A private key to use for signing PCR policies\&. On the commandline, this option may be specified more than once, in which case multiple signatures will be made\&. +A private key to use for signing PCR policies\&. On the command line, this option may be specified more than once, in which case multiple signatures will be made\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIPCRPublicKey=\fR\fI\fIPATH\fR\fR, \fB\-\-pcr\-public\-key=\fR\fB\fIPATH\fR\fR .RS 4 A public key to use for signing PCR policies\&. .sp -On the commandline, this option may be specified more than once, similarly to the +On the command line, this option may be specified more than once, similarly to the \fB\-\-pcr\-private\-key=\fR -option\&. If not present, the public keys will be extracted from the private keys\&. On the commandline, if present, the this option must be specified the same number of times as the +option\&. If not present, the public keys will be extracted from the private keys\&. On the command line, if present, this option must be specified the same number of times as the \fB\-\-pcr\-private\-key=\fR option\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .PP \fIPhases=\fR\fI\fILIST\fR\fR, \fB\-\-phases=\fR\fB\fILIST\fR\fR @@ -353,9 +459,11 @@ A comma or space\-separated list of colon\-separated phase paths to sign a polic \fBsystemd-measure\fR(1) will be used\&. .sp -On the commandline, when this argument is present, it must appear the same number of times as the +On the command line, when this argument is present, it must appear the same number of times as the \fB\-\-pcr\-private\-key=\fR option\&. +.sp +Added in version 253\&. .RE .SH "EXAMPLES" .PP @@ -384,12 +492,12 @@ This creates an unsigned UKI .RS 4 .\} .nf -$ /usr/lib/systemd/ukify build \e +$ ukify build \e \-\-linux=/lib/modules/6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64/vmlinuz \e \-\-initrd=early_cpio \e \-\-initrd=/some/path/initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \e + uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,UKI for System,uki\&.author\&.myimage,1,https://uapi\-group\&.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/\*(Aq \e \-\-pcr\-private\-key=pcr\-private\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-pcr\-public\-key=pcr\-public\-initrd\-key\&.pem \e \-\-phases=\*(Aqenter\-initrd\*(Aq \e @@ -454,7 +562,7 @@ Phases=enter\-initrd:leave\-initrd enter\-initrd:leave\-initrd:sysinit enter\-initrd:leave\-initrd:sysinit:ready -$ /usr/lib/systemd/ukify \-c ukify\&.conf build \e +$ ukify \-c ukify\&.conf build \e \-\-linux=/lib/modules/6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64/vmlinuz \e \-\-initrd=/some/path/initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img @@ -463,7 +571,7 @@ $ /usr/lib/systemd/ukify \-c ukify\&.conf build \e .RE .\} .PP -One "initrd" (early_cpio) is specified in the config file, and the other initrd (initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img) is specified on the commandline\&. This may be useful for example when the first initrd contains microcode for the CPU and does not need to be updated when the kernel version changes, unlike the actual initrd\&. +One "initrd" (early_cpio) is specified in the config file, and the other initrd (initramfs\-6\&.0\&.9\-300\&.fc37\&.x86_64\&.img) is specified on the command line\&. This may be useful for example when the first initrd contains microcode for the CPU and does not need to be updated when the kernel version changes, unlike the actual initrd\&. .PP \fBExample\ \&4.\ \&Kernel command line auxiliary PE\fR .sp @@ -476,7 +584,7 @@ ukify build \e \-\-secureboot\-certificate=sb\&.cert \e \-\-cmdline=\*(Aqdebug\*(Aq \e \-\-sbat=\*(Aqsbat,1,SBAT Version,sbat,1,https://github\&.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT\&.md - uki\&.addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\&.addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq + uki\-addon\&.author,1,UKI Addon for System,uki\-addon\&.author,1,https://www\&.freedesktop\&.org/software/systemd/man/systemd\-stub\&.html\*(Aq \-\-output=debug\&.cmdline .fi @@ -523,7 +631,7 @@ Next, we can generate the certificate and keys: .RS 4 .\} .nf -# /usr/lib/systemd/ukify genkey \-\-config=/etc/kernel/uki\&.conf +# ukify genkey \-\-config=/etc/kernel/uki\&.conf Writing SecureBoot private key to /etc/kernel/secure\-boot\&.key\&.pem Writing SecureBoot certificate to /etc/kernel/secure\-boot\&.cert\&.pem Writing private key for PCR signing to /etc/kernel/pcr\-initrd\&.key\&.pem @@ -538,7 +646,7 @@ Writing public key for PCR signing to /etc/kernel/pcr\-system\&.pub\&.pem (Both operations need to be done as root to allow write access to /etc/kernel/\&.) .PP -Subsequent invocations of using the config file (\fB/usr/lib/systemd/ukify build \-\-config=/etc/kernel/uki\&.conf\fR) will use this certificate and key files\&. Note that the +Subsequent invocations using the config file (\fBukify build \-\-config=/etc/kernel/uki\&.conf\fR) will use this certificate and key files\&. Note that the \fBkernel-install\fR(8) plugin 60\-ukify\&.install @@ -546,7 +654,7 @@ uses /etc/kernel/uki\&.conf by default, so after this file has been created, installations of kernels that create a UKI on the local machine using \fBkernel\-install\fR -would perform signing using this config\&. +will perform signing using this config\&. .SH "SEE ALSO" .PP \fBsystemd\fR(1), @@ -561,7 +669,7 @@ Unified Kernel Image (UKI) \%https://uapi-group.org/specifications/specs/unified_kernel_image/ .RE .IP " 2." 4 -Shim's documentation. +Shim documentation .RS 4 \%https://github.com/rhboot/shim/blob/main/SBAT.md .RE diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uname.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uname.1 index eedf99ee..709abec5 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uname.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uname.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNAME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNAME "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME uname \- print system information .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unexpand.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unexpand.1 index 10f88ede..3705ae48 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unexpand.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unexpand.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNEXPAND "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNEXPAND "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME unexpand \- convert spaces to tabs .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uniq.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uniq.1 index 3e5c45c6..7a88e3ee 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uniq.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uniq.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNIQ "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNIQ "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME uniq \- report or omit repeated lines .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ output version information and exit A field is a run of blanks (usually spaces and/or TABs), then non\-blank characters. Fields are skipped before chars. .PP -Note: 'uniq' does not detect repeated lines unless they are adjacent. +\&'uniq' does not detect repeated lines unless they are adjacent. You may want to sort the input first, or use 'sort \fB\-u\fR' without 'uniq'. .SH AUTHOR Written by Richard M. Stallman and David MacKenzie. @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unlink.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unlink.1 index f92605ee..878efa9c 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unlink.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/unlink.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UNLINK "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UNLINK "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME unlink \- call the unlink function to remove the specified file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uptime.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uptime.1 index b8ebd532..aeb07f54 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uptime.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/uptime.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH UPTIME "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH UPTIME "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME uptime \- tell how long the system has been running .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/userdbctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/userdbctl.1 index 874c9445..d4a0813f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/userdbctl.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/userdbctl.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ '\" t -.TH "USERDBCTL" "1" "" "systemd 254" "userdbctl" +.TH "USERDBCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "userdbctl" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -71,6 +71,8 @@ and show only the most important fields\&. Various modes also do not show password hashes\&. Use "json" to view all fields, including any authentication fields\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-json=\fR\fIFORMAT\fR @@ -82,12 +84,16 @@ or "short"\&. If "pretty", human\-friendly whitespace and newlines are inserted in the output to make the JSON data more readable\&. If "short", all superfluous whitespace is suppressed\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-service=\fR\fISERVICE\fR[:\fISERVICE\&...\fR], \fB\-s\fR \fISERVICE\fR:\fISERVICE\&...\fR .RS 4 Controls which services to query for users/groups\&. Takes a list of one or more service names, separated by ":"\&. See below for a list of well\-known service names\&. If not specified all available services are queried at once\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-with\-nss=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -97,6 +103,8 @@ Controls whether to include classic glibc/NSS user/group lookups in the output\& is used any attempts to resolve or enumerate users/groups provided only via glibc NSS is suppressed\&. If \fB\-\-with\-nss=yes\fR is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-with\-varlink=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -107,6 +115,8 @@ Controls whether to include Varlink user/group lookups in the output, i\&.e\&. t is used any attempts to resolve or enumerate users/groups provided only via Varlink are suppressed\&. If \fB\-\-with\-varlink=yes\fR is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default)\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-with\-dropin=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -120,6 +130,8 @@ Controls whether to include user/group lookups in the output that are defined us is used these records are suppressed\&. If \fB\-\-with\-dropin=yes\fR is specified such users/groups are included in the output (which is the default)\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-synthesize=\fR\fIBOOL\fR @@ -128,6 +140,8 @@ Controls whether to synthesize records for the root and nobody users/groups if t "yes") such records are implicitly synthesized if otherwise missing since they have special significance to the OS\&. When "no" this synthesizing is turned off\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-N\fR @@ -135,11 +149,15 @@ this synthesizing is turned off\&. This option is short for \fB\-\-with\-nss=no\fR \fB\-\-synthesize=no\fR\&. Use this option to show only records that are natively defined as JSON user or group records, with all NSS/glibc compatibility and all implicit synthesis turned off\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-multiplexer=\fR\fIBOOL\fR .RS 4 Controls whether to do lookups via the multiplexer service (if specified as true, the default) or do lookups in the client (if specified as false)\&. Using the multiplexer service is typically preferable, since it runs in a locked down sandbox\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-chain\fR @@ -147,6 +165,8 @@ Controls whether to do lookups via the multiplexer service (if specified as true When used with the \fBssh\-authorized\-keys\fR command, this will allow passing an additional command line after the user name that is chain executed after the lookup completed\&. This allows chaining multiple tools that show SSH authorized keys\&. +.sp +Added in version 250\&. .RE .PP \fB\-\-no\-pager\fR @@ -177,6 +197,8 @@ The following commands are understood: List all known users records or show details of one or more specified user records\&. Use \fB\-\-output=\fR to tweak output mode\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBgroup\fR [\fIGROUP\fR\&...] @@ -184,6 +206,8 @@ to tweak output mode\&. List all known group records or show details of one or more specified group records\&. Use \fB\-\-output=\fR to tweak output mode\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBusers\-in\-group\fR [\fIGROUP\fR\&...] @@ -191,6 +215,8 @@ to tweak output mode\&. List users that are members of the specified groups\&. If no groups are specified list all user/group memberships defined\&. Use \fB\-\-output=\fR to tweak output mode\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBgroups\-of\-user\fR [\fIUSER\fR\&...] @@ -202,16 +228,22 @@ and are equivalent)\&. Use \fB\-\-output=\fR to tweak output mode\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBservices\fR .RS 4 List all services currently providing user/group definitions to the system\&. See below for a list of well\-known services providing user information\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBssh\-authorized\-keys\fR .RS 4 Show SSH authorized keys for this account\&. This command is intended to be used to allow the SSH daemon to pick up authorized keys from user records, see below\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .SH "WELL\-KNOWN SERVICES" .PP @@ -226,6 +258,8 @@ This service is provided by the system service manager itself (i\&.e\&. PID 1) a setting in service unit files available to the system (see \fBsystemd.exec\fR(5) for details about this setting)\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBio\&.systemd\&.Home\fR @@ -233,6 +267,8 @@ for details about this setting)\&. This service is provided by \fBsystemd-homed.service\fR(8) and makes all users (and their groups) belonging to home directories managed by that service available to the system\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBio\&.systemd\&.Machine\fR @@ -240,6 +276,8 @@ and makes all users (and their groups) belonging to home directories managed by This service is provided by \fBsystemd-machined.service\fR(8) and synthesizes records for all users/groups used by a container that employs user namespacing\&. +.sp +Added in version 246\&. .RE .PP \fBio\&.systemd\&.Multiplexer\fR @@ -253,6 +291,8 @@ uses this service preferably, too, unless or \fB\-\-service=\fR are used, in which case finer control over the services to talk to is required\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBio\&.systemd\&.NameServiceSwitch\fR @@ -264,6 +304,8 @@ and converts classic NSS/glibc user and group records to JSON user/group records to disable this compatibility, see above\&. Note that compatibility is actually provided in both directions: \fBnss-systemd\fR(8) will automatically synthesize classic NSS/glibc user/group records from all JSON user/group records provided to the system, thus using both APIs is mostly equivalent and provides access to the same data, however the NSS/glibc APIs necessarily expose a more reduced set of fields only\&. +.sp +Added in version 245\&. .RE .PP \fBio\&.systemd\&.DropIn\fR @@ -275,6 +317,8 @@ and picks up JSON user/group records from /run/userdb/, /run/host/userdb/, /usr/lib/userdb/\&. +.sp +Added in version 249\&. .RE .PP Note that @@ -462,6 +506,12 @@ will be ignored by the executable, and needs to be handled by the pager\&. This option instructs the pager to not send termcap initialization and deinitialization strings to the terminal\&. It is set by default to allow command output to remain visible in the terminal even after the pager exits\&. Nevertheless, this prevents some pager functionality from working, in particular paged output cannot be scrolled with the mouse\&. .RE .sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESS\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. +.sp See \fBless\fR(1) for more discussion\&. @@ -473,6 +523,12 @@ Override the charset passed to \fBless\fR (by default "utf\-8", if the invoking terminal is determined to be UTF\-8 compatible)\&. +.sp +Note that setting the regular +\fI$LESSCHARSET\fR +environment variable has no effect for +\fBless\fR +invocations by systemd tools\&. .RE .PP \fI$SYSTEMD_PAGERSECURE\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/users.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/users.1 index ed6a8acb..ab624239 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/users.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/users.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH USERS "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH USERS "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME users \- print the user names of users currently logged in to the current host .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/varlinkctl.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/varlinkctl.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000..15edfba7 --- /dev/null +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/varlinkctl.1 @@ -0,0 +1,324 @@ +'\" t +.TH "VARLINKCTL" "1" "" "systemd 255" "varlinkctl" +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * Define some portability stuff +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.\" http://bugs.debian.org/507673 +.\" http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/groff/2009-02/msg00013.html +.\" ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq +.el .ds Aq ' +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * set default formatting +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.\" * MAIN CONTENT STARTS HERE * +.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- +.SH "NAME" +varlinkctl \- Introspect with and invoke Varlink services +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +.HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] info \fIADDRESS\fR +.HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] list\-interfaces \fIADDRESS\fR +.HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] introspect \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR +.HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] call \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIARGUMENTS\fR] +.HP \w'\fBvarlinkctl\fR\ 'u +\fBvarlinkctl\fR [OPTIONS...] validate\-idl [\fIFILE\fR] +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +.PP +\fBvarlinkctl\fR +may be used to introspect and invoke +\m[blue]\fBVarlink\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +services\&. +.PP +Services are referenced by one of the following: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +A Varlink service reference starting with the +"unix:" +string, followed by an absolute +\fBAF_UNIX\fR +path, or by +"@" +and an arbitrary string (the latter for referencing sockets in the abstract namespace)\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +A Varlink service reference starting with the +"exec:" +string, followed by an absolute path of a binary to execute\&. +.RE +.PP +For convenience these two simpler (redundant) service address syntaxes are also supported: +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +A file system path to an +\fBAF_UNIX\fR +socket, either absolute (i\&.e\&. begins with +"/") or relative (in which case it must begin with +"\&./")\&. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +.ie n \{\ +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'\c +.\} +.el \{\ +.sp -1 +.IP \(bu 2.3 +.\} +A file system path to an executable, either absolute or relative (as above, must begin with +"/", resp\&. +"\&./")\&. +.RE +.SH "COMMANDS" +.PP +The following commands are understood: +.PP +\fBinfo\fR \fIADDRESS\fR +.RS 4 +Show brief information about the specified service, including vendor name and list of implemented interfaces\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBlist\-interfaces\fR \fIADDRESS\fR +.RS 4 +Show list of interfaces implemented by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBintrospect\fR \fIADDRESS\fR \fIINTERFACE\fR +.RS 4 +Show interface definition of the specified interface provided by the specified service\&. Expects a service address in one of the formats described above and a Varlink interface name\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBcall\fR \fIADDRESS\fR \fIMETHOD\fR [\fIARGUMENTS\fR] +.RS 4 +Call the specified method of the specified service\&. Expects a service address in the format described above, a fully qualified Varlink method name, and a JSON arguments object\&. If the arguments object is not specified, it is read from STDIN instead\&. To pass an empty list of parameters, specify the empty object +"{}"\&. +.sp +The reply parameters are written as JSON object to STDOUT\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBvalidate\-idl\fR [\fIFILE\fR] +.RS 4 +Reads a Varlink interface definition file, parses and validates it, then outputs it with syntax highlighting\&. This checks for syntax and internal consistency of the interface\&. Expects a file name to read the interface definition from\&. If omitted reads the interface definition from STDIN\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fBhelp\fR +.RS 4 +Show command syntax help\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.SH "OPTIONS" +.PP +The following options are understood: +.PP +\fB\-\-more\fR +.RS 4 +When used with +\fBcall\fR: expect multiple method replies\&. If this flag is set the method call is sent with the +\fBmore\fR +flag set, which tells the service to generate multiple replies, if needed\&. The command remains running until the service sends a reply message that indicates it is the last in the series\&. This flag should be set only for method calls that support this mechanism\&. +.sp +If this mode is enabled output is automatically switched to JSON\-SEQ mode, so that individual reply objects can be easily discerned\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-oneway\fR +.RS 4 +When used with +\fBcall\fR: do not expect a method reply\&. If this flag is set the method call is sent with the +\fBoneway\fR +flag set (the command exits immediately after), which tells the service not to generate a reply\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-json=\fR\fIMODE\fR +.RS 4 +Selects the JSON output formatting, one of +"pretty" +(for nicely indented, colorized output) or +"short" +(for terse output with minimal whitespace and no newlines), defaults to +"short"\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-j\fR +.RS 4 +Equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=pretty\fR +when invoked interactively from a terminal\&. Otherwise equivalent to +\fB\-\-json=short\fR, in particular when the output is piped to some other program\&. +.sp +Added in version 255\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-no\-pager\fR +.RS 4 +Do not pipe output into a pager\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-h\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short help text and exit\&. +.RE +.PP +\fB\-\-version\fR +.RS 4 +Print a short version string and exit\&. +.RE +.SH "EXAMPLES" +.PP +\fBExample\ \&1.\ \&Investigating a Service\fR +.PP +The following three commands inspect the +"io\&.systemd\&.Resolve" +service implemented by +\fBsystemd-resolved.service\fR(8), listing general service information and implemented interfaces, and then displaying the interface definition of its primary interface: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ varlinkctl info /run/systemd/resolve/io\&.systemd\&.Resolve + Vendor: The systemd Project + Product: systemd (systemd\-resolved) + Version: 254 (254\-1522\-g4790521^) + URL: https://systemd\&.io/ +Interfaces: io\&.systemd + io\&.systemd\&.Resolve + org\&.varlink\&.service +$ varlinkctl list\-interfaces /run/systemd/resolve/io\&.systemd\&.Resolve +io\&.systemd +io\&.systemd\&.Resolve +org\&.varlink\&.service +$ varlinkctl introspect /run/systemd/resolve/io\&.systemd\&.Resolve io\&.systemd\&.Resolve +interface io\&.systemd\&.Resolve +type ResolvedAddress( + ifindex: ?int, + \&... +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +(Interface definition has been truncated in the example above, in the interest of brevity\&.) +.PP +\fBExample\ \&2.\ \&Invoking a Method\fR +.PP +The following command resolves a hostname via +\fBsystemd-resolved.service\fR(8)\*(Aqs +\fBResolveHostname\fR +method call\&. +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +$ varlinkctl call /run/systemd/resolve/io\&.systemd\&.Resolve io\&.systemd\&.Resolve\&.ResolveHostname \*(Aq{"name":"systemd\&.io","family":2}\*(Aq \-j +{ + "addresses" : [ + { + "ifindex" : 2, + "family" : 2, + "address" : [ + 185, + 199, + 111, + 153 + ] + } + ], + "name" : "systemd\&.io", + "flags" : 1048577 +} +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.PP +\fBExample\ \&3.\ \&Investigating a Service Executable\fR +.PP +The following command inspects the +/usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-pcrextend +executable and the IPC APIs it provides\&. It then invokes a method on it: +.sp +.if n \{\ +.RS 4 +.\} +.nf +# varlinkctl info /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-pcrextend + Vendor: The systemd Project + Product: systemd (systemd\-pcrextend) + Version: 254 (254\-1536\-g97734fb) + URL: https://systemd\&.io/ +Interfaces: io\&.systemd + io\&.systemd\&.PCRExtend + org\&.varlink\&.service +# varlinkctl introspect /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-pcrextend io\&.systemd\&.PCRExtend +interface io\&.systemd\&.PCRExtend + +method Extend( + pcr: int, + text: ?string, + data: ?string +) \-> () +# varlinkctl call /usr/lib/systemd/systemd\-pcrextend io\&.systemd\&.PCRExtend\&.Extend \*(Aq{"pcr":15,"text":"foobar"}\*(Aq +{} +.fi +.if n \{\ +.RE +.\} +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.PP +\fBbusctl\fR(1), +\m[blue]\fBVarlink\fR\m[]\&\s-2\u[1]\d\s+2 +.SH "NOTES" +.IP " 1." 4 +Varlink +.RS 4 +\%https://varlink.org/ +.RE diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/vdir.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/vdir.1 index 50de3f56..2848dc6e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/vdir.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/vdir.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH VDIR "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH VDIR "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME vdir \- list directory contents .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ list directories themselves, not their contents generate output designed for Emacs' dired mode .TP \fB\-f\fR -list all entries in directory order +do not sort, enable \fB\-aU\fR, disable \fB\-ls\fR \fB\-\-color\fR .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-classify\fR[=\fI\,WHEN\/\fR] append indicator (one of */=>@|) to entries WHEN @@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wc.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wc.1 index fe02c051..02924b38 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wc.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wc.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WC "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WC "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME wc \- print newline, word, and byte counts for each file .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -12,8 +12,8 @@ wc \- print newline, word, and byte counts for each file .\" Add any additional description here .PP Print newline, word, and byte counts for each FILE, and a total line if -more than one FILE is specified. A word is a non\-zero\-length sequence of -printable characters delimited by white space. +more than one FILE is specified. A word is a nonempty sequence of non white +space delimited by white space characters or by start or end of input. .PP With no FILE, or when FILE is \-, read standard input. .PP @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wget.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wget.1 index e0b6dc5a..ae2addbf 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wget.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/wget.1 @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "WGET 1" -.TH WGET 1 2024-02-20 "GNU Wget 1.21.4" "GNU Wget" +.TH WGET 1 2024-03-10 "GNU Wget 1.24.5" "GNU Wget" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l @@ -2361,7 +2361,7 @@ Currently maintained by Darshit Shah <darnir@gnu.org> and Tim Rühsen <tim.ruehsen@gmx.de>. .SH COPYRIGHT .IX Header "COPYRIGHT" -Copyright (c) 1996\-\-2011, 2015, 2018\-\-2023 Free Software +Copyright (c) 1996\-\-2011, 2015, 2018\-\-2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. .PP Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/who.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/who.1 index e3699fcf..589d5f9f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/who.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/who.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHO "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WHO "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME who \- show who is logged on .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whoami.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whoami.1 index 424cb266..4f2c0541 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whoami.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whoami.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH WHOAMI "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH WHOAMI "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME whoami \- print effective user name .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whois.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whois.1 index 580c891f..d6bdc7ea 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whois.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/whois.1 @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ will be queried. WHOIS Protocol Specification. .P .IR "RIPE Database Query Reference Manual" : -.RI < http://www.ripe.net/data\-tools/support/documentation/ripe\-database\-query\-reference\-manual > +.RI < https://www.ripe.net/data\-tools/support/documentation/ripe\-database\-query\-reference\-manual > .SH BUGS The program may have buffer overflows in the command line parser: be sure to not pass untrusted data to it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xgettext.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xgettext.1 index 88a3c0e2..4a5d8d87 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xgettext.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xgettext.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.47.6. -.TH XGETTEXT "1" "October 2022" "GNU gettext-tools 0.21.1" "User Commands" +.TH XGETTEXT "1" "February 2024" "GNU gettext-tools 0.22.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME xgettext \- extract gettext strings from source .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ do not break long message lines, longer than the output page width, into several lines .TP \fB\-s\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-output\fR -generate sorted output +generate sorted output (deprecated) .TP \fB\-F\fR, \fB\-\-sort\-by\-file\fR sort output by file location @@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ Written by Ulrich Drepper. Report bugs in the bug tracker at <https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gettext> or by email to <bug\-gettext@gnu.org>. .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 1995\-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 1995\-2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html> .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xload.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xload.1 index b7a11120..23143bc1 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xload.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xload.1 @@ -1,13 +1,14 @@ .\" -.TH XLOAD 1 "xload 1.1.4" "X Version 11" +.TH XLOAD 1 "xload 1.2.0" "X Version 11" .SH NAME xload \- system load average display for X .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBxload\fP [-\fItoolkitoption\fP ...] [-scale \fIinteger\fP] [-update \fIseconds\fP] -.br - [-hl \fIcolor\fP] [-highlight \fIcolor\fP] [-remote \fIhost\fP] -.br - [-jumpscroll \fIpixels\fP] [-label \fIstring\fP] [-nolabel] [-lights] +.nf +\fBxload\fP [-\fItoolkitoption\fP ...] [-scale \fIinteger\fP] [-update \fIseconds\fP] + [-hl \fIcolor\fP] [-highlight \fIcolor\fP] [-remote \fIhost\fP] + [-jumpscroll \fIpixels\fP] [-label \fIstring\fP] [-nolabel] [-lights] + [-help|-version] +.fi .SH DESCRIPTION The .I xload @@ -57,6 +58,12 @@ is 1 second. The default is 10. .TP 8 .B \-remote \fIhost\fP This option tells \fIxload\fP to display the load of \fIhost\fP instead of \fIlocalhost\fP. \fIXload\fP gets the information from the \fIrwhod\fP database and consequently requires \fIrwhod\fP to be executing both on \fIlocalhost\fP and \fIhost\fP. +.TP 8 +.B \-help +This option specifies that \fIxload\fP should print a usage message and exit. +.TP 8 +.B \-version +This option specifies that \fIxload\fP should print version info and exit. .SH RESOURCES In addition to the resources available to each of the widgets used by \fIxload\fP there is one resource defined by the application itself. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xrefresh.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xrefresh.1 index 548a71be..ba2fd5c6 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xrefresh.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/xrefresh.1 @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ .\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization .\" from The Open Group. .\" -.TH XREFRESH 1 "xrefresh 1.0.7" "X Version 11" +.TH XREFRESH 1 "xrefresh 1.1.0" "X Version 11" .SH NAME xrefresh - refresh all or part of an X screen .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/yes.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/yes.1 index 84be3fd6..c2281c9f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/yes.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/yes.1 @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ .\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.5. -.TH YES "1" "January 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.4" "User Commands" +.TH YES "1" "April 2024" "GNU coreutils 9.5" "User Commands" .SH NAME yes \- output a string repeatedly until killed .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ GNU coreutils online help: <https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils/> .br Report any translation bugs to <https://translationproject.org/team/> .SH COPYRIGHT -Copyright \(co 2023 Free Software Foundation, Inc. +Copyright \(co 2024 Free Software Foundation, Inc. License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>. .br This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it. diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstd.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstd.1 index 44974eb4..cc6f969e 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstd.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstd.1 @@ -1,176 +1,263 @@ -.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTD" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstd\fR \- zstd, zstdmt, unzstd, zstdcat \- Compress or decompress \.zst files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -.TS -allbox; -\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\- \fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] -.TE +\fBzstd\fR [\fIOPTIONS\fR] [\-|\fIINPUT\-FILE\fR] [\-o \fIOUTPUT\-FILE\fR] +. .P \fBzstdmt\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-T0\fR +. .P \fBunzstd\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-d\fR +. .P \fBzstdcat\fR is equivalent to \fBzstd \-dcf\fR +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" -\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core\. +\fBzstd\fR is a fast lossless compression algorithm and data compression tool, with command line syntax similar to \fBgzip\fR(1) and \fBxz\fR(1)\. It is based on the \fBLZ77\fR family, with further FSE & huff0 entropy stages\. \fBzstd\fR offers highly configurable compression speed, from fast modes at > 200 MB/s per core, to strong modes with excellent compression ratios\. It also features a very fast decoder, with speeds > 500 MB/s per core, which remains roughly stable at all compression settings\. +. .P -\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following differences: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +\fBzstd\fR command line syntax is generally similar to gzip, but features the following few differences: +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 Source files are preserved by default\. It\'s possible to remove them automatically by using the \fB\-\-rm\fR command\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing a single file, \fBzstd\fR displays progress notifications and result summary by default\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn them off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR displays a short help page when command line is an error\. Use \fB\-q\fR to turn it off\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not accept input from console, though it does accept \fBstdin\fR when it\'s not the console\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fBzstd\fR does not store the input\'s filename or attributes, only its contents\. +. .IP "" 0 +. .P \fBzstd\fR processes each \fIfile\fR according to the selected operation mode\. If no \fIfiles\fR are given or \fIfile\fR is \fB\-\fR, \fBzstd\fR reads from standard input and writes the processed data to standard output\. \fBzstd\fR will refuse to write compressed data to standard output if it is a terminal: it will display an error message and skip the file\. Similarly, \fBzstd\fR will refuse to read compressed data from standard input if it is a terminal\. +. .P Unless \fB\-\-stdout\fR or \fB\-o\fR is specified, \fIfiles\fR are written to a new file whose name is derived from the source \fIfile\fR name: -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When compressing, the suffix \fB\.zst\fR is appended to the source filename to get the target filename\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 When decompressing, the \fB\.zst\fR suffix is removed from the source filename to get the target filename +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "Concatenation with \.zst Files" It is possible to concatenate multiple \fB\.zst\fR files\. \fBzstd\fR will decompress such agglomerated file as if it was a single \fB\.zst\fR file\. +. .SH "OPTIONS" +. .SS "Integer Suffixes and Special Values" In most places where an integer argument is expected, an optional suffix is supported to easily indicate large integers\. There must be no space between the integer and the suffix\. +. .TP \fBKiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2\e^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,024 (2^10)\. \fBKi\fR, \fBK\fR, and \fBKB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBKiB\fR\. +. .TP \fBMiB\fR -Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2\e^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +Multiply the integer by 1,048,576 (2^20)\. \fBMi\fR, \fBM\fR, and \fBMB\fR are accepted as synonyms for \fBMiB\fR\. +. .SS "Operation Mode" If multiple operation mode options are given, the last one takes effect\. +. .TP \fB\-z\fR, \fB\-\-compress\fR Compress\. This is the default operation mode when no operation mode option is specified and no other operation mode is implied from the command name (for example, \fBunzstd\fR implies \fB\-\-decompress\fR)\. +. .TP \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-\-decompress\fR, \fB\-\-uncompress\fR Decompress\. +. .TP \fB\-t\fR, \fB\-\-test\fR Test the integrity of compressed \fIfiles\fR\. This option is equivalent to \fB\-\-decompress \-\-stdout > /dev/null\fR, decompressed data is discarded and checksummed for errors\. No files are created or removed\. +. .TP \fB\-b#\fR Benchmark file(s) using compression level \fI#\fR\. See \fIBENCHMARK\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-\-train FILES\fR Use \fIFILES\fR as a training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should contain a lot of small files (> 100)\. See \fIDICTIONARY BUILDER\fR below for a description of this operation\. +. .TP \fB\-l\fR, \fB\-\-list\fR Display information related to a zstd compressed file, such as size, ratio, and checksum\. Some of these fields may not be available\. This command\'s output can be augmented with the \fB\-v\fR modifier\. +. .SS "Operation Modifiers" -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-#\fR: selects \fB#\fR compression level [1\-19] (default: 3)\. Higher compression levels \fIgenerally\fR produce higher compression ratio at the expense of speed and memory\. A rough rule of thumb is that compression speed is expected to be divided by 2 every 2 levels\. Technically, each level is mapped to a set of advanced parameters (that can also be modified individually, see below)\. Because the compressor\'s behavior highly depends on the content to compress, there\'s no guarantee of a smooth progression from one level to another\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-ultra\fR: unlocks high compression levels 20+ (maximum 22), using a lot more memory\. Note that decompression will also require more memory when using these levels\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-fast[=#]\fR: switch to ultra\-fast compression levels\. If \fB=#\fR is not present, it defaults to \fB1\fR\. The higher the value, the faster the compression speed, at the cost of some compression ratio\. This setting overwrites compression level if one was set previously\. Similarly, if a compression level is set after \fB\-\-fast\fR, it overrides it\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-T#\fR, \fB\-\-threads=#\fR: Compress using \fB#\fR working threads (default: 1)\. If \fB#\fR is 0, attempt to detect and use the number of physical CPU cores\. In all cases, the nb of threads is capped to \fBZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX\fR, which is either 64 in 32\-bit mode, or 256 for 64\-bit environments\. This modifier does nothing if \fBzstd\fR is compiled without multithread support\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR: Use a single thread for both I/O and compression\. As compression is serialized with I/O, this can be slightly slower\. Single\-thread mode features significantly lower memory usage, which can be useful for systems with limited amount of memory, such as 32\-bit systems\. +. .IP Note 1: this mode is the only available one when multithread support is disabled\. +. .IP Note 2: this mode is different from \fB\-T1\fR, which spawns 1 compression thread in parallel with I/O\. Final compressed result is also slightly different from \fB\-T1\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-auto\-threads={physical,logical} (default: physical)\fR: When using a default amount of threads via \fB\-T0\fR, choose the default based on the number of detected physical or logical cores\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-adapt[=min=#,max=#]\fR: \fBzstd\fR will dynamically adapt compression level to perceived I/O conditions\. Compression level adaptation can be observed live by using command \fB\-v\fR\. Adaptation can be constrained between supplied \fBmin\fR and \fBmax\fR levels\. The feature works when combined with multi\-threading and \fB\-\-long\fR mode\. It does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. It sets window size to 8 MiB by default (can be changed manually, see \fBwlog\fR)\. Due to the chaotic nature of dynamic adaptation, compressed result is not reproducible\. +. .IP \fINote\fR: at the time of this writing, \fB\-\-adapt\fR can remain stuck at low speed when combined with multiple worker threads (>=2)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-long[=#]\fR: enables long distance matching with \fB#\fR \fBwindowLog\fR, if \fB#\fR is not present it defaults to \fB27\fR\. This increases the window size (\fBwindowLog\fR) and memory usage for both the compressor and decompressor\. This setting is designed to improve the compression ratio for files with long matches at a large distance\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-D DICT\fR: use \fBDICT\fR as Dictionary to compress or decompress FILE(s) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-patch\-from FILE\fR: Specify the file to be used as a reference point for zstd\'s diff engine\. This is effectively dictionary compression with some convenient parameter selection, namely that \fIwindowSize\fR > \fIsrcSize\fR\. +. .IP Note: cannot use both this and \fB\-D\fR together\. +. .IP Note: \fB\-\-long\fR mode will be automatically activated if \fIchainLog\fR < \fIfileLog\fR (\fIfileLog\fR being the \fIwindowLog\fR required to cover the whole file)\. You can also manually force it\. +. .IP Note: for all levels, you can use \fB\-\-patch\-from\fR in \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR mode to improve compression ratio at the cost of speed\. +. .IP Note: for level 19, you can get increased compression ratio at the cost of speed by specifying \fB\-\-zstd=targetLength=\fR to be something large (i\.e\. 4096), and by setting a large \fB\-\-zstd=chainLog=\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR: \fBzstd\fR will periodically synchronize the compression state to make the compressed file more rsync\-friendly\. There is a negligible impact to compression ratio, and a potential impact to compression speed, perceptible at higher speeds, for example when combining \fB\-\-rsyncable\fR with many parallel worker threads\. This feature does not work with \fB\-\-single\-thread\fR\. You probably don\'t want to use it with long range mode, since it will decrease the effectiveness of the synchronization points, but your mileage may vary\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-C\fR, \fB\-\-[no\-]check\fR: add integrity check computed from uncompressed data (default: enabled) -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]content\-size\fR: enable / disable whether or not the original size of the file is placed in the header of the compressed file\. The default option is \fB\-\-content\-size\fR (meaning that the original size will be placed in the header)\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-dictID\fR: do not store dictionary ID within frame header (dictionary compression)\. The decoder will have to rely on implicit knowledge about which dictionary to use, it won\'t be able to check if it\'s correct\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR: Set a memory usage limit\. By default, \fBzstd\fR uses 128 MiB for decompression as the maximum amount of memory the decompressor is allowed to use, but you can override this manually if need be in either direction (i\.e\. you can increase or decrease it)\. +. .IP This is also used during compression when using with \fB\-\-patch\-from=\fR\. In this case, this parameter overrides that maximum size allowed for a dictionary\. (128 MiB)\. +. .IP Additionally, this can be used to limit memory for dictionary training\. This parameter overrides the default limit of 2 GiB\. zstd will load training samples up to the memory limit and ignore the rest\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-stream\-size=#\fR: Sets the pledged source size of input coming from a stream\. This value must be exact, as it will be included in the produced frame header\. Incorrect stream sizes will cause an error\. This information will be used to better optimize compression parameters, resulting in better and potentially faster compression, especially for smaller source sizes\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-size\-hint=#\fR: When handling input from a stream, \fBzstd\fR must guess how large the source size will be when optimizing compression parameters\. If the stream size is relatively small, this guess may be a poor one, resulting in a higher compression ratio than expected\. This feature allows for controlling the guess when needed\. Exact guesses result in better compression ratios\. Overestimates result in slightly degraded compression ratios, while underestimates may result in significant degradation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-target\-compressed\-block\-size=#\fR: Attempt to produce compressed blocks of approximately this size\. This will split larger blocks in order to approach this target\. This feature is notably useful for improved latency, when the receiver can leverage receiving early incomplete data\. This parameter defines a loose target: compressed blocks will target this size "on average", but individual blocks can still be larger or smaller\. Enabling this feature can decrease compression speed by up to ~10% at level 1\. Higher levels will see smaller relative speed regression, becoming invisible at higher settings\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-f\fR, \fB\-\-force\fR: disable input and output checks\. Allows overwriting existing files, input from console, output to stdout, operating on links, block devices, etc\. During decompression and when the output destination is stdout, pass\-through unrecognized formats as\-is\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files unchanged\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-c\fR, \fB\-\-stdout\fR: write to standard output (even if it is the console); keep original files (disable \fB\-\-rm\fR)\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-o FILE\fR: save result into \fBFILE\fR\. Note that this operation is in conflict with \fB\-c\fR\. If both operations are present on the command line, the last expressed one wins\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]sparse\fR: enable / disable sparse FS support, to make files with many zeroes smaller on disk\. Creating sparse files may save disk space and speed up decompression by reducing the amount of disk I/O\. default: enabled when output is into a file, and disabled when output is stdout\. This setting overrides default and can force sparse mode over stdout\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-[no\-]pass\-through\fR enable / disable passing through uncompressed files as\-is\. During decompression when pass\-through is enabled, unrecognized formats will be copied as\-is from the input to the output\. By default, pass\-through will occur when the output destination is stdout and the force (\fB\-f\fR) option is set\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-rm\fR: remove source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This command is silently ignored if output is \fBstdout\fR\. If used in combination with \fB\-o\fR, triggers a confirmation prompt (which can be silenced with \fB\-f\fR), as this is a destructive operation\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-k\fR, \fB\-\-keep\fR: keep source file(s) after successful compression or decompression\. This is the default behavior\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-r\fR: operate recursively on directories\. It selects all files in the named directory and all its subdirectories\. This can be useful both to reduce command line typing, and to circumvent shell expansion limitations, when there are a lot of files and naming breaks the maximum size of a command line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-filelist FILE\fR read a list of files to process as content from \fBFILE\fR\. Format is compatible with \fBls\fR output, with one file per line\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat DIR\fR: resulting files are stored into target \fBDIR\fR directory, instead of same directory as origin file\. Be aware that this command can introduce name collision issues, if multiple files, from different directories, end up having the same name\. Collision resolution ensures first file with a given name will be present in \fBDIR\fR, while in combination with \fB\-f\fR, the last file will be present instead\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-output\-dir\-mirror DIR\fR: similar to \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR, the output files are stored underneath target \fBDIR\fR directory, but this option will replicate input directory hierarchy into output \fBDIR\fR\. +. .IP If input directory contains "\.\.", the files in this directory will be ignored\. If input directory is an absolute directory (i\.e\. "/var/tmp/abc"), it will be stored into the "output\-dir/var/tmp/abc"\. If there are multiple input files or directories, name collision resolution will follow the same rules as \fB\-\-output\-dir\-flat\fR\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-format=FORMAT\fR: compress and decompress in other formats\. If compiled with support, zstd can compress to or decompress from other compression algorithm formats\. Possibly available options are \fBzstd\fR, \fBgzip\fR, \fBxz\fR, \fBlzma\fR, and \fBlz4\fR\. If no such format is provided, \fBzstd\fR is the default\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-h\fR/\fB\-H\fR, \fB\-\-help\fR: display help/long help and exit -.IP "\[ci]" 4 -\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and exit\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-q\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-V\fR, \fB\-\-version\fR: display version number and immediately exit\. note that, since it exits, flags specified after \fB\-V\fR are effectively ignored\. Advanced: \fB\-vV\fR also displays supported formats\. \fB\-vvV\fR also displays POSIX support\. \fB\-qV\fR will only display the version number, suitable for machine reading\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-v\fR, \fB\-\-verbose\fR: verbose mode, display more information -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-q\fR, \fB\-\-quiet\fR: suppress warnings, interactivity, and notifications\. specify twice to suppress errors too\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-no\-progress\fR: do not display the progress bar, but keep all other messages\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR: shows the default compression parameters that will be used for a particular input file, based on the provided compression level and the input size\. If the provided file is not a regular file (e\.g\. a pipe), this flag will output the parameters used for inputs of unknown size\. -.IP "\[ci]" 4 +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 +\fB\-\-exclude\-compressed\fR: only compress files that are not already compressed\. +. +.IP "\(bu" 4 \fB\-\-\fR: All arguments after \fB\-\-\fR are treated as files +. .IP "" 0 +. .SS "gzip Operation Modifiers" When invoked via a \fBgzip\fR symlink, \fBzstd\fR will support further options that intend to mimic the \fBgzip\fR behavior: +. .TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-no\-name\fR do not store the original filename and timestamps when compressing a file\. This is the default behavior and hence a no\-op\. +. .TP \fB\-\-best\fR alias to the option \fB\-9\fR\. +. .SS Parallel Zstd OPTIONS Additional options for the pzstd utility .TP @@ -178,210 +265,308 @@ Additional options for the pzstd utility number of threads to use for (de)compression (default:4) . .SS "Environment Variables" -Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +Employing environment variables to set parameters has security implications\. Therefore, this avenue is intentionally limited\. Only \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR and \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR are currently supported\. They set the default compression level and number of threads to use during compression, respectively\. +. .P \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR can be used to set the level between 1 and 19 (the "normal" range)\. If the value of \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR is not a valid integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_CLEVEL\fR just replaces the default compression level (\fB3\fR)\. +. .P -\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this to have any effect\. +\fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR can be used to set the number of threads \fBzstd\fR will attempt to use during compression\. If the value of \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR is not a valid unsigned integer, it will be ignored with a warning message\. \fBZSTD_NBTHREADS\fR has a default value of (\fB1\fR), and is capped at ZSTDMT_NBWORKERS_MAX==200\. \fBzstd\fR must be compiled with multithread support for this variable to have any effect\. +. .P They can both be overridden by corresponding command line arguments: \fB\-#\fR for compression level and \fB\-T#\fR for number of compression threads\. -.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" -\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR -Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. -.IP -Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. -.IP -\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. -.TP -\fB\-o FILE\fR -Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. -.TP -\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR -Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. -.TP -\fB\-#\fR -Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR -Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) -.TP -\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR -Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. -.IP -In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. -.TP -\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR -A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. -.IP -Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2\e^31, so they should not be used in public\. -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR -Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. -.IP -Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR -Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. -.IP -\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR -.TP -\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR -Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. -.IP -Examples: -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR -.IP -\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR -.SH "BENCHMARK" -.TP -\fB\-b#\fR -benchmark file(s) using compression level # -.TP -\fB\-e#\fR -benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) -.TP -\fB\-i#\fR -minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only -.TP -\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR -cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) -.TP -\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR -set process priority to real\-time -.P -\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed -.P -\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "ADVANCED COMPRESSION OPTIONS" -### \-B#: Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. A compression level is translated internally into multiple advanced parameters that control the behavior of the compressor (one can observe the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR)\. These advanced parameters can be overridden using advanced compression options\. +. .SS "\-\-zstd[=options]:" -\fBzstd\fR provides 22 predefined regular compression levels plus the fast levels\. This compression level is translated internally into a number of specific parameters that actually control the behavior of the compressor\. (You can see the result of this translation with \fB\-\-show\-default\-cparams\fR\.) These specific parameters can be overridden with advanced compression options\. The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +The \fIoptions\fR are provided as a comma\-separated list\. You may specify only the options you want to change and the rest will be taken from the selected or default compression level\. The list of available \fIoptions\fR: +. .TP \fBstrategy\fR=\fIstrat\fR, \fBstrat\fR=\fIstrat\fR Specify a strategy used by a match finder\. +. .IP There are 9 strategies numbered from 1 to 9, from fastest to strongest: 1=\fBZSTD_fast\fR, 2=\fBZSTD_dfast\fR, 3=\fBZSTD_greedy\fR, 4=\fBZSTD_lazy\fR, 5=\fBZSTD_lazy2\fR, 6=\fBZSTD_btlazy2\fR, 7=\fBZSTD_btopt\fR, 8=\fBZSTD_btultra\fR, 9=\fBZSTD_btultra2\fR\. +. .TP \fBwindowLog\fR=\fIwlog\fR, \fBwlog\fR=\fIwlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a match distance\. +. .IP The higher number of increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also increases memory requirements for the compressor and decompressor\. The minimum \fIwlog\fR is 10 (1 KiB) and the maximum is 30 (1 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 31 (2 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .IP Note: If \fBwindowLog\fR is set to larger than 27, \fB\-\-long=windowLog\fR or \fB\-\-memory=windowSize\fR needs to be passed to the decompressor\. +. .TP \fBhashLog\fR=\fIhlog\fR, \fBhlog\fR=\fIhlog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for a hash table\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables cause fewer collisions which usually makes compression faster, but requires more memory during compression\. +. .IP The minimum \fIhlog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB)\. +. .TP \fBchainLog\fR=\fIclog\fR, \fBclog\fR=\fIclog\fR Specify the maximum number of bits for the secondary search structure, whose form depends on the selected \fBstrategy\fR\. +. .IP Higher numbers of bits increases the chance to find a match which usually improves compression ratio\. It also slows down compression speed and increases memory requirements for compression\. This option is ignored for the \fBZSTD_fast\fR \fBstrategy\fR, which only has the primary hash table\. +. .IP The minimum \fIclog\fR is 6 (64 entries / 256 B) and the maximum is 29 (512M entries / 2 GiB) on 32\-bit platforms and 30 (1B entries / 4 GiB) on 64\-bit platforms\. +. .TP \fBsearchLog\fR=\fIslog\fR, \fBslog\fR=\fIslog\fR Specify the maximum number of searches in a hash chain or a binary tree using logarithmic scale\. +. .IP More searches increases the chance to find a match which usually increases compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIslog\fR is 1 and the maximum is \'windowLog\' \- 1\. +. .TP \fBminMatch\fR=\fImml\fR, \fBmml\fR=\fImml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match in a hash table\. +. .IP Larger search lengths usually decrease compression ratio but improve decompression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fImml\fR is 3 and the maximum is 7\. +. .TP \fBtargetLength\fR=\fItlen\fR, \fBtlen\fR=\fItlen\fR The impact of this field vary depending on selected strategy\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_btopt\fR, \fBZSTD_btultra\fR and \fBZSTD_btultra2\fR, it specifies the minimum match length that causes match finder to stop searching\. A larger \fBtargetLength\fR usually improves compression ratio but decreases compression speed\. +. .IP For \fBZSTD_fast\fR, it triggers ultra\-fast mode when > 0\. The value represents the amount of data skipped between match sampling\. Impact is reversed: a larger \fBtargetLength\fR increases compression speed but decreases compression ratio\. +. .IP For all other strategies, this field has no impact\. +. .IP The minimum \fItlen\fR is 0 and the maximum is 128 KiB\. +. .TP \fBoverlapLog\fR=\fIovlog\fR, \fBovlog\fR=\fIovlog\fR Determine \fBoverlapSize\fR, amount of data reloaded from previous job\. This parameter is only available when multithreading is enabled\. Reloading more data improves compression ratio, but decreases speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIovlog\fR is 0, and the maximum is 9\. 1 means "no overlap", hence completely independent jobs\. 9 means "full overlap", meaning up to \fBwindowSize\fR is reloaded from previous job\. Reducing \fIovlog\fR by 1 reduces the reloaded amount by a factor 2\. For example, 8 means "windowSize/2", and 6 means "windowSize/8"\. Value 0 is special and means "default": \fIovlog\fR is automatically determined by \fBzstd\fR\. In which case, \fIovlog\fR will range from 6 to 9, depending on selected \fIstrat\fR\. +. .TP \fBldmHashLog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR, \fBlhlog\fR=\fIlhlog\fR Specify the maximum size for a hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Bigger hash tables usually improve compression ratio at the expense of more memory during compression and a decrease in compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlhlog\fR is 6 and the maximum is 30 (default: 20)\. +. .TP \fBldmMinMatch\fR=\fIlmml\fR, \fBlmml\fR=\fIlmml\fR Specify the minimum searched length of a match for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger/very small values usually decrease compression ratio\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlmml\fR is 4 and the maximum is 4096 (default: 64)\. +. .TP \fBldmBucketSizeLog\fR=\fIlblog\fR, \fBlblog\fR=\fIlblog\fR Specify the size of each bucket for the hash table used for long distance matching\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger bucket sizes improve collision resolution but decrease compression speed\. +. .IP The minimum \fIlblog\fR is 1 and the maximum is 8 (default: 3)\. +. .TP \fBldmHashRateLog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR, \fBlhrlog\fR=\fIlhrlog\fR Specify the frequency of inserting entries into the long distance matching hash table\. +. .IP This option is ignored unless long distance matching is enabled\. +. .IP Larger values will improve compression speed\. Deviating far from the default value will likely result in a decrease in compression ratio\. +. .IP The default value is \fBwlog \- lhlog\fR\. +. .SS "Example" The following parameters sets advanced compression options to something similar to predefined level 19 for files bigger than 256 KB: +. .P \fB\-\-zstd\fR=wlog=23,clog=23,hlog=22,slog=6,mml=3,tlen=48,strat=6 +. +.SS "\-B#:" +Specify the size of each compression job\. This parameter is only available when multi\-threading is enabled\. Each compression job is run in parallel, so this value indirectly impacts the nb of active threads\. Default job size varies depending on compression level (generally \fB4 * windowSize\fR)\. \fB\-B#\fR makes it possible to manually select a custom size\. Note that job size must respect a minimum value which is enforced transparently\. This minimum is either 512 KB, or \fBoverlapSize\fR, whichever is largest\. Different job sizes will lead to non\-identical compressed frames\. +. +.SH "DICTIONARY BUILDER" +\fBzstd\fR offers \fIdictionary\fR compression, which greatly improves efficiency on small files and messages\. It\'s possible to train \fBzstd\fR with a set of samples, the result of which is saved into a file called a \fBdictionary\fR\. Then, during compression and decompression, reference the same dictionary, using command \fB\-D dictionaryFileName\fR\. Compression of small files similar to the sample set will be greatly improved\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train FILEs\fR +Use FILEs as training set to create a dictionary\. The training set should ideally contain a lot of samples (> 100), and weight typically 100x the target dictionary size (for example, ~10 MB for a 100 KB dictionary)\. \fB\-\-train\fR can be combined with \fB\-r\fR to indicate a directory rather than listing all the files, which can be useful to circumvent shell expansion limits\. +. +.IP +Since dictionary compression is mostly effective for small files, the expectation is that the training set will only contain small files\. In the case where some samples happen to be large, only the first 128 KiB of these samples will be used for training\. +. +.IP +\fB\-\-train\fR supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support (default)\. Additional advanced parameters can be specified with \fB\-\-train\-fastcover\fR\. The legacy dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-legacy\fR\. The slower cover dictionary builder can be accessed with \fB\-\-train\-cover\fR\. Default \fB\-\-train\fR is equivalent to \fB\-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,steps=4\fR\. +. +.TP +\fB\-o FILE\fR +Dictionary saved into \fBFILE\fR (default name: dictionary)\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-maxdict=#\fR +Limit dictionary to specified size (default: 112640 bytes)\. As usual, quantities are expressed in bytes by default, and it\'s possible to employ suffixes (like \fBKB\fR or \fBMB\fR) to specify larger values\. +. +.TP +\fB\-#\fR +Use \fB#\fR compression level during training (optional)\. Will generate statistics more tuned for selected compression level, resulting in a \fIsmall\fR compression ratio improvement for this level\. +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR +Split input files into blocks of size # (default: no split) +. +.TP +\fB\-M#\fR, \fB\-\-memory=#\fR +Limit the amount of sample data loaded for training (default: 2 GB)\. Note that the default (2 GB) is also the maximum\. This parameter can be useful in situations where the training set size is not well controlled and could be potentially very large\. Since speed of the training process is directly correlated to the size of the training sample set, a smaller sample set leads to faster training\. +. +.IP +In situations where the training set is larger than maximum memory, the CLI will randomly select samples among the available ones, up to the maximum allowed memory budget\. This is meant to improve dictionary relevance by mitigating the potential impact of clustering, such as selecting only files from the beginning of a list sorted by modification date, or sorted by alphabetical order\. The randomization process is deterministic, so training of the same list of files with the same parameters will lead to the creation of the same dictionary\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-dictID=#\fR +A dictionary ID is a locally unique ID\. The decoder will use this value to verify it is using the right dictionary\. By default, zstd will create a 4\-bytes random number ID\. It\'s possible to provide an explicit number ID instead\. It\'s up to the dictionary manager to not assign twice the same ID to 2 different dictionaries\. Note that short numbers have an advantage: an ID < 256 will only need 1 byte in the compressed frame header, and an ID < 65536 will only need 2 bytes\. This compares favorably to 4 bytes default\. +. +.IP +Note that RFC8878 reserves IDs less than 32768 and greater than or equal to 2^31, so they should not be used in public\. +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-cover[=k#,d=#,steps=#,split=#,shrink[=#]]\fR +Select parameters for the default dictionary builder algorithm named cover\. If \fId\fR is not specified, then it tries \fId\fR = 6 and \fId\fR = 8\. If \fIk\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsteps\fR values in the range [50, 2000]\. If \fIsteps\fR is not specified, then the default value of 40 is used\. If \fIsplit\fR is not specified or split <= 0, then the default value of 100 is used\. Requires that \fId\fR <= \fIk\fR\. If \fIshrink\fR flag is not used, then the default value for \fIshrinkDict\fR of 0 is used\. If \fIshrink\fR is not specified, then the default value for \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression\fR of 1 is used\. +. +.IP +Selects segments of size \fIk\fR with highest score to put in the dictionary\. The score of a segment is computed by the sum of the frequencies of all the subsegments of size \fId\fR\. Generally \fId\fR should be in the range [6, 8], occasionally up to 16, but the algorithm will run faster with d <= \fI8\fR\. Good values for \fIk\fR vary widely based on the input data, but a safe range is [2 * \fId\fR, 2000]\. If \fIsplit\fR is 100, all input samples are used for both training and testing to find optimal \fId\fR and \fIk\fR to build dictionary\. Supports multithreading if \fBzstd\fR is compiled with threading support\. Having \fIshrink\fR enabled takes a truncated dictionary of minimum size and doubles in size until compression ratio of the truncated dictionary is at most \fIshrinkDictMaxRegression%\fR worse than the compression ratio of the largest dictionary\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,d=8 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=d=8,steps=500 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=k=50,split=60 FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-cover=shrink=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-fastcover[=k#,d=#,f=#,steps=#,split=#,accel=#]\fR +Same as cover but with extra parameters \fIf\fR and \fIaccel\fR and different default value of split If \fIsplit\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIsplit\fR = 75\. If \fIf\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIf\fR = 20\. Requires that 0 < \fIf\fR < 32\. If \fIaccel\fR is not specified, then it tries \fIaccel\fR = 1\. Requires that 0 < \fIaccel\fR <= 10\. Requires that \fId\fR = 6 or \fId\fR = 8\. +. +.IP +\fIf\fR is log of size of array that keeps track of frequency of subsegments of size \fId\fR\. The subsegment is hashed to an index in the range [0,2^\fIf\fR \- 1]\. It is possible that 2 different subsegments are hashed to the same index, and they are considered as the same subsegment when computing frequency\. Using a higher \fIf\fR reduces collision but takes longer\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-fastcover=d=8,f=15,accel=2 FILEs\fR +. +.TP +\fB\-\-train\-legacy[=selectivity=#]\fR +Use legacy dictionary builder algorithm with the given dictionary \fIselectivity\fR (default: 9)\. The smaller the \fIselectivity\fR value, the denser the dictionary, improving its efficiency but reducing its achievable maximum size\. \fB\-\-train\-legacy=s=#\fR is also accepted\. +. +.IP +Examples: +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy FILEs\fR +. +.IP +\fBzstd \-\-train\-legacy=selectivity=8 FILEs\fR +. +.SH "BENCHMARK" +The \fBzstd\fR CLI provides a benchmarking mode that can be used to easily find suitable compression parameters, or alternatively to benchmark a computer\'s performance\. Note that the results are highly dependent on the content being compressed\. +. +.TP +\fB\-b#\fR +benchmark file(s) using compression level # +. +.TP +\fB\-e#\fR +benchmark file(s) using multiple compression levels, from \fB\-b#\fR to \fB\-e#\fR (inclusive) +. +.TP +\fB\-d\fR +benchmark decompression speed only (requires providing an already zstd\-compressed content) +. +.TP +\fB\-i#\fR +minimum evaluation time, in seconds (default: 3s), benchmark mode only +. +.TP +\fB\-B#\fR, \fB\-\-block\-size=#\fR +cut file(s) into independent chunks of size # (default: no chunking) +. +.TP +\fB\-\-priority=rt\fR +set process priority to real\-time (Windows) +. +.P +\fBOutput Format:\fR CompressionLevel#Filename: InputSize \-> OutputSize (CompressionRatio), CompressionSpeed, DecompressionSpeed +. +.P +\fBMethodology:\fR For both compression and decompression speed, the entire input is compressed/decompressed in\-memory to measure speed\. A run lasts at least 1 sec, so when files are small, they are compressed/decompressed several times per run, in order to improve measurement accuracy\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstdgrep\fR(1), \fBzstdless\fR(1), \fBgzip\fR(1), \fBxz\fR(1) +. .P The \fIzstandard\fR format is specified in Y\. Collet, "Zstandard Compression and the \'application/zstd\' Media Type", https://www\.ietf\.org/rfc/rfc8878\.txt, Internet RFC 8878 (February 2021)\. +. .SH "BUGS" Report bugs at: https://github\.com/facebook/zstd/issues +. .SH "AUTHOR" Yann Collet diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdgrep.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdgrep.1 index 1204e5bb..d7fda583 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdgrep.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdgrep.1 @@ -1,17 +1,26 @@ -.TH "ZSTDGREP" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTDGREP" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstdgrep\fR \- print lines matching a pattern in zstandard\-compressed files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fBzstdgrep\fR [\fIgrep\-flags\fR] [\-\-] \fIpattern\fR [\fIfiles\fR \|\.\|\.\|\.] +\fBzstdgrep\fR [\fIgrep\-flags\fR] [\-\-] \fIpattern\fR [\fIfiles\fR \.\.\.] +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" \fBzstdgrep\fR runs \fBgrep\fR(1) on files, or \fBstdin\fR if no files argument is given, after decompressing them with \fBzstdcat\fR(1)\. +. .P The \fIgrep\-flags\fR and \fIpattern\fR arguments are passed on to \fBgrep\fR(1)\. If an \fB\-e\fR flag is found in the \fIgrep\-flags\fR, \fBzstdgrep\fR will not look for a \fIpattern\fR argument\. +. .P Note that modern \fBgrep\fR alternatives such as \fBripgrep\fR (\fBrg\fR(1)) support \fBzstd\fR\-compressed files out of the box, and can prove better alternatives than \fBzstdgrep\fR notably for unsupported complex pattern searches\. Note though that such alternatives may also feature some minor command line differences\. +. .SH "EXIT STATUS" In case of missing arguments or missing pattern, 1 will be returned, otherwise 0\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstd\fR(1) +. .SH "AUTHORS" Thomas Klausner \fIwiz@NetBSD\.org\fR diff --git a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdless.1 b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdless.1 index bc019b26..7dd65f8f 100644 --- a/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdless.1 +++ b/upstream/opensuse-tumbleweed/man1/zstdless.1 @@ -1,9 +1,14 @@ -.TH "ZSTDLESS" "1" "March 2023" "zstd 1.5.5" "User Commands" +. +.TH "ZSTDLESS" "1" "March 2024" "zstd 1.5.6" "User Commands" +. .SH "NAME" \fBzstdless\fR \- view zstandard\-compressed files +. .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fBzstdless\fR [\fIflags\fR] [\fIfile\fR \|\.\|\.\|\.] +\fBzstdless\fR [\fIflags\fR] [\fIfile\fR \.\.\.] +. .SH "DESCRIPTION" \fBzstdless\fR runs \fBless\fR(1) on files or stdin, if no \fIfile\fR argument is given, after decompressing them with \fBzstdcat\fR(1)\. +. .SH "SEE ALSO" \fBzstd\fR(1) |